Document:

Exhibit

Execution Version

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of November 30, 2016, is entered into by and among CSRA Inc. (formerly known as Computer Sciences Government Services Inc.), a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Pro Rata Facilities (in such capacity, the “Pro Rata Administrative Agent”), Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Term Loan B Facility (in such capacity, the “Term Loan B Administrative Agent” and, together with the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, the “Administrative Agents”), MUFG Union Bank, N.A., as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”), and the Lenders and Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto.  Unless otherwise indicated, all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent and the other Persons party thereto, the Lenders named therein have extended certain credit facilities to the Company;
WHEREAS, the Company has appointed (i) The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., MUFG Union Bank, N.A., MUFG Securities Americas Inc. and their respective affiliates, (ii) RBC Capital Markets, (iii) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and its respective affiliates and (iv) The Bank of Nova Scotia as joint lead arrangers and joint book runners (collectively, the “Lead Arrangers”) with respect to this Amendment; and
WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Lenders and the Administrative Agents amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement as set forth herein, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lenders and the Administrative Agents are willing to do so.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1.Amendments to the Credit Agreement.  The Company, the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders party hereto agree that the Credit Agreement shall be amended on the later of (i) November 30, 2016 and (ii) first date on which the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof have been satisfied (the “First Amendment Effective Date”) to reflect the changes which are attached as Exhibit A hereto (the Credit Agreement, as so amended, the “Amended Credit Agreement”), such that on the First Amendment Effective Date the terms set forth in Exhibit A hereto which appear in bold and double underlined text (inserted text) shall be added to the Credit Agreement and the terms appearing as text which is stricken (deleted text) shall be deleted from the Credit Agreement.  As used in the Amended Credit Agreement, the terms “Agreement”, “this Agreement”, “herein”, “hereinafter”, “hereto”, “hereof”, and words of similar import shall, unless 

the context otherwise requires, mean, from and after the First Amendment Effective Date, the Amended Credit Agreement.
2.    No Other Amendments.  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent or the  Lenders under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.  Except for the amendments set forth herein, the text of the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and the Company hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations thereunder.  Nothing in this Amendment is intended, or shall be construed, to constitute a novation or an accord and satisfaction of any of the Obligations or to modify, affect or impair the perfection or continuity of the Administrative Agents’, the Collateral Agent’s or the Lenders’ security interests in, security titles to, or other Liens on, any Collateral for the Obligations.
3.    Conditions on Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date when, and only when, each of the following conditions has been met or duly waived by each of the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent and the applicable Lenders in writing:
		
	(a)
	the Administrative Agents shall have received:

		
	(i)
	from the Company, each Guarantor and each Lender, either (A) a counterpart of this Amendment signed on behalf of such party or (B) written evidence satisfactory to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed counterpart of this Amendment) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Amendment;

		
	(ii)
	a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of the Company and each Guarantor, dated the First Amendment Effective Date, (A) either (x) certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Company and such Guarantor, as the case may be, authorized to sign this Amendment and any other documents to be delivered by the Company or such Guarantor hereunder or (y) certifying that there has been no change to the officers of the Company and such Guarantor, as the case may be, authorized to sign Loan Documents and any other documents to be delivered by the Company or such Guarantor  since the incumbency certificate delivered on the Closing Date, (B) either (x) attaching and certifying the correctness and completeness of the copies of the Company’s and such Guarantor’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or Certificate of Formation and Limited Liability Company Agreement or (y) certifying that there has been no change to such Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or Certificate of Formation and Limited Liability Company Agreement since last delivered on the Closing Date, (C) attaching and certifying the correctness and completeness of copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of each of the Company and each 

2

Guarantor, approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, and (D) attaching a good standing certificate of the Company and each Guarantor from the state of its organization, each dated a recent date prior to the First Amendment Effective Date;
		
	(iii)
	customary legal opinions of (i) Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York counsel to the Loan Parties, (ii) Woodburn and Wedge, special Nevada counsel to the Loan Parties and (iii) McGuire Woods LLP, special Virginia counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case, dated the First Amendment Effective Date and consistent with the opinions provided on the Closing Date or the Merger Date, as applicable;

		
	(iv)
	a certificate from an authorized financial officer of the Company in the form of Exhibit H to the Credit Agreement certifying as to the solvency of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the First Amendment Tranche A2 Funding;

		
	(v)
	a Notice of Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.02 of the Credit Agreement with respect to the First Amendment Tranche A2 Funding; and

		
	(vi)
	the payment of all fees and expenses payable to the Administrative Agents and the Lead Arrangers in connection with the execution and delivery of this Amendment, including, without limitation, to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agents) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Company under this Amendment; and

		
	(b)
	the Administrative Agents and the Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information reasonably requested with respect to the Company and any Guarantor in writing by any Lender at least ten Business Days in advance of the First Amendment Effective Date, which documentation or other information is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

4.    Representations and Warranties.  Each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants that (i) it has taken all necessary corporate, partnership or limited liability action, as applicable, to authorize it to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Amendment (including under the Amended Credit Agreement) in accordance with the terms hereof and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) each representation and warranty made by such Loan Party hereunder or under any Loan Document is true and correct in all material respects (unless any such representation and warranty is qualified as to materiality, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects, and unless such representation and warranty is made as of an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date) as of the First Amendment Effective Date, both before and after giving effect to the effectiveness of this Amendment and (iii) no Default or 

3

Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.  This Amendment is a valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, concepts of reasonableness and to the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
5.    First Amendment Tranche A2 Commitments.  Each Lender with a First Amendment Tranche A2 Commitment (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) shall make a Tranche A2 Advance to the Company on the First Amendment Effective Date in accordance with the terms of the Amended Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount such that, after giving effect to the First Amendment Tranche A2 Funding (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement), the aggregate amount of all outstanding Tranche A2 Advances of each Lender is equal to the amount of such Lender’s “Tranche A2 Allocation” set forth on Exhibit B hereto.
6.    Acknowledgment of Security Interests.  Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that, as of the date hereof, the security interests and liens granted to the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are in full force and effect and are enforceable in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, concepts of reasonableness and to the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
7.    Reaffirmation of Security Interests and Guarantees.  Each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its guaranty of the Obligations pursuant to the Amended Credit Agreement and hereby acknowledges that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of this Amendment and consents to this Amendment.  Each Loan Party hereby confirms that each Loan Document to which it is a party or is otherwise bound will continue to be in full force and effect as amended by this Amendment and, except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, all of its obligations thereunder shall not be impaired or limited by the execution or effectiveness of this Amendment.
8.    Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
9.    Loan Document.  This Amendment shall be deemed to be a Loan Document for all purposes.
10.    Severability.  In case any provision in or obligation under this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
11.    Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4

12.    Replacement of Non-Consenting Lenders.  The Company hereby give notice to each Lender and each Administrative Agent that, pursuant to Section 2.17(b) of the Credit Agreement, upon receipt of signature pages to this Amendment from the Majority Lenders, if such Lender has not executed and delivered a signature page to this Amendment by November 4, 2016, the Company may, on or after November 27, 2016, exercise its option to cause such Lender to assign and delegate without recourse, all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.12 or 9.04 of the Credit Agreement) and obligations under the Credit Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations and become a party to this Amendment.
[Signature pages follow.]

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
		
	COMPANY:
	CSRA INC., as the Company

By:   /s/ William Luebke     
Name:  William Luebke 
Title:  Vice President and Controller

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

		
	GUARANTORS:
	CSRA LLC (f/k/a CSC Government Solutions LLC), as a Guarantor

By:  /s/ Kevin M. Libby
Name: Kevin M. Libby
Title: Vice President and Treasurer
STAR SECOND MERGER SUB LLC, as a Guarantor
By:   /s/ William Luebke     
Name:  William Luebke 
Title:  Vice President and Controller

STERLING PARENT LLC, as a Guarantor
By:   /s/ William Luebke     
Name:  William Luebke 
Title:  Vice President and Controller
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC., as a Guarantor
By:   /s/ William Luebke     
Name:  William Luebke 
Title:  Vice President and Controller

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

		
	AGENTS:
	THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., as Pro Rata Administrative Agent and as a Lender

By:  /s/ Lillian Kim     
Name:  Lillian Kim 
Title:  Director
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Term Loan B Administrative Agent and as a Lender
By:  /s/ Ann Hurley         
Name:  Ann Hurley 
Title:  Manager, Agency
MUFG UNION BANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent
By:  /s/ Marion Zinowski     
Name:  Marion Zinowski 
Title:  Vice President

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

		
	LENDERS:
	Bank of America, N.A., as a Lender

By:  /s/ Arti Dighe    
Name: Arti Dighe
Title:  Vice President
    

Royal Bank of Canada, as a Lender
By:  /s/ James S. Wolfe    
Name: James S. Wolfe
Title:  Managing Director, Head of Global Leveraged Finance
    

Royal Bank of Canada, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Theodore Brown    
Name: Theodore Brown
Title:  Authorized Signatory

The Bank of Nova Scotia, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Winston Lua    
Name: Winston Lua
Title:  Director

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Adam Spreyer    
Name: Adam Spreyer
Title:  Vice President
    
TD Bank, N.A.,as a Lender
By:  /s/ Bernadette Collins    
Name: Bernadette Collins
Title:  Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as a Lender
By:  /s/ Daniel Guevara    
Name: Daniel Guavara
Title:  Authorized Signatory

Fifth Third Bank, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Douglas T. Brown    
Name: Douglas T. Brown
Title:  SVP

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as a Lender
By:  /s/ Anthony Galea    
Name: Anthony Galea
Title:  Vice President

PNC Bank, N.A., as a Lender
By:  /s/ Eric H. Williams    
Name: Eric H. Williams
Title:  Vice President

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as a Lender
By:  /s/ James D. Weinstein    
Name: James D. Weinstein
Title:  Managing Director

Suntrust Bank, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Elizabeth Tallmadge    
Name: Elizabeth Tallmadge
Title:  Managing Director

U.S. Bank National Association, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Richard J. Ameny Jr.    
Name: Richard J. Ameny Jr.
Title:  Vice President

State Bank of India, New York, as a Lender

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

By:  /s/ Manoranjan Panda    
Name: Manoranjan Panda
Title:  VP
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Tracy Van Riper    
Name: Tracy Van Riper
Title:  Senior Vice President

Capital One National Association, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Joseph C. Costa    
Name: Joseph C. Costa
Title:  Senior Vice President

Apple Bank for Savings, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Jonathan C. Byron    
Name: Jonathan C. Byron
Title:  Senior Vice President

Regions Bank, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Steven Dixon    
Name: Steven Dixon
Title:  Director

People’s United Bank, National Association, as a Lender
By:  /s/ James Riley    
Name: James Riley
Title:  Senior Vice President

Woodforest National Bank, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Jacob McGee    
Name: Jacob McGee
Title:  Assistant Vice President

First Commercial Bank, Ltd., New York Branch, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Bill Wang    
Name: Bill Wang
Title:  Senior Vice President & General Manager

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

The Northern Trust Company, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Joshua Metcalf    
Name: Joshua Metcalf
Title:  2VP

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, Ltd., New York Branch, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Tony Huang    
Name: Tony Huang
Title:  Director

The Bank of East Asia, New York Branch, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Kitty Sin    
Name: Kitty Sin
Title:  SVP
By:  /s/ Danny Leung    
Name: Danny Leung
Title:  SVP & COO

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Daniel Koller    
Name: Daniel Koller
Title:  Authorized Signatory

Chang Hwa Commercial Bank, Ltd., New York Branch, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Jerry Liu    
Name: Jerry Liu
Title: Assistant Vice President & Asst General Manager

Sabadell United Bank, N.A., as a Lender
By:  /s/ Enrique Castillo    
Name: Enrique Castillo
Title:  Structured Finance Americas Director

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

City National Bank of Florida, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Tyler Kureu    
Name: Tyler Kureu
Title:  Senior Vice President

Crédit Industriel et Commercial, New York Branch, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Clifford Abramsky    
Name: Clifford Abramsky
Title:  Managing Director
By:  /s/ Marcus Edward    
Name: Marcus Edward
Title:  Managing Director

Hua Nan Commercial Bank, Ltd. New York Agency, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Wen-Tang Wang    
Name: Wen-Tang Wang
Title: Vice President & General Manager

Cathay Bank, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Ashkor Kumar    
Name: Ashkor Kumar
Title:  Vice President

Xenith Bank, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Michael C. O’Grady    
Name: Michael C. O’Grady
Title:  Senior Vice President

Stifel Bank & Trust, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Nathan L. Yocum    
Name: Nathan L. Yocum
Title:  Vice President

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

ALM VII, Ltd., as a Lender
Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as collateral manager
By:  /s/ Joe Maroney    
Name: Joe Maroney
Title:  Vice President

ALM XI, Ltd., as a Lender
Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as collateral manager
By:  /s/ Joe Maroney    
Name: Joe Maroney
Title:  Vice President

ALM XII, Ltd., as a Lender
Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as collateral manager
By:  /s/ Joe Maroney    
Name: Joe Maroney
Title:  Vice President

ALM XVI, Ltd., as a Lender
Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as collateral manager
By:  /s/ Joe Maroney    
Name: Joe Maroney
Title:  Vice President

ALM XVII, Ltd., as a Lender
Apollo Credit Management (CLO), LLC, as collateral manager
By:  /s/ Joe Maroney    
Name: Joe Maroney
Title:  Vice President

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

Apollo AF Loan Trust 2012, as a Lender
Apollo Credit Management (Senior Loans) II, LLC, as collateral manager
By:  /s/ Joseph Glatt    
Name: Joseph Glatt
Title:  Vice President

Stone Tower Loan Trust 2010, as a Lender
Apollo Fund Management, LLC, as investment manager
By:  /s/ Joseph Glatt    
Name: Joseph Glatt
Title:  Vice President

Stone Tower Loan Trust 2011, as a Lender
Apollo Fund Management, LLC, as investment manager
By:  /s/ Joseph Glatt    
Name: Joseph Glatt
Title:  Vice President

Apollo/Palmetto Short-Maturity Loan Portfolio, L.P., as a Lender
Apollo Credit Advisors III, L.P., as general partner
By:  /s/ Joe Maroney    
Name: Joe Maroney
Title:  Vice President

Barclays Bank, PLC, as a Lender
By:  /s/ May Huang    
Name: May Huang
Title:  Assistant Vice President

Citibank, N.A., as a Lender
By:  /s/ James Walsh    
Name: James Walsh
Title:  Managing Director & Vice President

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

Fuyo General Lease (USA) Inc., as a Lender
By:  /s/ Yoshihisa Amari    
Name: Yoshihisa Amari
Title:  President & Chief Operating Officer

Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as a Lender
By:  /s/ Ryan Durkin    
Name: Ryan Durkin
Title:  Authorized Signatory

Inwood Park CDO LTD., as a Lender
Blackstone Debt Advisors LP, as collateral manager
By:  /s/  Thomas Iannarone    
Name: Thomas Iannarone
Title:  Authorized Signatory

    

[Signature Page to the First Amendment]

EXHIBIT A

$3,500,000,0003,385,968,669.29

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 27, 2015

(and amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 30, 2016)

among

CSRA INC.
(formerly known as Computer Sciences Government Services Inc.)
as the Company

THE GUARANTORS REFERRED TO HEREIN

THE LENDERS REFERRED TO HEREIN
as Lenders

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
as Pro Rata Administrative Agent

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
as Term Loan B Administrative Agent

MUFG UNION BANK, N.A.
as Collateral Agent

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
as Syndication Agent for the Pro Rata Facilities

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
as Syndication Agent for the Term Loan B Facility

Bank of america, n.a.
and
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
as Co-Documentation Agents

THE SENIOR MANAGING AGENTS REFERRED TO HEREIN

and

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., 
RBC Capital Markets RBC Capital Markets is a brand name for the capital markets activities of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.,
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
and 
The Bank of Nova Scotia
as Arrangers
 

Table of Contents
Page
		
	Article I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
	1

		
	Section 1.01
	Certain Defined Terms    1

		
	Section 1.02
	Computation of Time Periods    5253

		
	Section 1.03
	Other Interpretive Provisions    5253

		
	Section 1.04
	Accounting Terms    5455

		
	Article II AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES
	5556

		
	Section 2.01
	The Advances    5556

		
	Section 2.02
	Making the Advances    5758

		
	Section 2.03
	[Reserved]    6062

		
	Section 2.04
	Fees        6062

		
	Section 2.05
	Optional Reduction of the Commitments    6163

		
	Section 2.06
	Repayment and Prepayment of Advances    6263

		
	Section 2.07
	Interest on Advances    7476

		
	Section 2.08
	Interest Rate Determination    7677

		
	Section 2.09
	Voluntary Conversion or Continuation of Advances    7677

		
	Section 2.10
	Increased Costs    7678

		
	Section 2.11
	Payments and Computations    7779

		
	Section 2.12
	Taxes        7980

		
	Section 2.13
	Sharing of Payments, Etc.    8283

		
	Section 2.14
	Evidence of Debt    8384

		
	Section 2.15
	Use of Proceeds    8385

		
	Section 2.16
	Extension of the Maturity Date    8485

		
	Section 2.17
	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders; Non-Ratable Termination of Commitments and Prepayments of Certain Lenders    8687

		
	Section 2.18
	Defaulting Lenders    8889

		
	Section 2.19
	Special Purpose Funding Vehicles    9091

		
	Section 2.20
	Incremental Commitments    9092

		
	Article III CONDITIONS OF LENDING
	9597

		
	Section 3.01
	Condition Precedent to Closing Date    9597

		
	Section 3.02
	Conditions Precedent to Merger Date    9899

		
	Section 3.03
	Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing    100101

		
	Article IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	100101

		
	Section 4.01
	Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Guarantors    100101

		
	Article V COVENANTS
	105106

		
	Section 5.01
	Affirmative Covenants of the Loan Parties    105106

		
	Section 5.02
	Negative Covenants of the Loan Parties    110111

		
	Article VI EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	121123

		
	Section 6.01
	Events of Default    121123

		
	Section 6.02
	Application of Funds    124126

		
	Article VII GUARANTY
	125127

		
	Section 7.01
	Unconditional Guaranty    125127

		
	Section 7.02
	Guaranty Absolute    125127

		
	Section 7.03
	Waivers and Acknowledgments    127129

		
	Section 7.04
	Subrogation    128130

		
	Section 7.05
	Continuing Guaranty; Assignments    129131

		
	Section 7.06
	Limitation on Obligations of Guarantors    129131

		
	Section 7.07
	Subordination of the Other Obligations    130132

		
	Section 7.08
	Financial Condition of the Company and the Guarantors    130132

		
	Section 7.09
	Reinstatement    130132

		
	Section 7.10
	Keepwell    131132

		
	Section 7.11
	Guarantees of Secured Hedge Obligations    131133

		
	Article VIII THE AGENTS
	131133

		
	Section 8.01
	Appointment and Authority    131133

		
	Section 8.02
	Rights as a Lender    132134

		
	Section 8.03
	Exculpatory Provisions    132134

		
	Section 8.04
	Reliance by Agents    134135

		
	Section 8.05
	Indemnification    134136

		
	Section 8.06
	Resignation of Any Agent    135136

		
	Section 8.07
	Delegation of Duties    136137

		
	Section 8.08
	Non-Reliance on Any Agent and Other Lenders    136138

		
	Section 8.09
	Other Agents    136138

		
	Article IX MISCELLANEOUS
	136138

		
	Section 9.01
	Amendments, Etc.    136138

		
	Section 9.02
	Notices, Etc.    138140

		
	Section 9.03
	No Waiver; Remedies    141143

		
	Section 9.04
	Costs, Expenses and Indemnification    141143

		
	Section 9.05
	Right of Set-off    143145

		
	Section 9.06
	Binding Effect    143145

		
	Section 9.07
	Assignments and Participations    143145

		
	Section 9.08
	Release of Liens and Guarantee    148150

		
	Section 9.09
	Governing Law    149151

		
	Section 9.10
	Execution in Counterparts    149151

		
	Section 9.11
	Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities    149151

		
	Section 9.12
	[Reserved]    149151

		
	Section 9.13
	Waiver of Trial by Jury    149152

		
	Section 9.14
	[Reserved]    150152

		
	Section 9.15
	Survival of Certain Provisions    150152

		
	Section 9.16
	Severability    150152

		
	Section 9.17
	Headings    150152

		
	Section 9.18
	USA PATRIOT Act Notice    150152

		
	Section 9.19
	Confidentiality    150153

		
	Section 9.20
	No Fiduciary Duty    151153

		
	Section 9.21
	Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions    154

SCHEDULES
		
	Schedule 1
	Lenders’ Commitments    I

		
	Schedule 1.01(a)
	Litigation and Investigations    1.01(a)

		
	Schedule 1.01(b)
	Remaining Acquired Business Debt    1.01(b)

		
	Schedule 2.02
	Agents’ Wire Instructions    2.02

		
	Schedule 5.02(a)
	Liens on the Closing Date    5.02(a)

		
	Schedule 5.02(b)
	Indebtedness on the Closing Date    5.02(b)

		
	Schedule 5.02(g)
	Existing Agreements on the Closing Date    5.02(g)

		
	Schedule 9.02
	Agents’ Addresses    9.02

EXHIBITS
		
	Exhibit A
	Form of Notice of Borrowing    A

		
	Exhibit B-1
	Form of Assignment and Assumption    B-1

		
	Exhibit B-2
	Form of Company Assignment and Assumption    B-2

		
	Exhibit C-1
	Form of Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP    C-1

		
	Exhibit C-2
	Form of Opinion of Woodburn and Wedge    C-2

		
	Exhibit D
	Form of Extension Request    D

		
	Exhibit E-1
	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Lenders that are not Partnerships)    E-1

		
	Exhibit E-2
	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Participants that are not Partnerships)    E-2

		
	Exhibit E-3
	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Participants that are Partnerships)    E-3

		
	Exhibit E-4
	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Lenders that are Partnerships)           E-4

		
	Exhibit F 
	Form of Guarantor Joinder Agreement    F

		
	Exhibit G
	Form of Perfection Certificate    G

		
	Exhibit H
	Form of Solvency Certificate    H

		
	Exhibit I-1
	Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice    I-1

		
	Exhibit I-2
	Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice    I-2

		
	Exhibit I-3
	Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer    I-3

		
	Exhibit I-4
	Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice    I-4

		
	Exhibit I-5
	Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer    I-5

		
	Exhibit I-6
	Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice    I-6

		
	Exhibit I-7
	Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response    I-7

		
	Exhibit J-1
	Form of Term Advance Note    J-1

		
	Exhibit J-2
	Form of Revolving Loan Advance Note    J-2

		
	Exhibit J-3
	Form of Swing Line Advance Note    J-3

 
156

 
 
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of November 27, 2015

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of November 27, 2015, among CSRA Inc. (formerly known as Computer Sciences Government Services Inc.), a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors from time to time party hereto, the financial institutions from time to time parties hereto (the “Lenders”), The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. (“BTMU”), as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Pro Rata Facilities (in such capacity, including any successor thereto, the “Pro Rata Administrative Agent”), Royal Bank of Canada (“RBC”), as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Term Loan B Facility (in such capacity, including any successor thereto, the “Term Loan B Administrative Agent”) and MUFG Union Bank, N.A. in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).
In consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the Company, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agents agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
Section 1.01    Certain Defined Terms
.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
“Acceptable Discount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(2).
“Acceptable Prepayment Amount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(3).
“Acceptance and Prepayment Notice” means a notice of the Company’s acceptance of the Acceptable Discount in substantially the form of Exhibit I-1.
“Acceptance Date” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(2).
“Acquired Business” means SRA Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
“Acquisition” means the Company’s acquisition indirectly though one or more of its wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiaries of the Acquired Business from the Seller pursuant 

to the Mergers as set forth in the Acquisition Agreement and for the consideration set forth therein.
“Acquisition Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 31, 2015 between the Company, CSC, Star First Merger Sub Inc., Star Second Merger Sub LLC, the Seller, the Acquired Business, and SRA International, Inc., as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Acquisition Agreement Representations” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 3.02(a)(i).
“Additional Amounts” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Margin”.
“Administrative Agent Account” means (a) with respect to the Pro Rata Facilities, the account of the Pro Rata Administrative Agent maintained by the Pro Rata Administrative Agent as set forth in Schedule 2.02, (b) with respect to the Term Loan B Facility, the account of the Term Loan B Administrative Agent maintained by the Term Loan B Administrative Agent as set forth in Schedule 2.02 and (c) such other account of the applicable Agent as is designated in writing from time to time to the Company and the Appropriate Lenders for such purpose.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the applicable Agent. 
“Advance” means a Revolving Loan Advance, a Tranche A1 Advance, a Tranche A2 Advance, a Term Loan B Advance, an Incremental Advance or a Swing Line Advance. Each Advance shall be either a Base Rate Advance or a Eurocurrency Rate Advance.
“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or is a director or executive officer (as such term is used in Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of such Person.
“Agent” means (i) in all cases with respect to the Pro Rata Facilities, the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, and any successor thereto in such capacity, (ii) in all cases with respect to the Term Loan B Facility, the Term Loan B Administrative Agent, and any successor thereto in such capacity and (iii) both the Pro Rata Administrative Agent and the Term Loan B Administrative Agent, as applicable in all other cases; provided, that with respect to Articles VIII and IX (other than Section 9.07) and any provisions regarding Collateral or Collateral Documents, “Agent” shall also include the Collateral Agent.
“Agent Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(g)(ii).
“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption. 
“Applicable Discount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(C)(2).
“Applicable Lending Office” means, with respect to each Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Company and the applicable Agent.
“Applicable Margin” means, as at any date of determination, (i) with respect to Revolving Loan Advances, Tranche A1 Advance and Tranche A2 Advances, the interest rate per annum derived by dividing (x) the sum of the applicable Daily Margins for each of the days included in such period by (y) the number of days included in such period and (ii) with respect to Term Loan B Advances, (A) (x) 2.001.50%, in the case of Base Rate Advances and (y) 3.002.50%, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, if the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.50:1.00 and (B) (x) 1.75%, in the case of Base Rate Advances and (y) 2.75%, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, if the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.50:1.00.. For the avoidance of doubt, at any time prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, the Applicable Margin shall be determined in accordance with the Original Credit Agreement.
No change in the Applicable Margin with respect to Term Loan B Advances shall be effective until the date on which the Term Loan B Administrative Agent shall have received the applicable financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(i) or 5.01(b)(ii) (or, in the case of financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(ii), if such financial statements are not available on the date that they are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(ii), substantially equivalent financial statements except for the absence of an audit report by the Company’s independent public accountants; provided that such substantially equivalent financial statements have been certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chief operating officer of the Company (“Substitute Financial Statements”)) and a compliance certificate pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(iii), including calculations of the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio. At any time that the Company has not submitted to the Term Loan B Administrative Agent the applicable information as and when required under Section 5.01(b)(i), 5.01(b)(ii) or 5.01(b)(iii) (or, in the case of Section 5.01(b)(ii), Substitute Financial Statements in respect thereof), the Applicable Margin with respect to Term Loan B Advances shall conclusively equal the highest possible Applicable Margin for the Term Loan B Facility provided for in this definition until the delivery of such financial statements (or Substitute Financial Statements) and compliance certificate. Within one Business Day of receipt of the applicable information referred to above, the Term Loan B Administrative Agent shall give each Term Loan B Lender electronic or telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) of the Applicable Margin in effect from the date of delivery of such information.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement (including the then effective Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio), with respect to any instance in which Substitute Financial Statements for any fiscal year are delivered and used to determine the Applicable Margin with respect to Term Loan B Advances for any period, upon delivery of the audited financial statements for such fiscal year pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(ii), if the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio calculated based on such audited financial statements is higher than the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio calculated based on such Substitute Financial Statements and, as a result thereof, the Applicable Margin paid to the Term Loan B Lenders at any time pursuant to this Agreement for such period was lower than the Applicable Margin that would have been payable to the Term Loan B Lenders had the Applicable Margin for such period been calculated on the basis of the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio calculated based on such audited financial statements, the Applicable Margin with respect to Term Loan B Advances in respect of such period will be adjusted upwards automatically and retroactively, and the Company shall pay to each Term Loan B Lender such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as are necessary so that after receipt of such additional amounts such Term Loan B Lender receives an amount equal to the amount it would have received had the Applicable Margin been calculated for such period on the basis of the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio calculated based on such audited financial statements.  Additional Amounts shall be payable 10 days following delivery by the Term Loan B Administrative Agent to the Company of a notice (which shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) setting forth in reasonable detail the Term Loan B Administrative Agent’s calculation of the amount of any Additional Amounts owed to the Term Loan B Lenders.  The payment of Additional Amounts shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other amounts payable by the Company pursuant to Section 2.04 and Section 2.07.  Additional Amounts shall constitute “Obligations”.  The agreements in this paragraph shall survive the payment of the Advances and all other Obligations payable under this Agreement and the termination of the Commitments.
“Appropriate Lender” means, at any time, with respect to any Class of Borrowing, a Lender that has a Commitment or holds an Advance with respect to such Class at such time. 
“Approved Fund” means any fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. 
“Arrangers” means The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., RBC Capital Markets RBC Capital Markets is a brand name for the capital markets activities of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and The Bank of Nova Scotia.
“Assignment and Assumption” means (a) in the case of an assignment pursuant to Section 9.07(b)(viii), a Company Assignment and Assumption, and (b) in the case of any other assignment, an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the applicable Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto.

“Auction Agent” means (a) any Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Company (whether or not an Affiliate of an Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Advance Prepayment pursuant to ýSection 2.06(c)(iii); provided that the Company shall not designate any Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of such Agent (it being understood that neither Agent shall be under any obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent); provided, further, that neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates may act as the Auction Agent.
“Available Amount” means, at any time (the “Available Amount Reference Time”), an amount equal to the sum of:
(a)    $150,000,000200,000,000; plus
(b)    the sum, with respect to (A) the portion of the fiscal year beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the fiscal year ending on or about March 31, 2016 and (B) each full fiscal year of the Company commencing after the Closing Date and ending prior to the Available Amount Reference Time (which amount for each such fiscal year or portion shall not be less than zero), of (x) the Excess Cash Flow of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal year or portion of a fiscal year, minus (y) the ECF Percentage of such Excess Cash Flow (it being understood and agreed that (i) the difference set forth in this clause (b) shall be calculated for each fiscal year or portion of a fiscal year within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(ii) and the related compliance certificate has been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(iii) for such fiscal year or portion of a fiscal year and (ii) the ECF Percentage for such fiscal year or portion of a fiscal year shall be determined as of the last day of the fiscal year or portion of a fiscal year covered by such financial statements); plus
(c)    100% of the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents, and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property, contributed (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary) to the capital of the Company, or received (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary) in consideration for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Company, after the Closing Date and on or prior to the Available Amount Reference Time (including upon the exercise of warrants or options); plus
(d)    the aggregate principal amount of any Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to a Person other than the Company or any Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor issued or incurred after the Closing Date which has been converted into, or exchanged for, Equity Interests of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent) (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); plus
(e)    the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received from each Investment made pursuant to Section 5.02(e)(xi) prior to such Available Amount 

Reference Time (including upon Disposition of such Investment or from dividends, distributions, interest or principal received in respect of such Investment), in each case not to exceed the amount of the original Investment; plus
(f)    the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 5.02(e)(xi) in any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or that has been merged or consolidated into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case not to exceed the amount of the original Investment; plus
(g)    Declined Proceeds; minus
(h)    any amount of the Available Amount used to make Investments pursuant to Section 5.02(e)(xi) after the Closing Date and prior to the Available Amount Reference Time, minus
(i)    any amount of the Available Amount used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to ýSection 5.02(d)(v) after the Closing Date and prior to the Available Amount Reference Time, minus
(j)    any amount of the Available Amount used to make payments in respect of Indebtedness pursuant to ýSection 5.02(j)(v) after the Closing Date and prior to the Available Amount Reference Time.
“Available Amount Reference Time” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Available Amount.”
“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.).
“Base Rate” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the highest of:
(a)    (i) with respect to the Pro Rata Facilities, the rate of interest announced publicly by BTMU in New York, New York, from time to time, as BTMU’s “Prime Rate” and (ii) with respect to the Term Loan B Facility, the rate of 

interest announced publicly by RBC in New York, New York, from time to time, as RBC’s base rate;
(b)    1/2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate; and
(c)    the rate equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for U.S. Dollars based on an Interest Period of one month determined for each day that a Base Rate Advance is outstanding (and in respect of any day that is not a Business Day, such rate as in effect on the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00% per annum;
provided that in the case of the Term Loan B Advances only, the Base Rate shall at no time be less than 1.75% per annum.
“Base Rate Advance” means an Advance which bears interest as provided in Section 2.07(a).
“Base Rate Default Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(a).
“Borrowing” means a borrowing of Advances of the same Type and Class made by each of the Appropriate Lenders pursuant to this Agreement on the same date to the Company pursuant to the same Notice of Borrowing.
“Borrowing Minimum” means $10,000,000.
“Borrowing Multiple” means $1,000,000.
“BTMU” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties.
“Business Day” means a day of the year on which banks are not required or authorized by law to close in New York City and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any Eurocurrency Rate Advances, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market and banks are open for business in London.
“Call or Defeasance Deposit” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Called or Defeased Debt.”
“Called or Defeased Debt” means, at any time, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that has, at such time, been called for redemption or defeased and for which cash, Cash Equivalents and/or U.S. treasury securities (a “Call or Defeasance Deposit”) have been deposited with a trustee, paying agent or other Person (other than an Affiliate of the Company) in an amount intended to satisfy the principal amount, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness through the applicable maturity or redemption date.
“Capital Lease” means, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property by that Person as lessee which would, in conformity with GAAP, be required to be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

“Capital Lease Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any Capital Lease, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof.
“Capital Stock” means (i) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
“Cash Equivalents” means (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States government and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government; (ii) domestic and Eurocurrency certificates of deposit and time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and floating rate certificates of deposit issued by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, any foreign bank, or its branches or agencies; (iii) shares of money market, mutual or similar funds having assets in excess of $100,000,000 and at least 95.0% of the investments of which are limited to investment grade securities (i.e., securities rated at least Baa by Moody’s or at least BBB by S&P); and (iv) commercial paper of United States and foreign banks and bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and United States and foreign finance, commercial industrial or utility companies which, at the time of acquisition, are rated A-1 (or better) by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s; provided that the maturities of such Cash Equivalents described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv) shall not exceed 365 days; (v) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, any foreign bank, or its branches or agencies having a term not more than thirty (30) days, with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (vi) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least BBB by S&P or at least Baa by Moody’s; (vii) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (which commercial bank shall have a short-term debt rating of  A-1 (or better) by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s), or by any foreign bank (which foreign bank shall have a rating of B or better from Thomson BankWatch Global Issuer Rating or, if not rated by Thomson BankWatch Global Issuer Rating, which foreign bank shall be an institution acceptable to the applicable Agent), or its branches or agencies; or (viii) shares of money market mutual or similar funds at least 95.0% of the assets of which are invested in the types of investments satisfying the requirements of clauses (i) through (vii) of this definition.
“Casualty Event” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in 

respect of any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds with respect to such event exceed $10,000,000.
“Change of Control” means any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (or other securities convertible into such securities) representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of all securities of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors, other than securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency; provided that if the Company shall become a wholly owned Subsidiary of a publicly owned Person whose beneficial ownership is, immediately after the Company shall become such a wholly owned Subsidiary of such Person, substantially identical to that of the Company immediately prior to such circumstance (a “Holding Company”), such circumstance shall not be a Change of Control unless the beneficial ownership of such Holding Company shall be acquired as set forth in this definition.
“Class” when used in reference to any Advance or Borrowing, refers to whether such Advance, or the Advances comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loan Advances, Tranche A1 Advances, Tranche A2 Advances, Term Loan B Advances, Swing Line Advances or Incremental Advances, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, Swing Line Commitment, Tranche A1 Commitment, Tranche A2 Commitment, Term Loan B Commitment or Incremental Commitment and when used in reference to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has an Advance or Commitment with respect to the applicable Class; provided that if the Maturity Date or Revolving Commitment Termination Date of some but less than all of the Commitments or Advances of any Class shall be extended pursuant to Section 2.16, thereafter the Commitments and/or Advances of such Class in respect of which such Maturity Date or Revolving Commitment Termination Date were extended shall constitute a separate Class from the Commitments and/or Advances of such Class in respect of which no such extension was effected.
“Closing Date” means November 27, 2015, so long as the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.01 have been satisfied.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (unless as indicated otherwise).
“Collateral” means any and all assets, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, on which Liens are granted or purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Secured Obligations.
“Collateral Agent” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties.
“Collateral Agreement” means the Collateral Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among the Company, the Guarantors and the Agents, together with all supplements thereto.

“Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:
(a)    the Agents shall have received from the Company and each Guarantor (including each entity required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.01(g)) either (i) a counterpart of the Collateral Agreement, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, or (ii) in the case of any Person that becomes a Guarantor after the Closing Date, a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, together with such documents with respect to such Guarantor as may reasonably be requested by the Agents;
(b)    all Equity Interests in Restricted Subsidiaries directly owned by the Company or any Guarantor shall have been pledged pursuant to, and to the extent required by, the Collateral Agreement and the Collateral Agent shall, to the extent required by the Collateral Agreement, have received certificates or other instruments representing all such Equity Interests that constitute “certificated securities” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC, together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank; provided, however, that (i) the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to pledge more than 65% of any Equity Interests entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) of any Foreign Subsidiary or Disregarded Domestic Person (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company and the Guarantors shall be required to pledge 100% of any non-voting Equity Interests of any such entity) or enter into any pledge agreement governed by the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States and (ii) there shall be no requirement to pledge any Equity Interests of a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Disregarded Domestic Person or a Foreign Subsidiary;
(c)    all promissory notes, if any, evidencing Indebtedness of the Company and any Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Guarantor in a principal amount of $10,000,000 or more shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;
(d)    all other documents and instruments, including UCC financing statements, required by the Collateral Documents or this Agreement shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent for filing, registration or recording; and
(e)    the Collateral Agent shall have received (within ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree) after the Closing Date with respect to Mortgaged Properties on the Closing Date) (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a first priority Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 5.02(a), together with 

such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Pro Rata Administrative Agent may reasonably request (provided endorsements requiring a current survey shall not be required), (iii) if any Mortgaged Property is located in an area determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency to have special flood hazards, evidence of such flood insurance as may be required under applicable law, including Regulation H of the Board of Governors and (iv) a favorable opinion on the enforceability of the Mortgage from a local counsel in each jurisdiction in which a Mortgaged Property is located in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (a) the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Company or the Guarantors, or the provision of guaranties by any Subsidiary, if, and for so long as the Pro Rata Administrative Agent and the Company reasonably agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or obtaining such title insurance or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such guaranties, shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (b) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Collateral Documents as in effect on the Closing Date, (c) in no event shall control agreements or other control or similar arrangements be required with respect to deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodities accounts, letter of credit rights or other assets that may be perfected by control (other than, to the extent expressly required by the Collateral Agreement, the delivery of certificated Equity Interests that constitute “certificated securities” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC and related stock powers or instruments of transfer), (d) in no event shall the Company or any Guarantor be required to complete any filings or other action with respect to the perfection or creation of security interests in any jurisdiction outside of the United States (or otherwise enter into any security agreements, mortgages or pledge agreements governed by the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States), (e) in no event shall the Collateral include any Excluded Assets and (f) in no event shall landlord lien waivers, estoppels and collateral access letters be required.  The Pro Rata Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Closing Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Closing Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.
“Collateral Documents” means the Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages and each other security agreement or pledge agreement executed and delivered pursuant to the 

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, Section 5.01(h) or Section 5.01(i) to secure any of the Secured Obligations.
“Commitment” means a Revolving Commitment, a Swing Line Commitment, a Tranche A1 Commitment, a Tranche A2 Commitment, a First Amendment Tranche A2 Commitment, a Term Loan B Commitment or an Incremental Commitment.
“Commitment Fee Rate” means, for any date of determination, the rate per annum set forth in the table below that corresponds to the Level applicable to the Company in respect of its Rating as set forth below for such date of determination:
	
		
	 
	Commitment Fee Rate

	Level 1
	0.20%

	Level 2
	0.25%

	Level 3
	0.30%

	Level 4
	0.35%

	Level 5
	0.40%

“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et. seq.), as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
“Communications” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(g)(ii).
“Company” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties. 
“Company Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and the Company, and accepted by the applicable Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto.
“Company Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment” means the offer by any Company Party to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Advances at a Specified Discount to par pursuant to ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(B).
“Company Parties” means the collective reference to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and “Company Party” means any one of them.
“Company Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by any Company Party of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Advances at a specified range of discounts to par pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(iii)(C).
“Company Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by any Company Party of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Advances at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(iii)(D).

“Computer Sciences GS Business” means the North American Public Sector segment as described in CSC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 3, 2015.
“Consenting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b).
“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, for any period, the sum of (a) net income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (b) to the extent (except in the case of clause (b)(xvii) below) deducted in determining net income for such period, the sum of (i) provisions for income taxes, plus (ii) consolidated interest expense and preferred dividends, plus (iii) depreciation and amortization (including, but not limited to, deferred financing costs, organization costs, goodwill, comprehensive income and non-compete amortization), plus (iv) extraordinary, unusual and non-recurring losses and charges, plus (v) other non-cash charges, plus (vi) fees, costs and expenses (including amounts in respect of settlements or judgments) related to, and any reserves established in respect of, the litigation and investigations identified on Schedule 1.01(a) hereto plus (vii) debt extinguishment charges and expenses, plus (viii) foreign currency translation losses, plus (ix) losses on investments, plus (x) mark-to-market and foreign currency conversion losses on hedging transactions and intercompany accounts, plus (xi) non-compete expenses, plus (xii) losses on sales of fixed assets not in the ordinary course of business, after giving effect to any related charges for, reduction of or provisions for taxes thereon, plus (xiii) minority interests, plus (xiv) charges and expenses arising from any changes in accounting with respect to pensions, plus (xv) charges and expense arising from any revaluation, lump-sum settlement, annuitization of pension assets and liabilities or contractual termination benefits, plus (xvi) fees, costs and expenses paid or premiums and penalties incurred in connection with (a) the Spin Transaction, the Acquisition or this Agreement or (b) the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness or Equity Interests (whether or not consummated), Permitted Acquisitions (whether or not consummated), other Investments consisting of acquisitions or assets or equity constituting a business unit, line of business, division or entity (whether or not consummated) and permitted asset sales (whether or not consummated), other than asset sales effected in the ordinary course of business, plus (xvii) cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies resulting from or related to, mergers and other business combinations, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings, cost savings initiatives and other similar initiatives and actions that are projected by the Company in good faith to be realized after a merger or other business combination, acquisition or divestiture is consummated or any other restructuring, cost savings initiative or other initiative or action (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period and as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period), that are expected to be realized within the next twelve months from the fiscal quarter most recently ended, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies included pursuant to this clause (xvii), other than any cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies of the type that would be permitted to be included in pro forma financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall not 

exceed $75,000,000; provided further that no cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies shall be added back pursuant to this clause (xvii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added back to Consolidated EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period, minus (c) to the extent included in the calculation of net income for such period, the sum of (i) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains, plus (ii) debt extinguishment gains, plus (iii) foreign currency translation gains, plus (iv) gains on investments, plus (v) mark-to-market and foreign currency conversion gains on hedging transactions and intercompany accounts, plus (vi) gains on sales of fixed assets not in the ordinary course of business, after giving effect to any related charges for, reduction of or provisions for, taxes thereon, plus (vii) other income (including other income attributable to minority interests).  For the purpose of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any Person for any period, if during such period such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person shall have made a Material Acquisition or Material Disposition, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Material Acquisition or Material Disposition as if such Material Acquisition or Material Disposition occurred on the first day of such period provided that for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, such Material Acquisitions or Material Dispositions shall be treated as having occurred on the actual date of consummation thereof.  “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition or series of related acquisitions that involves consideration (including non-cash consideration) with a fair market value, as of the date of the closing thereof, in excess of $100,000,000; provided that the Company may, in its sole discretion, treat an acquisition or series of related acquisitions that involve consideration of less than $100,000,000 as a Material Acquisition.  “Material Disposition” means any disposition of property or series of related dispositions of property that involves consideration (including non-cash consideration) with a fair market value, as of the date of the closing thereof, in excess of $100,000,000; provided that the Company may, in its sole discretion, treat a disposition or series of related dispositions that involves consideration of less than $100,000,000 as a Material Disposition.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, total interest expense (including that portion attributable to Capital Leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized interest) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis with respect to all outstanding Funded Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, net costs under Interest Rate Agreements and amounts referred to in Section 2.04 payable to each Agent and the Lenders that are considered interest expense in accordance with GAAP, but excluding, however (a) any such amounts referred to in Section 2.04(b) payable on or before the Closing Date, (b) net interest and charges in connection with cash pooling and notional pooling arrangements, and (c) interest accrued in respect of, and any premium paid or payable in respect of any Called or Defeased Debt from and after the date of such call or defeasance.
“Consolidated Secured Debt” means, as of any date of determination, all Secured Debt (excluding Equity-linked Debt, “advances” and “overdrafts” in respect of cash pooling 

and notional pooling arrangements and any Called or Defeased Debt) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis.
“Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means the ratio, as of any date, of (i) Consolidated Secured Debt less unrestricted cash (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Call or Defeasance Deposits) in an amount not to exceed $600,000,000 as of the last day of such quarterly financial reporting period to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of such quarterly financial reporting period, taken as a single period.
“Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, all Funded Debt (excluding Equity-linked Debt, “advances” and “overdrafts” in respect of cash pooling and notional pooling arrangements and any Called or Defeased Debt) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis.
“Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” means the ratio, as of any date, of (i) Consolidated Total Debt less unrestricted cash (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Call or Defeasance Deposits) in an amount not to exceed $600,000,000 as of the last day of the most recently ended quarterly financial reporting period to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of such quarterly financial reporting period, taken as a single period.
“Contractual Obligation”, as applied to any Person, means any provision of any equity or debt securities issued by that Person or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, security agreement, pledge agreement, guaranty, contract, undertaking, agreement or instrument, in any case in writing, to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound, or to which it or any of its properties is subject.
“Convert,” “Conversion” and “Converted” each refers to a conversion of Advances of one Type into Advances of another Type pursuant to Section 2.09.
“CSC” means Computer Sciences Corporation, a Nevada corporation.
“Current Assets” means, at any time, the consolidated current assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Current Liabilities” means, at any time, the consolidated current liabilities of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such time, but excluding, without duplication, (a) the current portion of any long-term Funded Debt and (b) outstanding Revolving Loan Advances.
“Customary Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person, any of the following Liens:
(a)    Liens with respect to the payment of taxes, assessments or governmental charges in each case that are not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate 

proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP;
(b)    Liens of landlords arising by statute or lease contracts entered into in the ordinary course, inchoate, statutory or construction liens, and liens of suppliers, mechanics, carriers, materialmen, warehousemen, producers, operators or workmen and other liens imposed by law created in the ordinary course of business for amounts not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP;
(c)    liens, pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other types of social security benefits, taxes, assessments, statutory obligations or other similar charges or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, sales, leases, contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or in connection with surety, appeal, customs or performance bonds or other similar instruments;
(d)    encumbrances arising by reason of zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, covenants, rights-of-way, utility easements, building restrictions and other similar encumbrances on the use of real property not materially detracting from the value of such real property and not materially interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business conducted at such real property;
(e)    encumbrances arising under leases or subleases of real property that do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of such real property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business conducted at such real property; 
(f)    encumbrances arising under licenses or sublicenses of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of such Person’s business; 
(g)    financing statements with respect to a lessor’s rights in and to personal property leased to such Person in the ordinary course of such Person’s business;
(h)    liens, pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of banking arrangements in connection with any netting or set-off arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;
(i)    Liens on deposits to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers or securing insurance premium financing arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business (including deposits securing letters of credit that secure payment under such liabilities or insurance premium financing arrangements);
(j)    Liens that are bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and cash equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Company or any Guarantor in favor of the bank or banks with which such 

accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements or otherwise arising by virtue of any statutory or common law regarding banker’s Liens;
(k)    Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(f);
(l)    Liens on property leased pursuant to a Sale-Leaseback Transaction; provided that such Sale-Leaseback Transaction is permitted by this Agreement;
(m)    rights of consignors of goods, whether or not perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC or other applicable law, and the filing of customary UCC financing statements in connection with operating leases, consignment of goods or bailment agreements; and
(n)    Liens on equipment or vehicles of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice.
“Daily Margin” means, for any date of determination, the interest rate per annum set forth in the table below that corresponds to (i) the Level applicable to the Company in respect of its Rating as set forth below for such date of determination and (ii) the Class and Type of Advance:
	
					
	 
	Daily Margin for Tranche A1 Advances that are Eurocurrency Rate Advances
	Daily Margin for Tranche A1 Advances that are Base Rate Advances
	Daily Margin for Revolving Loan Advances and Tranche A2 Advances that are Eurocurrency Rate Advances
	Daily Margin for Revolving Loan Advances and Tranche A2 Advances that are Base Rate Advances

	Level 1
	1.125%
	0.125%
	1.250%
	0.250%

	Level 2
	1.375%
	0.375%
	1.500%
	0.500%

	Level 3
	1.625%
	0.625%
	1.750%
	0.750%

	Level 4
	1.875%
	0.875%
	2.000%
	1.000%

	Level 5
	2.125%
	1.125%
	2.250%
	1.250%

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States of America or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
“Declined Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii)(D).
“Defaulting Lender” means at any time, subject to Section 2.18(b), (i) any Lender that has failed for three or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make an Advance, or fails to fund participations in Swing Line Advances within three Business Days of the date required to be funded, unless, in the case of any 

Advance, such Lender has notified the applicable Agent and the Company in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding has not been satisfied (which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, will be specifically identified in such writing), (ii) any Lender that has notified the applicable Agent, any Swing Line Bank or the Company in writing, or has stated publicly, that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund an Advance hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (iii) any Lender that has defaulted on its funding obligations under other loan agreements or credit agreements generally under which it has commitments to extend credit or that has notified, or whose Parent Company has notified, the applicable Agent or the Company in writing, or has stated publicly, that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under loan agreements or credit agreements generally, (iv) any Lender that has, for three or more Business Days after written request of the applicable Agent, any Swing Line Bank or the Company, failed to confirm in writing to the applicable Agent, each Swing Line Bank and the Company that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (iv) upon the applicable Agent’s, each Swing Line Bank’s and the Company’s receipt of such written confirmation), or (v) any Lender with respect to which a Lender Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Lender or its Parent Company or any Lender that has become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender Insolvency Event shall not be deemed to occur with respect to a Lender or its Parent Company solely as a result of the acquisition or maintenance of an ownership interest in such Lender or Parent Company by a governmental authority or instrumentality thereof.  Any determination by any Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any of clauses (i) through (v) above will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender will be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.18(b)) upon notification of such determination by such Agent to the Company, each Swing Line Bank and the Lenders. 
“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an asset sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an authorized officer of the Company delivered to the Agents setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.
“Determination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).
“Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(B)(1).
“Discount Range” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(C)(1).

“Discount Range Prepayment Amount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(C)(1).
“Discount Range Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of a Company Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(iii)(C) substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2.
“Discount Range Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit I-3, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.
“Discount Range Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(C)(1).
“Discount Range Proration” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(C)(3).
“Discounted Prepayment Determination Date” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(3).
“Discounted Prepayment Effective Date” means in the case of a Company Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Company Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer or Company Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offer, five (5) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date or the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, as applicable, in accordance with ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(B), ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(C)(1) or ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(1), respectively, unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Company and the Auction Agent.
“Discounted Term Advance Prepayment” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(A).
“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any property by any Person (including any Sale-Leaseback Transaction and any issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.
“Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interest that (a) by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such 

Equity Interests), in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the latest Maturity Date, (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or other Indebtedness or (ii) any Equity Interest referred to in clause (a) above (other than solely for Equity Interests that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), in each case at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the latest Maturity Date, (c) contains any repurchase obligation that may come into effect prior to payment in full of all Obligations, (d) requires cash dividend payments prior to the date that is 91 days after the latest Maturity Date; provided, however, that (i) an Equity Interest in any Person that would not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest but for terms thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to redeem or purchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or a “change of control” (or similar event, however denominated) shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if any such requirement becomes operative only after repayment in full of all the Advances and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination or expiration of the Commitments and (ii) an Equity Interest in any Person that is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees or by any such plan to such employees shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by such Person or any of its subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability.
“Disregarded Domestic Person” means a Domestic Subsidiary with no material assets other than Indebtedness (if any) of and Equity Interests in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States.
“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“ECF Percentage” means, as of the date of determination, (a) if the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable fiscal year of the Company is greater than 2.753:00:1.00, 50.0%, (b) if the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable fiscal year of the Company is less than or equal to 

2.753.00:1.00 but greater than 2.252.50:1.00, 25.0% and (c) otherwise, 0.0%. For the avoidance of doubt, at any time following a Lien Release Event, but prior to any Ratings Trigger Event, the ECF Percentage shall be 0.0%.  
“Effective Yield” means, as to any Indebtedness, the effective yield applicable thereto calculated by the applicable Agent in consultation with the Company in a manner consistent with generally accepted financial practices, taking into account (a) interest rate margins, (b) interest rate floors (subject to the proviso set forth below), (c) any amendment to the relevant interest rate margins and interest rate floors prior to the applicable date of determination and (d) original issue discount and upfront or similar fees paid (based on an assumed four-year average life to maturity or lesser remaining average life to maturity), but excluding (i) any arrangement, structuring and/or underwriting fees not payable to all relevant lenders generally and (ii) any other fee that is not payable to all relevant lenders generally; provided that (A) to the extent that the Eurocurrency Rate (with an Interest Period of three months) or Base Rate (without giving effect to any floor specified in the definition thereof) is less than any floor applicable to the loans in respect of which the Effective Yield is being calculated on the date on which the Effective Yield is determined, the amount of the resulting difference will be deemed added to the interest rate margin applicable to the relevant Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the Effective Yield and (B) to the extent that the Eurocurrency Rate (for a period of three months) or Base Rate (without giving effect to any floor specified in the definition thereof) is greater than any applicable floor on the date on which the Effective Yield is determined, the floor will be disregarded in calculating the Effective Yield.
“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 9.07(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 9.07(b)(iii)).
“Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was maintained or contributed to by the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its ERISA Affiliates.  
“Environmental Law” means any and all statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or other governmental restrictions of any federal, state or local governmental authority within the United States or any State or territory thereof and which relate to the pollution or protection of the environment or the release of any hazardous materials into the environment.
“Equity-linked Debt” means Indebtedness that is required to be converted at, or prior to, maturity solely into equity securities of the Company.
“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock and any indebtedness that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any Person who for purposes of Title IV of ERISA is a member of the Company’s controlled group, or under common control with the Company, within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.  Any former ERISA Affiliate of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall continue to be considered an ERISA Affiliate within the meaning of this definition with respect to the period such entity was an ERISA Affiliate of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and with respect to liabilities arising after such period for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries could be liable under the Code or ERISA.  
“ERISA Event” means (a) the occurrence of a reportable event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, unless the 30-day notice requirement with respect thereto has been waived by the PBGC; (b) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA); (c) the cessation of operations at a facility in the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal by the Company or an ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (e) the failure by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to make a payment to a Pension Plan required under Section 303(k) of ERISA, which Section imposes a lien for failure to make required payments; (f) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan, pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition which, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, a Pension Plan; (g) the withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan or the termination of such Multiemployer Plan resulting in liability pursuant to Title IV of ERISA; or (h) a determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (within the meaning of Section 303(i)(4)(A) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4)(A) of the Code).  
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.
“Eurocurrency Default Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(b).
“Eurocurrency Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.
“Eurocurrency Rate” means, for any Interest Period for each Eurocurrency Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate per annum equal to the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Association (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Association is no longer administering such rate) (“LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations 

of LIBOR as may be designated by the applicable Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in U.S. Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that, with respect to any Interest Period as to which the applicable Eurocurrency Rate is not displayed on the Reuters system, (i) in the case of the Term Loan A Advances and the Revolving Loan Advances, the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period shall be the Interpolated Rate and (ii) in the case of Term Loan B Advances for which the Interest Period exceeds one month, the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period shall be the Interpolated Rate; provided that (i) in the case of the Term Loan A Advances and the Revolving Loan Advances, the Eurocurrency Rate shall at no time be less than 0% per annum and (ii) in the case of the Term Loan B Advances, the Eurocurrency Rate shall at no time be less than 0.75% per annum.
“Eurocurrency Rate Advance” means an Advance which bears interest as provided in Section 2.07(b).
“Events of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.
“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any fiscal year of the Company (or, in the case of the fiscal year ending on or about March 31, 2016, the portion thereof commencing on the Closing Date and ending on or about March 31, 2016), the excess of (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year, (ii) reductions in Working Capital between the beginning of each fiscal year or portion and the end of such fiscal year or portion and (iii) cash items deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year or period pursuant to clause (c)(i), (c)(ii) or (c)(vii) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” over (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) the amount of any Taxes payable in cash on a current basis by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to such fiscal year or portion, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense payable in cash on a current basis for such fiscal year or portion, (iii) capital expenditures made in cash during such fiscal year or portion, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt (other than Revolving Loan Advances), equity issuances, casualty proceeds, condemnation proceeds or other proceeds that would not be included in Consolidated EBITDA, (iv) permanent repayments of Funded Debt (other than mandatory prepayments of Term Advances under Section 2.06(b) and voluntary prepayments of Term Advances under Section 2.06(c)) made in cash by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal year or portion, but only to the extent that the Funded Debt so prepaid by its terms cannot be reborrowed or redrawn and such prepayments do not occur in connection with a refinancing of all or any portion of such Funded Debt, (v) increases in Working Capital between the beginning of each fiscal year or portion and the end of such fiscal year or portion, (vi) cash items added back in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year or portion pursuant to clause (b)(iv), (b)(vi), (b)(vii), (b)(xi), (b)(xv) or (b)(xvi) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”, (vii) amounts added back in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year or portion pursuant to clause (b)(xiii) or (b)(xvii) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”, (viii) Investments made in cash during such fiscal year or portion to the extent permitted by Section 5.02(e)(ii) or 5.02(e)(xiii), and 

(ix) Restricted Payments (other than Restricted Payments made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) made in cash during such fiscal year or period pursuant to Section 5.02(d)(iv), 5.02(d)(ix) or 5.02(d)(x).
“Exchange Act Report” means, collectively, the Form 10, the Annual Reports of the Company on Form 10-K, from time to time, and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, from time to time, and Reports on Form 8-K of the Company filed with or furnished to the SEC from time to time.
“Excluded Assets” has the meaning set forth in the Collateral Agreement.
“Excluded Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary, (iii) any Disregarded Domestic Person, (iv) any Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or a Disregarded Domestic Person, (v) any Subsidiary that is prohibited or restricted by applicable law, regulation or by any Contractual Obligation existing on the Closing Date or on the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary (as long as such Contractual Obligation was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary) from providing a guarantee of the Guaranteed Obligations or if such guarantee would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (vi) any Subsidiary that is a not-for-profit organization, (vii) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (viii) any other Restricted Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Agents, the cost or other consequences of becoming a Guarantor shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom and (ix) any SPV.
“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any obligation (a “Swap Obligation”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Loan Party of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to Section 7.10 and any other “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act) at the time the guarantee of such Loan Party, or a grant by such Loan Party of a security interest, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation.  If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest becomes illegal.
“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, branch 

profits Taxes or similar Taxes (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in an Advance or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Advance or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Company under Section 2.17(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.12, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.12(f) and (d) any withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
“Extended Advances” means any Advances in respect of which the Maturity Date is extended pursuant to Section 2.16.
“Extension” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).
“Extension Amendment” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
“Extension Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).
“Facility” means the Revolving Facility, the Swing Line Sub-Facility, the Term Loan A Facilities, the Term Loan B Facility or an Incremental Facility, if any, as applicable; provided that if the Maturity Date or Revolving Commitment Termination Date of some but less than all of the Commitments or Advances of any Facility shall be extended pursuant to Section 2.16, thereafter the Commitments and/or Advances of such Facility in respect of which such Maturity Date or Revolving Commitment Termination Date were extended shall constitute a separate Facility from the Commitments and/or Advances of such Facility in respect of which no such extension was effected.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this AgreementClosing Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Pro Rata Administrative Agent or the Term Loan 

B Administrative Agent, as applicable, from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
“First Amendment” means that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2016, by and among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, the Term Loan B Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
“First Amendment Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 3 of the First Amendment have been satisfied, which date is November 30, 2016.
“First Amendment Tranche A2 Commitment” means, with respect to each Tranche A2 Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Tranche A2 Lender to make a Tranche A2 Advance hereunder on the First Amendment Effective Date.  The aggregate amount of the First Amendment Tranche A2 Commitments on the First Amendment Effective Date is $305,600,000.
“First Amendment Tranche A2 Funding” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c)(ii).
“First Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent and the Company, among the Company, each Guarantor, the Pro Rata Administrative Agent and one or more collateral agents or representatives for the holders of Indebtedness issued or incurred pursuant to Section 5.02(b)(xvi) that are intended to be secured on a pari passu basis to the Liens securing the Secured Obligations.
“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. and any successor thereto.
“Foreign Lender” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.
“Foreign Mandatory Prepayment Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii)(F).
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company, other than a Domestic Subsidiary.
“Form 10” means the Form 10 Registration Statement originally filed with the SEC on July 10, 2015, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to Form 10 filed with the SEC on August 17, 2015, the Amendment No. 2 to Form 10 filed with the SEC on September 21, 2015, the Amendment No. 3 to Form 10 filed with SEC on October 15, 2015, the Amendment No. 4 to Form 10 filed with the SEC on October 27, 2015, the Amendment No. 5 to Form 10 filed with the SEC on November 4, 2015 and the Amendment No. 6 to Form 10 filed with the SEC on November 6, 2015, and by any subsequent amendments thereto that are not materially adverse to the Lenders (or that are consented to by the Agents).

“Funded Debt” means, with respect to any Person, (a) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments and (c) obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases; provided that “Funded Debt” shall not include borrowings against the cash surrender value of life insurance policies covering employees of the Company or its Affiliates and owned by the Company so long as (i) recourse for such borrowings is limited to such policies and the proceeds thereof and (ii) any value assigned to such policies on the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries is net of the amount of such borrowings.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
“Granting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19.
“Guarantee Obligation” means, with respect to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit), if to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee Obligation” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (1) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (2) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such 

Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Company in good faith.
“Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.
“Guarantor Joinder Agreement” means a joinder agreement in the form of Exhibit F to this Agreement or any other form reasonably acceptable to the Agents.
“Guarantors” means any Significant Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is party to this Agreement on the Closing Date or, after the Closing Date, becomes party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 5.01(g).
“Guaranty” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.
“Hedge Agreement” is defined in the Collateral Agreement.
“Hedge Agreement” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
“Hedge Termination Value” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Hedge Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedge Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Hedge Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) have been determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Hedge Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Hedge Agreements (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
“Holding Company” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(h).

“Identified Participating Lenders” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(C)(3).
“Identified Qualifying Lenders” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(3).
“Increased Revolver Amount Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a)(i).
“Incremental Advances” means advances made by one or more Incremental Lenders to the Company pursuant to this Agreement.  Incremental Advances may be made in the form of additional Revolving Loan Advances, Tranche A1 Advances, Tranche A2 Advances, Term Loan B Advances or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.20 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement, as Other Term Advances.
“Incremental Commitment” means the commitment of any Incremental Revolving Lender, Incremental Term Loan A Lender or Incremental Term Loan B Lender established pursuant to Section 2.20, to make Incremental Revolving Advances, Incremental Term Loan A Advances or Incremental Term Loan B Advances to the Company.
“Incremental Facility” means an Incremental Revolving Facility, an Incremental Term Loan A Facility or an Incremental Term Loan B Facility.
“Incremental Lenders” means the Incremental Revolving Lenders, the Incremental Term Loan A Lenders and the Incremental Term Loan B Lenders.
“Incremental Revolving Advances” means advances made by one or more Incremental Revolving Lenders to the Company pursuant to this Agreement.
“Incremental Revolving Amount” means, at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of $250,000,000 plus the aggregate amount of reductions of Revolving Commitments prior to such time in accordance with Section 2.05 over (b) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Revolving Commitments established prior to such time in accordance with Section 2.20(a).
“Incremental Revolving Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a)(ii).
“Incremental Revolving Commitment” means any commitment of any Incremental Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.20, to make Incremental Revolving Advances to the Company.
“Incremental Revolving Facility” means any Incremental Revolving Facility established pursuant to Section 2.20(a).
“Incremental Revolving Lender” means any bank, financial institution or other investor with an Incremental Revolving Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Revolving Advance.

“Incremental Shared Term Amount” means, at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) $500,000,000 over (b) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Loan A Commitments and Incremental Term Loan B Commitments established prior to such time in accordance with Section 2.20(b)(i)(x) and Section 2.20(c)(i)(x).
“Incremental Term Loan A Advances” means Advances made by one or more Incremental Term Loan A Lenders to the Company pursuant to any Incremental Term Loan A Facility. Incremental Term Loan A Advances may be Tranche A1 Advances, Tranche A2 Advances and/or Other Term Loan A Advances.
“Incremental Term Loan A Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(b)(ii).
“Incremental Term Loan A Commitment” means any commitment made by a lender to provide all or any portion of any Incremental Term Loan A Facility.
“Incremental Term Loan A Facility” means any Incremental Term Loan A Facility established pursuant to Section 2.20(b).
“Incremental Term Loan A Facility Amendment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(b)(i).
“Incremental Term Loan A Lender” means any bank, financial institution or other investor with an Incremental Term Loan A Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan A Advance.
“Incremental Term Loan A Maturity Date” means, with respect to Incremental Term Loan A Advances, the scheduled date on which such Incremental Term Loan A Advances shall become due and payable in full hereunder, as specified in the applicable Incremental Term Loan A Facility Amendment.
“Incremental Term Loan B Advances” means Advances made by one or more Incremental Term Loan B Lenders to the Company pursuant to any Incremental Term Loan B Facility.
“Incremental Term Loan B Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(c)(ii).
“Incremental Term Loan B Commitment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(c)(i).
“Incremental Term Loan B Facility” means any Incremental Term Loan B Facility established pursuant to Section 2.20(c).
“Incremental Term Loan B Facility Amendment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(c)(i).

“Incremental Term Loan B Lender” means any bank, financial institution or other investor with an Incremental Term Loan B Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan B Advance.
“Incremental Term Loan B Maturity Date” means, with respect to Incremental Term Loan B Advances, the scheduled date on which such Incremental Term Loan B Advances shall become due and payable in full hereunder, as specified in the applicable Incremental Term Loan B Facility Amendment.
“Indebtedness” means, of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services, including seller notes or earn-out obligations appearing on such Person’s balance sheet in accordance with GAAP (other than trade payables and deferred compensation incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under bankers’ acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person, (h) all Guaranteed Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by any Lien on property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation and (j) all obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements.
“Indemnified Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c).
“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Company under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.
“Initial Tranche A2 Funding” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c)(ii).
“Intercreditor Agreements” means any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement that may be executed from time to time.
“Interest Period” means, for each Eurocurrency Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Eurocurrency Rate Advance, or on the date of continuation of such Advance as a Eurocurrency Rate Advance upon expiration of successive Interest Periods applicable thereto, or on the date of Conversion of a Base Rate Advance into a Eurocurrency Rate Advance, and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Company pursuant to the provisions hereof.  The 

duration of each such Interest Period shall be one, two, three or six months, as the Company may select in the Notice of Borrowing or the Notice of Conversion/Continuation for such Advance; provided, however, that:
(a)    the Company may not select any Interest Period with respect to a Borrowing of any Class which ends after the Maturity Date in respect of such Class;
(b)    Interest Periods commencing on the same date for Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing shall be of the same duration; 
(c)    any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of any calendar month, or on any day for which there is no corresponding day in the last month of such Interest Period, shall end on the last Business Day of the month at the end of such Interest Period; 
(d)    whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; and
(e)    the initial Interest Period with respect to (i) the Term Advances made on the Closing Date, shall commence on the Closing Date and end on the last Business Day of the first full calendar month thereafter and (ii) the Term Advances made on the Merger Date, shall commence on the Merger Date and end on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to the Advances of the relevant Class made on the Closing Date (or, if there shall be more than one such Interest Period, on the last day of each such Interest Period, with the principal amounts of the Advances of such Class made on the Merger Date apportioned among such Interest Periods in the same proportions as the Advances of such Class made on the Closing Date are then apportioned).; and
(f)    the initial Interest Period with respect to the Tranche A2 Advances made on the First Amendment Effective Date shall commence on the First Amendment Effective Date and end on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to the Tranche A2 Advances made on the Closing Date and the Merger Date (or, if there shall be more than one such Interest Period, on the last day of each such Interest Period, with the principal amounts of the Tranche A2 Advances made on the First Amendment Effective Date apportioned among such Interest Periods in the same proportions as the Tranche A2 Advances made on the Closing Date and the Merger Date are then apportioned).
“Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.

“Interpolated Rate” means for any Borrowing, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
(a)    the applicable Eurocurrency Rate for the longest period (for which such Eurocurrency Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of such Borrowing; and
(b)    the applicable Eurocurrency Rate for the shortest period (for which such Eurocurrency Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of such Borrowing,
each as of the date on which the Eurocurrency Rate of such Borrowing is determined in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any purchase or other acquisition by that Person of any Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, or of a beneficial interest in any Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, issued by any other Person, (ii) any direct or indirect purchase by that Person of all or substantially all of the assets of a business conducted by another Person, and (iii) any loan, advance (other than deposits with financial institutions available for withdrawal on demand, prepaid expenses, accounts receivable, advances to employees and similar items made or incurred in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution by that Person to any other Person, including all Indebtedness to such Person arising from a sale of property by such Person other than in the ordinary course of its business.
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent and the Company, among the Company, each Guarantor, the Pro Rata Administrative Agent and one or more collateral agents or representatives for the holders of Indebtedness issued or incurred pursuant to Section 5.02(b)(xvi) that are intended to be secured on a basis junior to the Liens securing the Secured Obligations.
“LCA Election” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 1.03(h). 
“LCA Test Date” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 1.03(h).
“Lender Insolvency Event” means that (i) a Lender or its Parent Company is insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (ii) such Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, or such Lender or its Parent Company has taken any action in 

furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.
“Lenders” means the Revolving Lenders, each Swing Line Bank, the Tranche A1 Lenders, the Tranche A2 Lenders, the Term Loan B Lenders, the Incremental Lenders, if any, and any other Person that shall become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.
“Level” means Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, Level 4 or Level 5, as the case may be.
“Level 1” means that, as of any date of determination, the applicable Rating is equal to or better than BBB (in the case of a Rating from S&P) or Baa2 (in the case of a Rating from Moody’s), as applicable, as of such date of determination.
“Level 2” means that, as of any date of determination, the applicable Rating is equal to BBB- (in the case of a Rating from S&P) or Baa3 (in the case of a Rating from Moody’s), as applicable, as of such date of determination.
“Level 3” means that, as of any date of determination, the applicable Rating is equal to BB+ (in the case of a Rating from S&P) or Ba1 (in the case of a Rating from Moody’s), as applicable, as of such date of determination.
“Level 4” means that, as of any date of determination, the applicable Rating is equal to BB (in the case of a Rating from S&P) or Ba2 (in the case of a Rating from Moody’s), as applicable, as of such date of determination.
“Level 5” means that, as of any date of determination, the applicable Rating is equal to or below BB- (in the case of a Rating from S&P) or Ba3 (in the case of a Rating from Moody’s), as applicable, as of such date of determination.
“Lien” means any lien, mortgage, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof).
“Lien Release Event” means the occurrence of both of the following: (i) the Ratings with respect to the Company are BBB-/Baa3 (or the equivalent) with a stable outlook or better from two or more of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch and (ii) all Advances under the Term Loan B Facility shall have been repaid in full and all Term B Commitments shall have been terminated .
“Limited Condition Acquisition” means any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder which the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries has contractually committed to consummate, the terms of which do not condition the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s, as applicable, obligation to close such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment on the availability of third-party financing.

“Loan Document” means this Agreement, the Collateral Agreement, the other Collateral Documents, any Note, any Extension Amendment, any Incremental Facility Amendment, any Guarantor Joinder Agreement and any Intercreditor Agreement.
“Loan Party” means the Company and the Guarantors.
“Majority Facility Lenders” means at any time, with respect to any Facility, Lenders holding greater than 50% of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances held by all Lenders under a Facility, or, if no such principal amount is then outstanding, Lenders having greater than 50% of the all of the Commitments under such Facility (provided that, for purposes hereof, no Defaulting Lender, shall be included in (a) the Lenders holding such amount of the Advances or having such amount of the Commitments or (b) determining the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances or the total Commitments).
“Majority Lenders” means at any time Lenders holding greater than 50% of the sum of (x) the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances held by all Lenders and (y) the aggregate undrawn Commitments of all Lenders (provided that, for purposes hereof, no Defaulting Lender, shall be included in (a) the Lenders holding such amount of the Advances or having such amount of the Commitments or (b) determining the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances or the undrawn Commitments).
“Maturity Date” means (i) with respect to the Revolving Facility, the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, (ii) with respect to the Term Loan A Facilities, the Tranche A1 Maturity Date or the Tranche A2 Maturity Date, as applicable, (iii) with respect to the Term Loan B Facility, the Term Loan B Maturity Date, (iv) with respect to any tranche of Extended Advances, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Extension Amendment for such tranche or (v) with respect to each Incremental Facility, if any, the date specified as such in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement.
“Merger Date” means the date of the consummation of the Acquisition.
“Mergers” means (i) the merger of Star First Merger Sub Inc. with and into the Acquired Business, with the Acquired Business being the surviving entity (the “First Merger”) and (ii) immediately after the First Merger, the merger of the Acquired Business with and into Star Second Merger Sub LLC, with Star Second Merger Sub LLC being the surviving entity, in each case subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
“Mortgage” means a mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases and rents or other security document granting a Lien on any Mortgaged Property to secure the Secured Obligations. Each Mortgage shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent.

“Mortgaged Property” means each parcel of real property located in the United States of America owned in fee by the Company or any Guarantor, and the improvements thereto, that (together with such improvements) has a book value of $25,000,000 or more on the Closing Date or at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Guarantor or, with respect to real property owned by a Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor after the Closing Date, at the time such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor.
“Multiemployer Plan” means a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of the Company is making, or is obligated to make, contributions or has within any of the preceding six plan years been obligated to make or accrue contributions.
“Multiple Employer Plan” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, which (a) is maintained for employees of the Company or an ERISA Affiliate and at least one Person other than the Company and its ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Company or an ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4063, 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.
“Net Cash Proceeds” means:
(a)    with respect to the Disposition of any asset by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Casualty Event, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of such Casualty Event received by or paid to or for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is repaid in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (B) the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith), (C) income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith, and (D) any reserve for adjustment in respect of (x) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP (subject to Section 1.04) and (y) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents (i) received 

upon the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any such Disposition and (ii) upon the reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in clause (D) of the preceding sentence or, if such liabilities have not been satisfied in cash and such reserve not reversed within three hundred and sixty-five (365) days after such Disposition or Casualty Event, the amount of such reserve; and
(b)    with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over (ii) the investment banking fees, underwriting discounts and commissions, taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable and other out-of-pocket expenses, incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance.
“New Consenting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b).
“Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders (or any other Class or group of Lenders other than the Majority Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders) in accordance with the terms of Section 9.01 and (ii) has been approved by the Majority Lenders or the Majority Facility Lenders, as applicable.
“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.
“Non-Extending Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b).
“Non-Public Information” means information which has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
“Note” means a promissory note of the Company payable to any Lender of any Class, in substantially the form of Exhibit J-1, J-2 or J-3, as applicable, hereto and delivered pursuant to a request made under Section 2.14, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Company to such Lender resulting from the Advances of such Class made or held by such Lender. 
“Notice of Borrowing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(i).
“Notice of Conversion/Continuation” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09.
“Notice of Swing Line Borrowing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(ii).
“Obligations” mean the unpaid principal of and interest on (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the maturity of the Advances and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not 

a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Advances and all other obligations and liabilities owed by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Agent, any Arranger or any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Arrangers, the Agents or any Lender that are required to be paid by the Company pursuant hereto) or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations of any Guarantor shall in no event include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.
“Obligee Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 7.07.
“Offered Amount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(1).
“Offered Discount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(1).
“Organizational Documents” means with respect to any Person (other than an individual), such Person’s Articles (Certificate) of Incorporation, or equivalent formation documents, and Regulations (Bylaws), or equivalent governing documents, and, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, includes any partnership agreement, operating agreement or limited liability company agreements (as applicable) and any amendments to any of the foregoing.
“Original Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2015, as amended, restated and amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the First Amendment Effective Date.
 “Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Advance or Loan Document).
“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.17).
“Other Term Advances” means Other Term Loan A Advances or Other Term Loan B Advances or both.

“Other Term Loan A Advances” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(b).
“Other Term Loan B Advances” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(c).
“Parent Company” means, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, or if such Lender does not have a bank holding company, then any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.
“Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.07(d).
“Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.07(d).
“Participating Lender” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(C)(2).
“PBGC” means the U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
“Pension Plan” means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan or both.
“Perfection Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G.
“Permitted Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Equity Interests in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of), any Person if (a) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests in a Person, such Person will be, upon the consummation of such acquisition a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case including as a result of a merger or consolidation between any Subsidiary and such Person, or (b) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of other assets, such assets will be owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in each case, (i) no Potential Event of Default exists or would result therefrom and (ii) on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, in each case as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition do not exceed 3.50:1:00 and 5.00:1:00, respectively.
“Permitted Disposition” means any of the following:
(a)    Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(b)    (i) licenses and sublicenses of intellectual property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business which, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company, are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(c)    sales, transfers and other Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(d)    Dispositions of equipment and other property in the ordinary course of business that is worn-out, damaged, obsolete, surplus or, in the judgment of the Company, no longer useful or necessary in its business or that of any Restricted Subsidiary;
(e)    sales, transfers and other Dispositions among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(f)    Dispositions that constitute Restricted Payments that are otherwise permitted hereunder;
(g)    Dispositions permitted pursuant to ýýSection 5.02(h) hereof;
(h)    the Disposition of defaulted receivables and the compromise, settlement and collection of receivables in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or other proceedings concerning the other account party thereon and not as part of an accounts receivable financing transaction;
(i)    leases, licenses or subleases or sublicenses of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
(j)    any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind which, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company, are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(k)    sales of inventory determined by the management of the Company not to be saleable in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(l)    foreclosures on assets or Dispositions of assets pursuant to Casualty Events;
(m)    swaps of assets in exchange for services or other assets of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, the aggregate fair market value of which not to exceed $50,000,000;
(n)    Dispositions in the form of Investments permitted under ýSection 5.02(e); 
(o)    the granting of any Liens permitted under ýSection 5.02(a);
(p)    Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(q)    additional Dispositions (other than Dispositions of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole); provided that, at the time of any such Disposition, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (or, following a Lien Release Event, but prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio) as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) (calculated on a pro forma basis) would be less than 2.50:1.00;
(r)    Dispositions or discounts without recourse of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business;
(s)    Dispositions of property pursuant to Sale-Leaseback Transactions; provided that the fair market value of all property so Disposed of after the Closing Date shall not exceed $100,000,000;
(t)    termination of leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(u)    other Dispositions so long as no Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of such transaction; provided that (i) such Disposition (other than any Disposition of assets with fair market value of less than $10,000,000 as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith) shall be for fair market value as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith and (ii) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75.0% of the consideration therefor in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (provided that for the purposes of this clause (u)(ii), the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Subordinated Debt) and the valid release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, by all applicable creditors in writing, from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Disposition, (B) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the transferee that are converted by such Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition, (C) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Disposition and (D) aggregate Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company and any applicable Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value (determined as of the closing of the applicable Disposition for which such Designated Noncash Consideration is received) not to exceed $100,000,000); and
(v)    Dispositions of accounts receivable pursuant to limited recourse receivables factoring or financing facilities (including any discount and/or forgiveness thereof) or in connection with the collection or compromise thereof.

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
“Platform” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(g)(i).
“Potential Event of Default” means a condition or event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default if that condition or event were not cured or removed within any applicable grace or cure period.
“Prepayment Event” means:
(a)    any disposition (including pursuant to a Sale-Leaseback Transaction or by way of merger or consolidation) of any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any sale or issuance to a Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Equity Interests in any Subsidiary, other than (i) dispositions described in clauses (a)-(t) and (v) of the definition of “Permitted Disposition” and (ii) other dispositions resulting in aggregate Net Cash Proceeds not exceeding $50,000,000 for any individual transactions or series of related transactions;
(b)    any Casualty Event with respect to any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary resulting in aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of $25,000,000 or more; or
(c)    the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness, other than any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by ýSection 5.02(b) other than Replacement Advances.
“Pro Rata Administrative Agent” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties.
“Pro Rata Facilities” means the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan A Facilities.
“Public Lender” means any Lender that does not wish to receive Non-Public Information with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective securities.
“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other Person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
“Qualifying Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(3).
“Ratable Share” of any amount means, with respect to any Lender under any Facility at any time, the product of such amount times a fraction the numerator of which is the amount of such Lender’s Commitment under such Facility at such time (or, if such Commitments 

shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01, such Lender’s applicable Commitment as in effect immediately prior to such termination) and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all Commitments under such Facility at such time (or, if such Commitments shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01, the aggregate amount of all such Commitments as in effect immediately prior to such termination).
“Rating” means as of any date, the corporate credit rating or corporate family rating that has been most recently announced by S&P and/or Moody’s and/or, solely for purposes of determining whether a Lien Release Event or Ratings Trigger Event has occurred, Fitch, as the case may be, with respect to the Company.  For purposes of determining the Daily Margin and the Commitment Fee Rate, (a) if any change in the Rating established by S&P or Moody’s shall result in a change in the Level, the change in the Daily Margin and the Commitment Fee Rate shall be effective as of the date on which such rating change is publicly announced by S&P or Moody’s, as the case may be, (b) if Ratings are available from only one of S&P or Moody’s, then the applicable Level shall be set by reference to this one Rating, (c) if Ratings are available from each of S&P and Moody’s and such Ratings fall within two different Levels, then the higher of such Ratings shall apply, unless there is a split in such Ratings of more than one Level, in which case the Level that is one Level higher than the Level of the lower Rating shall apply, (d) if Ratings are unavailable from S&P and Moody’s for any reason other than such agencies cease providing public debt ratings generally for any day, then the applicable Level for such day shall be deemed to be Level 5 and (e) if either of S&P or Moody’s change the basis on which their ratings are established and or described, each reference in this Agreement to a Rating announced by S&P or Moody’s, as the case may be, shall be deemed to refer to the then equivalent rating established by S&P or Moody’s.
“Ratings Trigger Event” means the first date following a Lien Release Event on which the Ratings with respect to the Company are BB+/Ba1 (or the equivalent) with a  stable outlook or lower (or not rated) from two or more of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch.
“RBC” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties.
“RCRA” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 4.01(m).
“Recipient” means (a) any Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any SPC, as applicable.
“Refinancing” means the refinancing by the Company of substantially all of the indebtedness for borrowed money of the Acquired Business and its subsidiaries (other than the Remaining Acquired Business Debt).
“Refinancing Debt” means, in respect of any Indebtedness (the “Original Debt”), any Indebtedness that extends, renews, replaces or refinances such Original Debt (or any Refinancing Debt in respect thereof); provided that (a) the principal amount of such Refinancing Debt shall not exceed the principal amount of such Original Debt plus any interest, fees or premiums associated therewith, and costs and expenses related to the incurrence of such Refinancing Debt; (b) the stated final maturity of such Refinancing Debt 

shall not be earlier than, and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinancing Debt shall not be less than, that of such Original Debt; (c) such Refinancing Debt shall not constitute an obligation (including pursuant to a guarantee) of any Subsidiary that shall not have been (or, in the case of after-acquired Subsidiaries, shall not have been required to become pursuant to the terms of the Original Debt) an obligor in respect of such Original Debt; (d) if such Original Debt is unsecured, such Refinancing Debt shall be unsecured; (e) if such Original Debt is secured, such Refinancing Debt shall not be secured by any Lien on any asset other than the assets that secured such Original Debt (or would have been required to secure such Original Debt pursuant to the terms thereof); (f) if such Original Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Secured Obligations, such Refinancing Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Secured Obligations on terms, taken as a whole, at least as favorable (as determined in good faith by the Company) to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing such Original Debt; (g) if such Original Debt is subject to an intercreditor agreement, a representative validly acting on behalf of the holders of such Refinancing Debt shall become a party to an intercreditor agreement no less favorable to the Secured Parties and (h) the primary obligors and guarantors in respect of such Original Debt remain the same (or constitute a subset thereof).
“Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.07(c).
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
 “Remaining Acquired Business Debt” means the indebtedness for borrowed money of the Acquired Business and its subsidiaries listed on Schedule 1.01(b) hereto.
“Removal Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 8.06(b).
“Replaced Advances” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
“Replaced Commitments” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
“Replacement Advances” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
“Replacement Commitments” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.
“Repricing Event” means each of (a) the prepayment, repayment, refinancing, substitution or replacement of all or a portion of the Term Loan B Advances with the Net Cash Proceeds of issuances, offerings or placements of Indebtedness having an Effective Yield that is less than the Effective Yield applicable to the Term Loan B Advances so prepaid, repaid, refinanced, substituted or replaced and (b) any amendment, waiver or other modification to this Agreement that would have the effect of reducing the Effective Yield applicable to the Term Loan B Advances; provided that the primary purpose of such prepayment, repayment, refinancing, substitution, replacement, amendment, waiver or other modification was to reduce the Effective Yield applicable to the Term Loan B Advances; 

provided, further, that in no event shall any such prepayment, repayment, refinancing, substitution, replacement amendment, waiver or other modification in connection with a Change of Control, Investments and other transformation transactions not permitted under this Agreement constitute a Repricing Event.  Any determination by the Term Loan B Administrative Agent of the Effective Yield for purposes of this definition shall be conclusive and binding on all Term Loan B Lenders, and the Term Loan B Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any Person with respect to such determination absent bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
“Resignation Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 8.06(a).
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of any Person, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to any Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof), or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such dividend or other distribution or payment.
“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
“Revolving Commitment” means as to any Revolving Lender (a) the U.S. Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 hereto as such Lender’s “Revolving Commitment”, (b) if such Lender has become a Lender hereunder pursuant to an Incremental Assumption Agreement, the U.S. Dollar amount set forth in such Incremental Assumption Agreement or (c) if such Lender has entered into an Assignment and Assumption, the U.S. Dollar amount set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Pro Rata Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(c), as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.05 or increased pursuant to Section 2.20.
“Revolving Commitment Termination Date” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender or Swing Line Bank, the earlier of (i) November 2730, 20202021 or such later date to which such date may be extended from time to time pursuant to Section 2.16(a) with the consent of such Revolving Lender or Swing Line Bank (as applicable) and (ii) the date of termination in whole of the Commitments of all Lenders pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01.
“Revolving Facility” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Commitments at such time; provided that if the Revolving Commitment Termination Date of some but less than all of the Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loan Advances shall be extended pursuant to Section 2.16, thereafter the Revolving Commitments and/or Revolving Loan Advances in respect of which such Revolving Commitment Termination Date was extended shall constitute a separate Revolving Facility from the Revolving Commitments and/or Revolving Loan Advances in respect of which no such extension was effected.

“Revolving Lenders” means the Lenders listed on Schedule 1 as having a Revolving Commitment and any other Person that shall have become party hereto with a Revolving Commitment pursuant to an Incremental Assumption Agreement or an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.
“Revolving Loan Advance” means an advance by a Revolving Lender to the Company as part of a Borrowing under the Revolving Facility and refers to a Base Rate Advance or a Eurocurrency Rate Advance (each of which shall be a “Type” of Revolving Loan Advance).
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and any successor thereto.
“Sale-Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary sells or transfers such property to any Person and the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary leases such property, or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, from such Person or its Affiliates.
“Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is the subject or target of any comprehensive territorial Sanctions.
“Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council or the European Union, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person.
“Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor agency.
“Secured Cash Management Bank” is defined in the Collateral Agreement. 
“Secured Cash Management Obligations” is defined in the Collateral Agreement.
“Secured Debt” means, as of any date, Funded Debt of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date that is secured by any Lien on any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
“Secured Hedge Agreements” is defined in the Collateral Agreement.

“Secured Hedge Bank” is defined in the Collateral Agreement.
“Secured Letter of Credit” is defined in the Collateral Agreement.
“Secured Letter of Credit Bank” is defined in the Collateral Agreement.
“Secured Obligations” is defined in the Collateral Agreement and if a Lien Release Event has occurred and the Obligations remain unsecured, any reference to Secured Obligations hereunder or in any other Loan Document will refer to the Obligations.
“Secured Party” means any Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Bank, any Lender, any Secured Hedge Bank, any Secured Cash Management Bank or any Secured Letter of Credit Bank.
“Seller” means the existing stockholders of SRA Companies, Inc.
“Senior Managing Agents” means Fifth Third Bank, an Ohio Banking Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., LloydsTD Bank plc, N.A., Mizuho Bank, Ltd., PNC Bank, National Association, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, SunTrust Bank and U.S. Bank National Association.
“Significant Domestic Subsidiary” means a Significant Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary and is not an Excluded Subsidiary.
“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Company which accounts for more than 10% of consolidated revenue of the Company determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that the aggregate revenues of all Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) may not exceed 20% of consolidated revenue of the Company, collectively, at any time, determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Single Employer Plan” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, which (a) is maintained for employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate and no Person other than the Company and its ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Company or an ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4062 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.
“Solicited Discount Proration” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(3).
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(1).
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of the Company of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit I-4.

“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit I-5, submitted following the applicable Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D)(1).
“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, (i) the sum of the debt (including contingent liabilities) of such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, does not exceed the fair value of the assets (on a going concern basis) of such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) the present fair saleable value of the assets (on a going concern basis) of such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities of such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured in the ordinary course of business; (iii) the capital of such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not unreasonably small in relation to the business of such Person or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, contemplated as of such date; and (iv) such Person and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts as they mature in the ordinary course of business; provided that the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
“SPC” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19.
“Special Dividend” means (i) the distribution to be made by the Company to the CSC shareholders who received shares of the Company in the Spin Transaction promptly after the Spin Transaction and (ii) the repayment in full by the Company to CSC of all principal and interest on the note of the Company payable to CSC, in an aggregate amount (for (i) and (ii) combined) of approximately $1,500,000,000 and in each case in connection with the Spin Transaction.
“Specified Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means a Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio of (i) at any time prior to June 30, 2017, no more than 4.00:1.00, and (ii) at any time on or after June 30, 2017, no more than 3.75:1.00; provided that, during the 12-month period following the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, the Specified Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall mean a Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio of no more than 4.00:1.00.
“Specified Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” means a Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of (i) at any time prior to June 30, 2017, no more than 4.00:1.00, and (ii) at any time on or after June 30, 2017, no more than 3.75:1.00; provided that, during the 12-month period following the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, the Specified Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall mean a Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of no more than 4.00:1.00.

“Specified Discount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(B)(III).
“Specified Discount Prepayment Amount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(B)(III).
“Specified Discount Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of the Company Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(B) substantially in the form of Exhibit I-6.
“Specified Discount Prepayment Response” means the irrevocable written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit I-7, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.
“Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(B).
“Specified Discount Proration” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(B)(2).
“Specified Loan Party” means any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor.
“Specified Representations” means those representations made in Sections 4.01(a)(i), 4.01(a)(ii), 4.01(a)(iii), 4.01(b), 4.01(d), 4.01(g), 4.01(i), 4.01(p) and 4.01(q) (with respect to Sections 2.15(b) and (c) only).
“Spin Transaction” means the distribution by CSC to its shareholders of the common stock of the Company as described in the Form 10, and in accordance with the separation agreement described therein and in other filings made by CSC with the SEC prior to the Closing Date, with any changes thereto that are not materially adverse to the Lenders (or that are consented to by the Agents).
“SPV” means any special purpose entity established for the purpose of purchasing receivables in connection with a receivables securitization transaction permitted under the terms of this Agreement.
“SRA Material Adverse Effect” means any effect, change or circumstance, individually or in the aggregate, that is, or would reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to: (a) the Acquired Business, its Subsidiaries, their business, operations, assets, prospects, financial condition or results of operations of the Acquired Business and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (b) the ability of the Acquired Business to consummate the Transactions (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and to perform its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement and the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement); provided, however, that none of the following shall be deemed to constitute, and none of the following shall be taken into account in determining the occurrence of, a SRA Material Adverse Effect: any adverse effect, change or circumstance, individually or in the aggregate, arising from or relating to: (i) general business or economic 

conditions in the United States; (ii) national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States, or any of its territories, possessions, or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel of the United States; (iii) financial, banking or securities markets; and (iv) changes in GAAP; provided that, in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), such effects, changes or circumstances shall be taken into account in determining whether a SRA Material Adverse Effect exists or would reasonably be expected to exist, but only if the Acquired Business and its Subsidiaries are disproportionately affected thereby compared to other providers of information technology services to the United States Federal Government.
“Submitted Amount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(C)(1).
“Submitted Discount” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(C)(1).
“Subordinated Debt” means any Debt that has been subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of the Obligations pursuant to a written agreement.
“Subsequent Tranche A2 Funding” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c)(ii).
“Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which at least 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other securities entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.
“Substitute Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Margin”.
“Successor Company” has the meaning set forth in ýSection 5.02(h).
“Swap Obligation” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Excluded Swap Obligation.”
“Swing Line Advance” means an advance under the Swing Line Sub-Facility made in U.S. Dollars as a Base Rate Advance pursuant to Section 2.01(b).
“Swing Line Bank” means, initially, each of The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Royal Bank of Canada, Bank of America, N.A. and The Bank of Nova Scotia or its Affiliate, each in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Advances, and additionally, any other Lender or its Affiliate that agrees to serve as a Swing Line Bank and has provided the Company and the Pro Rata Administrative Agent evidence of its Swing Line Commitment, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

“Swing Line Commitment” means, for each Person serving as a Swing Line Bank on the date hereofClosing Date, the U.S. Dollar amount set forth opposite such Person’s name on Schedule 1 hereto as such Person’s “Swing Line Commitment”, and for any other Swing Line Bank, such amount as shall be notified to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent and the Company.
“Swing Line Sub-Facility” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $100,000,000 and (b) the aggregate amount of the Commitments under the Revolving Facility.  The Swing Line Sub-Facility is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Facility.
“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments or other like charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Term Advance” means a Tranche A1 Advance, a Tranche A2 Advance, a Term Loan B Advance, an Incremental Term Loan A Advance or an Incremental Term Loan B Advance.
“Term Facilities” means the Term Loan A Facilities and the Term Loan B Facility.
“Term Lender” means a Tranche A1 Lender, a Tranche A2 Lender, an Incremental Term Loan A Lender, a Term Loan B Lender or an Incremental Term Loan B Lender.
“Term Loan A Advance” means a Tranche A1 Advance, a Tranche A2 Advance or an Incremental Term Loan A Advance.
“Term Loan A Facilities” means the Tranche A1 Facility and the Tranche A2 Facility.
“Term Loan B Administrative Agent” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties.
“Term Loan B Advance” means an advance made on the Merger Date pursuant to Section 2.01(d).  The aggregate amount of the Term Loan B Advances outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to the prepayment of a portion of the Term Loan B Facility on the First Amendment Effective Date, is $466,328,381.52.
“Term Loan B Commitment” means, with respect to each Term Loan B Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Term Loan B Lender to make a Term Loan B Advance hereunder on the Merger Date. The initial aggregate amount of the Term Loan B Lenders’ Commitments ison the Closing Date was $750,000,000.
“Term Loan B Facility” means the Term Loan B Facility provided hereunder.
“Term Loan B Lender” means a lender with a Term Loan B Commitment or Term Loan B Advance.

“Term Loan B Maturity Date” means November 2730, 20222023 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter (unless such next Business Day is not in the same calendar month, in which case the next preceding Business Day).
“Term Loan B Repayment Date” means the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last Business Day of the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Merger Date.
“Ticking Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(c).
“Ticking Fee Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(c).
“Ticking Fee Start Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(c).
“Trade Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.07(b)(i)(B).
“Tranche A1 Advance” means an advance made on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(i).  The aggregate amount of the Tranche A1 Advances remaining outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date is $589,640,287.77.
“Tranche A1 Commitment” means, with respect to each Tranche A1 Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Tranche A1 Lender to make a Tranche A1 Advance hereunder on the Closing Date.  The initial aggregate amount of the Tranche A1 Lenders’ Commitments is on the Closing Date was $600,000,000.
“Tranche A1 Facility” means the Tranche A1 Facility provided hereunder.
“Tranche A1 Lender” means a lender with a Tranche A1 Commitment or Tranche A1 Advance.
“Tranche A1 Maturity Date” means November  2730, 20182019 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter (unless such next Business Day is not in the same calendar month, in which case the next preceding Business Day).
“Tranche A2 Advance” means an advance made, converted or continued pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(ii).  The aggregate amount of the Tranche A2 Advances outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to the making of the Tranche A2 Advances on the First Amendment Effective Date, is $1,630,000,000.
“Tranche A2 Commitment” means, with respect to each Tranche A2 Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Tranche A2 Lender to make a Tranche A2 Advance hereunder on the Closing Date and the Merger Date.  The initial aggregate amount of the Tranche A2 Lenders’ Commitments ison the Closing Date was $1,450,000,000.
“Tranche A2 Facility” means the Tranche A2 Facility provided hereunder.

“Tranche A2 Lender” means a lender with a Tranche A2 Commitment or Tranche A2 Advance.
“Tranche A2 Maturity Date” means November 2730, 20202021 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter (unless such next Business Day is not in the same calendar month, in which case the next preceding Business Day).
“Tranche A2 Repayment Date” means the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last Business Day of the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date.
“Transaction Costs” means the fees, premiums and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions.
“Transactions” means, (a) the Spin Transaction, (b) the Special Dividend, (c) the Acquisition, (d) the Refinancing, (e) the Company’s obtaining of the Revolving Facility and borrowing all or a portion of the Advances available under the Term Loan A Facilities on the Closing Date and (f) the Company’s borrowing all of the Advances available under the Term Loan B Facility, and any Advances available under the Term Loan A Facilities but not borrowed on the Closing Date, on the Merger Date.
“Type”, when used in reference to any Advance or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Advance, or on the Advances comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Base Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the perfection of security interests created by the Collateral Documents.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company then designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to ýSection 5.01(m) subsequent to the Closing Date.
“Unused Revolving Commitment” means, with respect to each Revolving Lender on any date, (a) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment at such time minus (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loan Advances made by such Revolving Lender (in its capacity as a Revolving Lender) and outstanding at such time, plus (ii) such Revolving Lender’s Ratable Share of the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Advances then outstanding.
“U.S. Dollars” and “$” each means the lawful currency of the United States of America. 
“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(f)(ii)(B)(3).
“Voidable Transfer” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.09.
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining instalment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
“Withdrawal Liability” has the meaning given such term under Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
“Withholding Agent” means the Company, the Guarantors and the Agents.
“Working Capital” means, at any time, Current Assets at such time minus Current Liabilities at such time.
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
“Yield Differential” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(c)(iii).
Section 1.02    Computation of Time Periods
.  In this Agreement in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding”.
Section 1.03    Other Interpretive Provisions
.  With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
(a)    The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(b)    The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(c)    Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.
(d)    The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.
(e)    The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
(f)    In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”
(g)    Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
(h)    In connection with any action being taken solely in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, for purposes of:
(i)    determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio; or
(ii)    testing availability under baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of consolidated total assets, if any);
in each case, at the option of the Company (the Company’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an “LCA Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder may be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into (the “LCA Test Date”), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the LCA Test Date for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, the Company could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company has made an LCA Election and any of the ratios or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCA Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in consolidated total assets of the Company or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Acquisition, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the relevant transaction or action is permitted to be consummated or taken.  If the Company has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Acquisition, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket availability with respect to the incurrence of 

Indebtedness or Liens, or the making of Restricted Payments, mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction of Indebtedness, or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio or basket shall be tested by calculating the availability under such ratio or basket on a pro forma basis (i) assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith have been consummated and (ii) assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith have not been consummated.
In connection with any action being taken primarily in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition may, at the option of the Company, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company has exercised its option under this clause (h), and any Potential Event of Default or Event of Default occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition were entered into and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder.
In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires compliance with any representations and warranties set forth herein, such condition may, at the option of the Company, be deemed satisfied, so long as the Company is in compliance with such representations and warranties on the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company has exercised its option under this clause (h), and any breach of a representation or warranty occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition were entered into and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such breach shall be deemed to not have occurred for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder.
Section 1.04    Accounting Terms
.  All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP consistent with those applied in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01(e).  All computations determining compliance with financial covenants or terms, including definitions used therein, shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect at the time of the preparation of, and in conformity with those used to prepare, the historical financial statements delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.01(e).  

If at any time the computations for determining compliance with financial covenants or provisions relating thereto utilize generally accepted accounting principles different than those then being utilized in the financial statements being delivered to the Lenders, such financial statements shall be accompanied by a reconciliation statement.  If at any time any change in GAAP or the required adoption by the Company of international financial reporting standards would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in this Agreement, and either the Company or the Majority Lenders shall so request, the Agents, the Lenders and the Company shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or the adoption of such international financial reporting standards (subject to the approval of the Majority Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein or the adoption of such international financial reporting standards and (ii) the Company shall provide to the Agents and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP or the adoption of such international financial reporting standards.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, (a) whether a lease constitutes a capital lease or an operating lease shall be determined based on GAAP as in effect on the date hereofClosing Date, notwithstanding any modification or interpretative change thereto after the date hereofClosing Date; provided that supplier and sub-contractor arrangements and joint venture arrangements that are accounted as capitalized leases pursuant to GAAP but where the supplier or partner, as applicable, acts as a sub-contractor to the Company or its Affiliates, and where the Company’s financial obligation under such sub-contracting arrangements terminate in the event of a termination of the underlying customer contract where the Company or its Affiliates act as the prime contractor shall not constitute capital leases, and payments thereunder shall not constitute interest expense, for any purpose under this Agreement and (b) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.
ARTICLE II
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES
Section 2.01    The Advances
.  

(a)    Revolving Facility.  Each Revolving Lender of any Class severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Revolving Loan Advances of such Class denominated in U.S. Dollars to the Company from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Revolving Commitment Termination Date of such Lender in respect of such Class in an amount not to exceed such Revolving Lender’s Unused Revolving Commitment; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loan Advances to be made on the Closing Date shall not exceed $200,000,000.  Each Borrowing under the Revolving Facility shall be in an amount not less than the Borrowing Minimum or the Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof and shall consist of Revolving Loan Advances of the same Type and in the same currency made on the same day by the Revolving Lenders ratably according to their respective Revolving Commitments.  Within the limits of each Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment of such Class, the Company may borrow under this Section 2.01(a), prepay pursuant to Section 2.06 and reborrow under this Section 2.01(a).
(b)    Swing Line Advances.  Each Swing Line Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Swing Line Advances denominated in U.S. Dollars to the Company from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date hereofClosing Date until the Revolving Commitment Termination Date applicable to such Swing Line Bank (i) in an aggregate amount for each Swing Line Bank not to exceed at any time outstanding such Swing Line Bank’s Swing Line Commitment, (ii) in an aggregate amount for all Swing Line Banks not to exceed at any time outstanding the Swing Line Sub-Facility and (iii) in an amount for each Borrowing of Swing Line Advances not to exceed the Unused Revolving Commitments of the Revolving Lenders on such Business Day.  No Swing Line Advance shall be used for the purpose of funding the payment of principal of any other Swing Line Advance.  Each Borrowing under the Swing Line Sub-Facility shall be in an amount not less than the Borrowing Minimum or the Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof and shall consist of Swing Line Advances of the same Type and on the same day by the Swing Line Banks ratably according to their respective Swing Line Commitments.  Within the limits of the Swing Line Sub-Facility and within the limits referred to in this Section 2.01(b), the Company may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay pursuant to Section 2.06(d) and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b).
(c)    TranceTranche A1 Advances and Tranche A2 Advances.  
(i)    Each Tranche A1 Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make a Tranche A1 Advance to the Company on the Closing Date in a principal amount not to exceed its Tranche A1 Commitment.  The Company may make only one borrowing of the full amount of the Tranche A1 Advances, which shall be made on the Closing Date.  The Tranche A1 Advances may from time to time consist of Eurocurrency Rate Advances or Base Rate Advances, as determined by the Company and notified to the Agent in accordance with Section 2.02.
(ii)    Each Tranche A2 Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make a Tranche A2 Advance to the Company on the Closing Date and the Merger Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Tranche A2 Commitment.  The Company may make one borrowing of the Tranche A2 Advances up to $960,000,000 on the 

Closing Date (the “Initial Tranche A2 Funding”) and a separate borrowing of the Tranche A2 Advances of $490,000,000 on the Merger Date (the “Subsequent Tranche A2 Funding”).  Each Tranche A2 Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the First Amendment, to make a Tranche A2 Advance to the Company on the First Amendment Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its First Amendment Tranche A2 Commitment.  The Company may make only one borrowing of Tranche A2 Advances up to the full amount of the First Amendment Tranche A2 Commitments on the First Amendment Effective Date (the “First Amendment Tranche A2 Funding”).  The Tranche A2 Advances may from time to time consist of Eurocurrency Rate Advances or Base Rate Advances, as determined by the Company and notified to the Agent in accordance with Section 2.02.
(iii)    Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.01(c) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.  The Tranche A1 Commitments of each Tranche A1 Lender shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Closing Date, after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s Tranche A1 Commitment on such date.  An amount of the Tranche A2 Commitment of each Tranche A2 Lender equal to its pro rata portion of the amount of the Initial Tranche A2 Funding shall terminate immediately without further action on the Closing Date after giving effect to such Lender’s funding of its portion of the Initial Tranche A2 Funding on such date.  The remainder of the Tranche A2 Commitment of each Tranche A2 Lender shall terminate immediately without further action on the Merger Date after giving effect to such Lender’s funding of its portion of the Subsequent Tranche A2 Funding on such date. The unfunded Tranche A2 Commitments shall terminate in any event at 5:00 p.m. on April 1, 2016.  The First Amendment Tranche A2 Commitments of each Tranche A2 Lender shall terminate immediately and without further action on the First Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s First Amendment Tranche A2 Commitment on such date.
(d)    Term Loan B Advances.  
(ii)    Each Term Loan B Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make a Term Loan B Advance to the Company on the Merger Date in a principal amount not to exceed its Term Loan B Commitment.  The Company may make only one borrowing of the full amount of the Term Loan B Advances, which shall be made on the Merger Date.  The Term Loan B Advances may from time to time consist of Eurocurrency Rate Advances or Base Rate Advances, as determined by the Company and notified to the Agent in accordance with Section 2.02.
(ii)    Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.01(d) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.  The Term Loan B Commitments of each Term Loan B Lender shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Merger Date after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s Term Loan B Commitment on such date. The unfunded Term Loan B Commitments shall terminate in any event at 5:00 p.m. on April 1, 2016.
Section 2.02    Making the Advances

.
(a)    (i)  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.02(a)(ii), each Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than (x) 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of a proposed Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Advances and (y) 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of a proposed Borrowing consisting of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, in each case by the Company to the applicable Agent, which shall give to each Appropriate Lender prompt notice thereof by telecopier or electronic mail.  Each such notice of a Borrowing (a “Notice of Borrowing”) shall be (x) in the case of delivery to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, by electronic mail or telephone, confirmed immediately in writing by hand delivery or electronic mail and (y) in the case of delivery to the Term Loan B Administrative Agent, by telecopier or telephone, confirmed immediately in writing by hand delivery or telecopier, in each case in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, specifying therein the requested (A) date of such Borrowing, (B) Facility of such Borrowing, (C) Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing, (D) aggregate amount of such Borrowing, and (E) in the case of a Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, the initial Interest Period for each such Advance.  The Company may, subject to the conditions herein provided, borrow more than one Borrowing on any Business Day.  Each Appropriate Lender shall, before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) in the case of a Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Advances or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) in the case of a Borrowing consisting of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, in each case on the requested date of such Borrowing, make available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the applicable Agent at its applicable address referred to in Section 9.02, in same day funds, such Lender’s ratable portion of such Borrowing.  Upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 3.01, 3.02 or 3.03, as applicable, the applicable Agent will make such funds available to the Company in like funds as received by the applicable Agent either by (1) crediting the account of the Company on the books of the applicable Agent with the amount of such funds or (2) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the applicable Agent by the Company; provided, however, that if the Company has an outstanding Swing Line Advance at the time of a requested Borrowing of Revolving Loan Advances, the Pro Rata Administrative Agent shall first make a portion of such funds equal to the aggregate principal amount of any Swing Line Advances made to the Company by the Swing Line Banks or held by any other Lender and outstanding on the date of such Borrowing, plus interest accrued and unpaid thereon to and as of such date, available to the Swing Line Banks and such other Lenders for repayment of such Swing Line Advances.
(ii)    (A) Each Swing Line Advance shall be made on notice, given not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Swing Line Advance by the Company to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent (and the Pro Rata Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to each Swing Line Bank), each of which the Pro Rata Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Revolving Lenders.  Each such notice of Swing Line Advances (a “Notice of Swing Line Borrowing”) shall be by telephone, confirmed at once in writing by electronic mail, or electronic mail, specifying therein the requested (1) date of such Advance, (2) amount and currency of such Advance and (3) 

maturity of such Advance (which maturity shall be no later than the fifth Business Day after the requested date of such Advance).  Each Swing Line Advance shall be a Base Rate Advance.  Each Swing Line Bank shall, before 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Swing Line Advance, make its pro rata share of such Borrowing available to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent at the Pro Rata Administrative Agent’s Administrative Agent Account, in same day funds.  After the Pro Rata Administrative Agent’s receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Pro Rata Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Company at the Pro Rata Administrative Agent’s address referred to in Section 9.02.
(B)    Upon written demand by any Swing Line Bank, with a copy of such demand to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, each other Revolving Lender (or, if some, but less than all, of the Revolving Lenders shall have extended the Revolving Commitment Termination Date with respect to their Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.16, only those Revolving Lenders with the latest Revolving Commitment Termination Date then in effect) will purchase from such Swing Line Bank, and such Swing Line Bank shall sell and assign to each such other Lender, such other Lender’s Ratable Share of such outstanding Swing Line Advance, by making available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent for the account of such Swing Line Bank, by deposit to the applicable Pro Rata Administrative Agent’s Administrative Agent Account, in same day funds, an amount equal to the portion of the outstanding principal amount of such Swing Line Advance to be purchased by such Lender.  The Company hereby agrees to each such sale and assignment.  Each Appropriate Lender agrees to purchase its Ratable Share of an outstanding Swing Line Advance on (1) the Business Day on which demand therefor is made by a Swing Line Bank, provided that notice of such demand is given not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day or (2) the first Business Day next succeeding such demand if notice of such demand is given after such time.  Each Appropriate Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to purchase its Ratable Share of Swing Line Advances pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.  Upon any such assignment by a Swing Line Bank to any other Appropriate Lender of a portion of a Swing Line Advance, such Swing Line Bank represents and warrants to such other Lender that it is the legal and beneficial owner of such interest being assigned by it, but makes no other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to such Swing Line Advance, this Agreement or the Company.  If and to the extent that any Appropriate Lender shall not have so made the amount of such Swing Line Advance available to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, such Lender agrees to pay to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such Lender is required to have made such amount available to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent until the date such amount is paid to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.  If such Lender shall pay to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent such amount for the account of a Swing Line Bank on any Business Day, such amount so paid in respect of principal shall constitute a Swing Line Advance 

made by such Lender on such Business Day for purposes of this Agreement, and the outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Advance held by such Swing Line Bank shall be reduced by such amount on such Business Day.
(b)    Anything in subsection (a) above to the contrary notwithstanding,
(i)    the Company may not select Eurocurrency Rate Advances for any Borrowing or with respect to the Conversion or continuance of any Borrowing if the aggregate amount of such Borrowing or such Conversion or continuance is less than the Borrowing Minimum;
(ii)    there shall be no more than (x) seven Interest Periods relating to any Class of Eurocurrency Rate Advances outstanding under any Revolving Facility at any time or (y) three Interest Periods relating to any Class of Eurocurrency Rate Advances outstanding under any Term Facility at any time;
(iii)    if any Appropriate Lender shall notify the applicable Agent that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation, in each case after the Closing Date, makes it unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances or to fund or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Advances hereunder, the Commitment of such Lender to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances or to Convert all or any portion of Base Rate Advances shall forthwith be suspended until the applicable Agent shall notify the Company that such Lender has determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist and the Company shall prepay or Convert all Eurocurrency Rate Advances of such Lender to Base Rate Advances, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Advances to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Advances; to the extent that such affected Eurocurrency Rate Advances become Base Rate Advances, all payments of principal that would have been otherwise applied to such Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall be applied instead to such Lender’s Base Rate Advances; provided that if, at any time after a Lender gives notice under this Section 2.02(b)(iii), such Lender determines that it may lawfully make Eurocurrency Rate Advances, such Lender shall promptly give notice of that determination to the Company and the applicable Agent.  The Company’s right to request, and such Lender’s obligation, if any, to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall thereupon be restored; and
(iv)    if, with respect to any Facility, the Majority Facility Lenders shall notify the applicable Agent that (A) the Eurocurrency Rate for Eurocurrency Rate Advances comprising such Borrowing will not adequately reflect the cost to such Majority Facility Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their respective Eurocurrency Rate Advances for such Borrowing or (B) deposits are not being offered to banks in the applicable interbank market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Borrowing or (C) reasonable and adequate means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period, the right of the Company to select Eurocurrency Rate Advances for such Borrowing or any subsequent Borrowing under such Facility shall be suspended until the applicable 

Agent shall notify the Company and the Appropriate Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist and each Advance comprising such Borrowing shall be made as a Base Rate Advance.
(c)    Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Company.  In the case of any Borrowing which the related Notice of Borrowing specifies is to be comprised of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, the Company shall indemnify each Appropriate Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Advance to be made by such Lender as part of such Borrowing or by reason of the termination of hedging or other similar arrangements, in each case when such Advance is not made on such date, including without limitation, as a result of any failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in such Notice of Borrowing for such Borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Article III.  The Lender making demand for such indemnification shall deliver to the Company concurrently with such demand a written statement as to such losses, expenses and liabilities, and this statement shall be conclusive as to the amount of compensation due to such Lender, absent manifest error.
(d)    Unless any Agent shall have received notice from an Appropriate Lender at least one hour prior to the time any Borrowing is due to be funded by the Lenders that such Lender will not make available to such Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of such Borrowing, such Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to it on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 2.02 and such Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Company on such date a corresponding amount.  If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the applicable Agent, such Lender and the Company severally agrees to repay to the applicable Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Company until the date such amount is repaid to the applicable Agent, at (i) in the case of the Company, higher of (A) the interest rate applicable at the time to the Advances comprising such Borrowing and (B) the cost of funds incurred by such Agent in respect of such amount and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate.  If such Lender shall repay to any Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender’s Advance as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.
(e)    The failure of any Lender to make the Advance to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Appropriate Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Advance on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.
Section 2.03    [Reserved]
.  
Section 2.04    Fees
.

(a)    Commitment Fees.  The Company agrees to pay to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee which shall accrue at the Commitment Fee Rate on the daily amount of such Revolving Lender’s Unused Revolving Commitment from the Closing Date, in the case of each Bank, and, to the extent not paid by the Company to any other Revolving Lender in respect of the same Revolving Commitment for the same period, from the effective date specified in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which a successor to any Bank or other Revolving Lender becomes a Revolving Lender hereunder, in each case until the Revolving Commitment Termination Date of such Revolving Lender, payable in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the term of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment(s), commencing December 31, 2015, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date of such Revolving Lender; provided that no Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Company shall not be required to pay such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).
(b)    Agents’ Fees.  The Company agrees to pay to each Agent the fees payable pursuant to (i) the fee letter dated August 31, 2015 between the Company and RBC, in the amounts and at the times specified in such letter and (ii) the fee letter dated September 1, 2015 between the Company and BTMU, in the amounts and at the times specified in such letter.
(c)    Ticking Fee.  If any Tranche A2 Commitments shall be outstanding on the date that is thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (the “Ticking Fee Start Date”), the Company shall pay to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit and account of each applicable Tranche A2 Lender, a ticking fee (the “Ticking Fee”) accruing from the Ticking Fee Start Date until the earlier to occur of (i) the Merger Date and (ii) April 1, 2016 (such earlier date, the “Ticking Fee Payment Date”), in an amount equal to 0.30% per annum of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A2 Commitments that are not funded on the Closing Date. The Ticking Fee shall be payable on the Ticking Fee Payment Date.
Section 2.05    Optional Reduction of the Commitments
.
The Company shall have the right, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent or the Term Loan B Administrative Agent, as applicable, by the Company, to terminate in whole or permanently reduce ratably in part the unused portions of the respective Revolving Commitments, Swing Line Commitments or, prior to the Merger Date, the Tranche A2 Commitments or Term Loan B Commitments of the Lenders in respect of any Facility, provided that the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Lenders under any Facility shall not be reduced to an amount which is less than the aggregate principal amount of the Advances then outstanding under such Facility, and provided, further, that each partial reduction shall be in the aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.  A notice of reduction or termination of the Commitments delivered by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.05 may state that such notice is conditioned on the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the availability of a source of funds for the prepayment in full of the obligations under this 

Agreement, in which case, such notice may be revoked or extended by the Company (by notice to the applicable Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.
Section 2.06    Repayment and Prepayment of Advances
.
(a)    Mandatory Repayment of Advances.  The Company shall repay to the applicable Agent:
(i)     with respect to a Revolving Facility of any Class, for the account of the Revolving Lenders of such Class, the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loan Advances of such Class made to it by each Lender under the Revolving Facility of such Class on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date with respect to such Class applicable to such Lender;
(ii)    with respect to the Term Loan A Facilities, (A) for the account of the Tranche A1 Lenders, the outstanding principal amount of the Tranche A1 Advances on the Tranche A1 Maturity Date; and (B) for the account of the Tranche A2 Lenders, (1) in a principal amount equal to 1.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A2 Advances made on the Closing Date and Merger Date,outstanding on the First Amendment Effective Date (after giving effect to the First Amendment Tranche A2 Funding) on each Tranche A2 Repayment Date after the First Amendment Effective Date (which amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of voluntary or mandatory prepayments made pursuant to clause (b) or (c) below in the order specified by the Company in the applicable notice of prepayment; provided that if the Company fails to make any such specification, any voluntary or mandatory prepayments made pursuant to clause (b) or (c) below shall be applied in direct chronological order to all then-remaining payments) and (2) the then outstanding principal amount of the Tranche A2 Advances on the Tranche A2 Maturity Date; and
(iii)    with respect to the Term Loan B Facility, for the account of the Term Loan B Lenders, (A) in a principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan B Advances made on the Merger Date, on each Term Loan B Repayment Date (which amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of voluntary or mandatory prepayments made pursuant to clause (b) or (c) below in the order specified by the Company in the applicable notice of prepayment; provided that if the Company fails to make any such specification, any voluntary or mandatory prepayments made pursuant to clause (b) or (c) below shall be applied in direct chronological order to all then-remaining payments) and (B) the then outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan B Advances on the Term Loan B Maturity Date. 
(b)    Mandatory Prepayments.
(i)    Revolving Commitment Reductions.  The Company shall from time to time prepay the Advances under any Revolving Facility to the extent necessary so that the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Advances under such 

Revolving Facility then outstanding does not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all of the Appropriate Lenders under such Revolving Facility then in effect.
(ii)    Prepayment Events.  
(A)    In the event and on each occasion that any Net Cash Proceeds are received by or on behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Prepayment Event following the Closing Date, the Company shall, within one Business Day following the day such Net Cash Proceeds are received (or, in the case of a Prepayment Event described in clauses (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” within five Business Days after such Net Cash Proceeds are received), prepay Advances under the Term Facilities in an amount equal to 100.0% of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided that, in the case of any event described in clauses (a) or (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” if the Company shall, prior to the date of the required prepayment, deliver to the Agents a certificate of an authorized officer of the Company to the effect that the Company intends to cause the Net Cash Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof specified in such certificate) to be applied within 365 days after receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds to acquire assets to be used in the business of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, or to consummate any Permitted Acquisition (or any other acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of) any Person) permitted hereunder, and certifying that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of the Net Cash Proceeds from such event (or the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds specified in such certificate, if applicable) except to the extent of any such Net Cash Proceeds that have not been so applied by the end of such 365-day period (or within a period of 180 days thereafter if by the end of such initial 365-day period the Company or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries shall have entered into an agreement with a third party to acquire such assets, or to consummate such Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition, with such Net Cash Proceeds), at which time a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds that have not been so applied (and no prepayment shall be required to the extent the aggregate amount of such Net Cash Proceeds that are not reinvested in accordance with this Section does not exceed $20,000,000 in any fiscal year).
(B)    In the event that the Company has Excess Cash Flow for any fiscal year of the Company commencing with the fiscal year ending on or about March 31, 2016, the Company shall, not later than ninety (90) days following the end of such fiscal year, prepay Advances under the Term Facilities in an amount equal to the excess of (x) an amount equal to the ECF 

Percentage multiplied by Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year over (y) the amount of prepayments of Advances under the Term Facilities pursuant to ýSection 2.06(c) (including, in the case of Term Advances prepaid pursuant to ýSection 2.06(c)(iii), the actual purchase price paid in cash in respect of such Advances) during such fiscal year (other than any such prepayment made with the proceeds of Funded Debt (other than Revolving Loan Advances)).
(C)    Any mandatory prepayment of Term Advances to be made pursuant to Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be applied pro rata to the Term Advances under the Term Facilities then outstanding based on the aggregate principal amounts of outstanding Advances of each Class under the Term Facilities; provided that to the extent provided in the relevant Incremental Term Loan A Facility Amendment, Incremental Term Loan B Facility Amendment or Extension Amendment, any Class of Incremental Term Loan A Advances, Incremental Term Loan B Advances or Extended Advances under the Term Loan A Facilities or the Term Loan B Facility may be paid on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis with any other Class of Advances under the Term Facilities.
(D)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may elect, by notice to the applicable Agent by telephone (confirmed by hand delivery or facsimile) at least one Business Day (or such shorter period as may be established by each Agent) prior to the required prepayment date, to decline all or any portion of any prepayment of its Advances pursuant to this ýSection 2.06(b)(ii) (other than a prepayment pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Prepayment Event,” which may not be declined), in which case the aggregate amount of the payment that would have been applied to prepay Advances but was so declined may be retained by the Company and shall constitute “Declined Proceeds.”
(E)    To the extent practicable, the Company shall notify the applicable Agent by telephone (confirmed by hand delivery or facsimile) of any mandatory prepayment hereunder not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the Business Day of such prepayment, in the case of Base Rate Advances, and at least two Business Days prior to such prepayment, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, in each case stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment and a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment.  Each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount not less than the Borrowing Minimum and integral multiples of the Borrowing Multiples in excess thereof, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment.  In the case of any such prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Advance, the Company shall pay all accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the portion of such Eurocurrency Rate Advance being prepaid and shall be 

obligated to reimburse the Lenders in respect thereof pursuant to Section 9.04(b).  Each notice of prepayment will specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Advances to be prepaid.
(F)    Foreign Prepayment Event.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in ýSection 2.06(b)(ii), mandatory prepayments arising from the receipt of Net Cash Proceeds from any Prepayment Event with respect to, or the Excess Cash Flow attributable to, any Foreign Subsidiary (each, a “Foreign Mandatory Prepayment Event”) shall not be required (x) to the extent the making of any such Foreign Mandatory Prepayment Event (or the repatriation of funds to effect such payment) would give rise to a material adverse Tax consequence (as determined in good faith by the Company) or (y) so long as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation thereof to the United States (the Company hereby agreeing to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to promptly file any required forms, obtain any necessary consents and take all similar actions reasonably required by the applicable local law to permit such repatriation); provided that if such repatriation of any such affected Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is later permitted under applicable law, such repatriation will, subject to clause (x) above, be effected as promptly as practicable and such repatriated Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, as applicable, will be promptly after such repatriation applied to the repayment of the Advances under the Term Facilities pursuant to ýSection 2.06(b)(ii) to the extent provided herein.
(c)    Voluntary Prepayments of Borrowings.  
(i)    Subject to clause (ii) below, the Company may, on any Business Day, upon notice to the applicable Agent provided not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on such Business Day, in the case of Base Rate Advances, and at least two Business Days’ notice to the applicable Agent, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, in each case stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, prepay the Advances of any Class, and if such notice is given the Company shall prepay such stated amount; provided, however, that (A) each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount not less than the Borrowing Minimum and integral multiples of the Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof, (B) in the case of any such prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Advance, the Company shall pay all accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the portion of such Eurocurrency Rate Advance being prepaid and shall be obligated to reimburse the Lenders in respect thereof pursuant to Section 9.04(b) and (C) without limiting the Company’s obligations under Section 9.04(b), a notice of prepayment may be conditioned on the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the availability of a source of funds for such prepayment in which case such notice may be revoked or extended by the Company (by notice to the applicable Agent on or prior to the specified 

prepayment date) if such condition is not satisfied.  Each notice of prepayment will specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Advances to be prepaid.
(ii)    In the event any Term Loan B Advances are subject to a Repricing Event prior to the twelvesix month anniversary of the ClosingFirst Amendment Effective Date, a Term Loan B Lender whose Term Loan B Advances are prepaid or repaid in whole or in part, or which is required to assign any of its Term Loan B Advances pursuant to ýSection 2.17, in connection with such Repricing Event or which holds a Term Loan B Advance the Effective Yield of which is reduced as a result of a Repricing Event shall be paid an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of such Term Loan B Lender’s Term Loan B Advances so prepaid, repaid, assigned or repriced.
(iii)    Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no proceeds of Revolving Loan Advances are applied to fund any such repayment, any Company Party may prepay the outstanding Term Advances (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be automatically and permanently canceled immediately upon such prepayment) (or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may purchase such outstanding Term Advances and immediately cancel them) on the following basis:
(A)    Any Company Party shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Advances at a discount to par pursuant to a Company Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Company Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Company Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers (any such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Advance Prepayment”), in each case made in accordance with this ýSection 2.06(c)(iii).
(B)    (I)  Any Company Party may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Advance Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (II) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Company Party, to (x) each Term Lender and/or (y) each Term Lender with respect to any Class of Term Advances on an individual tranche basis, (III) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”) with respect to each applicable tranche, the tranche or tranches of Term Advances subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par (the “Specified Discount”) of such Term Advances to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Advances and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)), (IV) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than 

$10,000,000 and whole increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (V) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).
(1)    Each Term Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its applicable then outstanding Term Advances at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount and the tranches of such Lender’s Term Advances to be prepaid at such offered discount.  Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Advance Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable.  Any Term Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Company Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.
(2)    If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the relevant Company Party will make a prepayment of outstanding Term Advances pursuant to this paragraph ý(B) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and tranches of Term Advances specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to subsection ý(1) above; provided that if the aggregate principal amount of Term Advances accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”).  The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Company Party of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such offer, the 

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Advance Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Advances to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, tranche and Type of Term Advances of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Company Party and such Term Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Company Party shall be due and payable by such Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection ý(F) below (subject to subsection ý(J) below).
(C)    (1)  Any Company Party may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Company Party, to (x) each Term Lender and/or (y) each Term Lender with respect to any Class of Term Advances on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the relevant Term Advances (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the tranche or tranches of Term Advances subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the principal amount of such Term Advances with respect to each relevant tranche of Term Advances willing to be prepaid by such Company Party (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Advances and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.06(c)(iii)), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $10,000,000 and whole increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by a Company Party shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”).  Each Term Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted 

Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Advances of the applicable tranche or tranches and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender’s Term Advances (the “Submitted Amount”) such Term Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount.  Any Term Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Advance Prepayment of any of its Term Advances at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.
(2)    The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Advances to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this subsection (C).  The relevant Company Party agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Advance Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts.  Each Term Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Advances equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following subsection ý(3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Term Lender, a “Participating Lender”).
(3)    If there is at least one Participating Lender, the relevant Company Party will prepay the respective outstanding Term Advances of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the 

principal amount of the relevant Term Advances for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”).  The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Company Party of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Advance Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and tranches of Term Advances to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the relevant Company Party and Term Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Company Party shall be due and payable by such Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection ý(F) below (subject to subsection ý(J) below).
(D)    (1)  Any Company Party may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Company Party, to (x) each Term Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any Class of Term Advances on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate amount of the Term Advances (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”) and the tranche or tranches of Term Advances the Company is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Advances and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this ý Section 2.06(c)(iii)(D)), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an 

aggregate amount not less than $10,000,000 and whole increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by a Company Party shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Term Lenders (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”).  Each Term Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Advance and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Advances (the “Offered Amount”) such Term Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount.  Any Term Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Advances at any discount.
(2)    The Auction Agent shall promptly provide the relevant Company Party with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date.  Such Company Party shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the largest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Term Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to the Company Party (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any.  If the Company Party elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by such Company Party from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this subsection ý(2) (the “Acceptance Date”), the Company Party shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount.  If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Company Party by the Acceptance Date, such Company Party shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.
(3)    Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three 

Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Advances (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by the relevant Company Party at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this ýSection 2.06(c)(iii)(D).  If the Company Party elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Company Party agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount.  Each Term Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Advances equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). The Company Party will prepay outstanding Term Advances pursuant to this subsection (D) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Advances for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”).  On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) the relevant Company Party of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Advance Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Advances and the tranches to be prepaid to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and 

the tranches of such Term Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to such Company Party and Term Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to such Company Party shall be due and payable by such Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection ý(F) below (subject to subsection ý(J) below).
(E)    In connection with any Discounted Term Advance Prepayment, the Company Parties and the Term Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Advance Prepayment, the payment of customary fees and expenses from a Company Party in connection therewith.
(F)    If any Term Advance is prepaid in accordance with paragraphs ý(B) through (D) above, a Company Party shall prepay such Term Advances on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The relevant Company Party shall make such prepayment to the applicable Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the applicable Agent’s office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant tranche of Advances on a pro rata basis across such installments. The Term Advances so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.  Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Advances pursuant to this ýSection 2.06(c)(iii) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Term Advances outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the tranches of Term Advances prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Advance Prepayment.  In connection with each prepayment pursuant to this ýSection 2.06(c)(iii), the relevant Company Party shall waive any right to bring any action against the applicable Agent, in its capacity as such, in connection with any such Discounted Term Advance Prepayment.
(G)    To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Advance Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 2.06(c)(iii), 

established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Company.
(H)    Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this ýSection 2.06(c)(iii), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.
(I)    Each of the Company Parties and the Term Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this ýSection 2.06(c)(iii) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Auction Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Advance Prepayment provided for in this ýSection 2.06(c)(iii) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.
(J)    Each Company Party shall have the right, by written notice to the Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Advance Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by such Company Party to make any prepayment to a Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not constitute a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default under ýSection 6.01 or otherwise).
(d)    Repayment of Swing Line Advances.  The Company shall repay to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent for the ratable account of each Swing Line Bank and each other Lender which holds a Swing Line Advance the outstanding principal amount of each Swing Line Advance held by it on the earlier of the maturity date specified in the applicable Notice of Swing Line Borrowing (which maturity shall be no later than five Business Days after the requested date of such Borrowing) and the Revolving Commitment Termination Date applicable to such Swing Line Bank or such Lender.
Section 2.07    Interest on Advances

.  The Company shall pay interest accrued on the principal amount of each Advance made to it outstanding from time to time from the date of such Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:
(a)    Base Rate Advances.  If such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times to the sum of the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin, payable in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December during the term of this Agreement, commencing December 31, 2015, and on the Maturity Date of the applicable Lender; provided that the Agents may, upon the request of the Majority Lenders, require that the Company pay interest (“Base Rate Default Interest”) on any amount of principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the principal amount of Base Rate Advances, but excluding the principal amount of Eurocurrency Rate Advances) which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin; provided, however, that following the making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 6.01 to authorize any Agent to declare the Advances due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, or upon acceleration of the Advances (pursuant to a vote of the Majority Lenders or by process of law upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(e)), Base Rate Default Interest shall accrue and be payable hereunder whether or not previously required by the Majority Lenders.
(b)    Eurocurrency Rate Advances.  If such Advance is a Eurocurrency Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period for such Advance to the sum of the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin, payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest Period has a duration of more than three months, on the day which occurs during such Interest Period three months from the first day of such Interest Period; provided that the Agents may, upon the request of the Majority Lenders, require that the Company pay interest (“Eurocurrency Default Interest”) on any principal amount of any Eurocurrency Rate Advance which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to (i) during the Interest Period applicable to such Eurocurrency Rate Advance, 2% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on such amount immediately prior to the date on which such amount became due and (ii) after the expiration of such Interest Period, 2% per annum above the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin; provided, however, that following the making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 6.01 to authorize any Agent to declare the Advances due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, or upon acceleration of the Advances (pursuant to a vote of the Majority Lenders or by process of law upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(e)), Eurocurrency Default Interest shall accrue and be payable hereunder whether or not previously required by the Majority Lenders.
(c)    [Reserved].

(d)    Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Advances.  The Company shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency Liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Advance made to the Company equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Advance by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Advance, provided that the Company shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the applicable Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender.  If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant interest payment date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice.
Section 2.08    Interest Rate Determination
.  Each Agent shall give prompt notice to the Company and the Lenders of the applicable interest rate determined by such Agent for purposes of Section 2.07(a) or 2.07(b).
Section 2.09    Voluntary Conversion or Continuation of Advances
.
(a)    The Company may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the applicable Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion or continuance (a “Notice of Conversion/Continuation”) and subject to the provisions of Section 2.02(b), (i) Convert Advances of one Type comprising the same Borrowing into Advances of another Type and (ii) upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to Advances which are Eurocurrency Rate Advances made to the Company, continue all (or, subject to Section 2.02(b), any portion of) such Advances as Eurocurrency Rate Advances and the succeeding Interest Period(s) of such continued Advances shall commence on the last day of the Interest Period of the Advances to be continued; provided, however, that any Conversion of any Eurocurrency Rate Advances into Base Rate Advances shall be made on, and only on, the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Advances.  Each such Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall, within the restrictions specified above, specify (A) the date of such continuation or Conversion, (B) the Advances (or, subject to Section 2.02(b), any portion thereof) to be continued or Converted, (C) if such continuation is of, or such Conversion is into, Eurocurrency Rate Advances, the duration of the Interest Period for each such Advance and (D) that no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  The Company may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Advances comprising such Borrowing, and the Advances comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.
(b)    If upon the expiration of the then existing Interest Period applicable to any Advance which is a Eurocurrency Rate Advance made to the Company, the Company shall not have delivered a Notice of Conversion/Continuation in accordance with this Section 2.09, then (i) in the case of any Revolving Loan Advance, such Advance shall upon such expiration automatically be Converted to a Base Rate Advance and (ii) in the case of any Term Advance, such Advance shall, 

upon such expiration, automatically be continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Advance with an Interest Period of one month.  
(c)    After the occurrence of and during the continuance of a Potential Event of Default or an Event of Default, the Company may not elect to have an Advance be made or continued as, or Converted into, a Eurocurrency Rate Advance after the expiration of any interest rate then in effect for that Advance.
Section 2.10    Increased Costs
.
(a)    If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change (other than any change by way of imposition or increase of reserve requirements in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Advances payable under Section 2.07(d)) in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation, in each case after the Closing Date, or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), in each case issued after the Closing Date, there shall be any increase in the cost (other than with respect to Indemnified Taxes or Excluded Taxes) to any Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Advances made to the Company, then the Company shall from time to time, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the applicable Agent), pay to the applicable Agent for the account of such Lender additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost.  A reasonably detailed certificate as to the amount and manner of calculation of such increased cost, submitted to the Company and the applicable Agent by such Lender, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(b)    If any Lender determines that compliance with any law or regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), in each case issued after the Closing Date, affects or would affect the amount of capital or liquidity required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender and that the amount of such capital or liquidity is increased by or based upon the existence of such Lender’s commitment to lend hereunder and other commitments of this type, then, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the applicable Agent), the Company shall immediately pay to the applicable Agent for the account of such Lender, from time to time as specified by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or such corporation in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that such Lender reasonably determines such increase in capital or liquidity to be allocable to the existence of such Lender’s commitment to lend hereunder.  A reasonably detailed certificate as to such amounts and the manner of calculation thereof submitted to the Company and the Agent by such Lender shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.  For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, this Section 2.10(b) shall apply to all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning capital adequacy issued in connection with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented and this Section 2.10(b) shall apply to all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory 

authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued or implemented.
(c)    If a Lender shall change its Applicable Lending Office, such Lender shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.10 and 2.12 than the amount such Lender would have been entitled to receive if it had not changed its Applicable Lending Office, unless such change was made at the request of the Company or at a time when the circumstances giving rise to such greater payment did not exist.
Section 2.11    Payments and Computations
.
(a)    The Company shall make each payment hereunder not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the day when due in U.S. Dollars to the applicable Agent at its address referred to in Section 9.02 in same day funds, without setoff, deduction or counterclaim.  Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, each Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or commitment fees ratably (other than, to the extent the applicable Maturity Date is not the same for all Appropriate Lenders, pursuant to Section 2.06(a)) to the Appropriate Lenders for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such Lender for the account of its Applicable Lending Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Upon receipt of principal or interest paid after an Event of Default and an acceleration or a deemed acceleration of amounts due hereunder, each Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest ratably in accordance with each Lender’s outstanding Advances to the Lenders for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices.  Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Assumption and recording of the information contained therein in the Register pursuant to Section 9.07(c), from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Assumption, each Agent shall make all payments hereunder in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender assignee thereunder, and the parties to such Assignment and Assumption shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior to such effective date directly between themselves.
(b)    All computations of interest based on the Base Rate determined by reference to BTMU’s base rate or RBC’s base rate, as applicable, shall be made by the applicable Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and all computations of interest based on the Eurocurrency Rate or the Federal Funds Rate and of commitment fees, if applicable, shall be made by the applicable Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or such fees are payable.  Each determination by either Agent of an interest rate hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(c)    Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or commitment fee, as the case may be; provided, however, if such extension would cause payment 

of interest on or principal of Eurocurrency Rate Advances to be made in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.
(d)    Unless an Agent shall have received notice from the Company prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders hereunder that the Company will not make such payment in full, such Agent may assume that the Company has made such payment in full to such Agent on such date and such Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender.  If and to the extent that the Company shall not have so made such payment in full to the applicable Agent, each Lender shall repay to such Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays such amount to the applicable Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.
Section 2.12    Taxes
.
(a)    Payments Free of Taxes.  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law.  If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the relevant Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b)    Payment of Other Taxes by the Company.  The Company shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of either Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.
(c)    Indemnification by the Company.  The Company shall indemnify each Recipient, within 30 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, in each case attributable to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Company, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Company by a Lender (with a copy to the applicable Agent), or by any Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d)    Indemnification by the Lenders.  Each Lender shall severally indemnify the applicable Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Company has not already indemnified such Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.07(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by such Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by an Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes each Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by such Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to such Agent under this paragraph (d).
(e)    Evidence of Payments.  As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Company or any Guarantor to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.12, the Company or the relevant Guarantor shall deliver to the applicable Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to such Agent.
(f)    Status of Lenders.  (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Company and the applicable Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the applicable Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Company or the applicable Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Company or the applicable Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Company or such Agent as will enable the Company or such Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 2.12(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, 
(A)    any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Company and the applicable Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company or such Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax; 

(B)    any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Company and the applicable Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company or such Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(1)    in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(2)    executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(3)    in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Company within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E; or
(4)    to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 or Exhibit E-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;
(C)    any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Company and the applicable Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company or such Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Company or the applicable Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D)    if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Company and the applicable Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Company or such Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Company or the applicable Agent as may be necessary for the Company and such Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this AgreementClosing Date.
Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Company and the applicable Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(g)    Treatment of Certain Refunds.  If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund or credit (in lieu of a refund) in respect of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.12 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.12), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund or the benefit of such credit (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund or credit).  Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund or credit to such Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund or credit had never been paid.  This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h)    Survival.  Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Company contained in this Section 2.12, and the agreements and obligations of all Persons under Section 2.12(g), shall survive the payment in full of principal and interest hereunder. 
Section 2.13    Sharing of Payments, Etc.
  If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Advances or other obligations 

hereunder resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Advances under any Facility and accrued interest thereon or other such obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the applicable Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Advances and such other obligations of the other Appropriate Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Appropriate Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Advances and other amounts owing them; provided that:
(i)    if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
(ii)    the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Advances to any assignee or participant, other than to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).
Upon the acceleration or deemed acceleration of the Advances, the obligation of the Lenders to purchase participations in Advances and other obligations shall apply to all other Lenders, irrespective of Facility.  The Company consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Company rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Company in the amount of such participation.
Section 2.14    Evidence of Debt
.
(a)    Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Company to such Lender resulting from each Advance owing to such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.  The Company agrees that upon notice by any Lender to the Company (with a copy of such notice to the applicable Agent) to the effect that a Note or other evidence of indebtedness is required or appropriate in order for such Lender to evidence (whether for purposes of pledge, enforcement or otherwise) the Advances under a Facility owing to, or to be made by, such Lender, the Company shall promptly execute and deliver to such Lender Notes or other evidence of such indebtedness, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and such Lender, payable to such Lender in a principal amount equal to the Commitment of such Lender under such Facility; provided, however, that the execution and delivery of such Note or other evidence of indebtedness shall not be a condition precedent to the making of any Advance under this Agreement.

(b)    The Register maintained by each Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(c) shall include a control account, and a subsidiary account for each Lender, in which accounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the date, amount and tenor, as applicable, of each Borrowing, the Facility of such Borrowing, the Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing, and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the terms of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to and accepted by it, if any, (iii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Company to each Lender hereunder, and (iv) the amount of any sum received by such Agent from the Company hereunder and each Lender’s share thereof.
(c)    The entries made in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
Section 2.15    Use of Proceeds
.
(a)    Advances shall be used by the Company:
(i)    with respect to the Revolving Facility, for acquisitions and for general corporate purposes (including to pay a portion of the funding of the Acquisition on the Merger Date);
(ii)    with respect to the Tranche A1 Facility and the Initial Tranche A2 Funding, (x) to pay the Special Dividend, (y) to pay a portion of the Transaction Costs and (z) for general corporate purposes; and
(iii)    with respect to the Subsequent Tranche A2 Funding and the Term Loan B Facility, (x) to pay a portion of the Transaction Costs, (y) to pay a portion of the funding of the Acquisition and the Refinancing and (z) for general corporate purposes.; and
(iv)    with respect to the First Amendment Tranche A2 Funding, (x) to prepay a portion of Term Loan B Facility on the First Amendment Effective Date, (y) to pay a portion of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the First Amendment and (z) for general corporate purposes.
(b)    No portion of the proceeds of any Advances under this Agreement shall be used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner which might cause the Advances or the application of such proceeds to violate, or require any Lender to make any filing or take any other action under, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(c)    The Company will not request any Borrowing, and the Company shall not knowingly use, and shall procure that its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not knowingly use, the proceeds of any Borrowing (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose 

of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.
Section 2.16    Extension of the Maturity Date
.
(a)    The Company may, from time to time, request that (i) in the case of the Revolving Facility, the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or (ii) in the case of any Term Advances of any Class, the Maturity Date in respect of such Advances of such Class be extended to such date as the Company shall specify in the applicable Extension Request, in each case by delivering to the applicable Agent a copy of an extension request signed by the Company (an “Extension Request”) in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto; provided that at the time of such request and as of the date of any such extension of any such Revolving Commitment Termination Date and/or Maturity Date (each, an “Extension” and each group of Commitments or Advances so extended, as well as any Advances of the same Class not so extended, each being a separate “tranche”), (A) the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Article IV are correct in all material respects (except those representations and warranties qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct) on and as of such date, as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates only to an earlier date, in which case they were correct in all material respects (except those representations and warranties qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct) as of such earlier date, and (B) no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  The applicable Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of such Extension Request.  On or prior to the fifteenth day (the “Determination Date”) after the date upon which an Extension Request was submitted by the Company, each Appropriate Lender shall notify the applicable Agent and the Company of its willingness or unwillingness to extend the applicable Revolving Commitment Termination Date and/or Maturity Date hereunder from the applicable Revolving Commitment Termination Date and/or Maturity Date.  Any Appropriate Lender that shall fail to so notify the applicable Agent and the Company, on or prior to the Determination Date, shall be deemed to have declined to so extend.  
(b)    In the event that, on or prior to the Determination Date, Appropriate Lenders representing 50% or more of the aggregate amount of (i) in the case of any Revolving Facility, the Commitments or (ii) in the case of any Term Facility, the Advances of all Appropriate Lenders, in each case then in effect in respect of the applicable Class shall consent to such extension, the applicable Agent shall so advise the Appropriate Lenders and the Company and the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and/or Maturity Date of each such consenting Appropriate Lender (each a “Consenting Lender”) shall be extended to the date indicated in the Extension Request.  Thereafter, (i) for each Consenting Lender, the term “Revolving Commitment Termination Date” or “Maturity Date” with respect to the applicable Class as used herein and in any Note executed and delivered by the Company pursuant to Section 2.14 hereof shall at all times refer to such date indicated in the Extension Request, unless it is later extended pursuant to this Section 2.16, and (ii) for each Lender that is not a Consenting Lender (each a “Non-Extending Lender”) the term 

“Revolving Commitment Termination Date” or “Maturity Date” with respect to the applicable Class shall at all times, subject to the following proviso, refer to the date which was the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or Maturity Date of such Lender in respect of such Facility then in effect prior to the delivery to the applicable Agent of such Extension Request unless it is later extended pursuant to this Section 2.16; provided that, after the Determination Date with respect to any Extension Request and prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or Maturity Date with respect to the applicable Class then applicable to such Non-Extending Lender (or its direct or indirect assignee(s)), a Non-Extending Lender (or any direct or indirect assignee of (i) in the case of any Revolving Facility, Commitments of a Non-Extending Lender or (ii) in the case of any Term Facility, Advances of any Non-Extending Lender) (each a “New Consenting Lender”) may, with the written consent of the Borrower, elect, by written notice to such effect to the applicable Agent, to extend the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and/or Maturity Date of its Commitments and/or Term Advances of the applicable Class, as applicable, to the date indicated in the applicable Extension Request and thereafter, for such New Consenting Lender, the term “Revolving Commitment Termination Date” or “Maturity Date” with respect to the applicable Class as used herein and in any Note executed and delivered by the Company pursuant to Section 2.14 hereof shall at all times refer to such date indicated in the applicable Extension Request, unless it is later extended pursuant to this Section 2.16.  In the event that, as of the Determination Date, the Consenting Lenders represent less than 50% of the aggregate amount of (i) in the case of any Revolving Facility, the Commitments or (ii) in the case of any Term Facility, the Advances of all Appropriate Lenders then in effect under the applicable Facility, the Agent shall so advise the Appropriate Lenders and the Company, and none of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitment Termination Date and/or Maturity Date shall be extended to the date indicated in the Extension Request and each Appropriate Lender’s Revolving Commitment Termination Date and/or Maturity Date shall (unless later extended pursuant to this Section 2.16) continue to be the date which was the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and/or Maturity Date of such Lender in respect of such Facility immediately prior to the delivery to the Agent of such Extension Request. 
Section 2.17    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders; Non-Ratable Termination of Commitments and Prepayments of Certain Lenders
.  
(a)    Designation of a Different Lending Office.  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.10, or requires the Company to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.12, or if any Lender gives the applicable Agent any notice under Section 2.02(b)(iii) that it is unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Advances, then such Lender shall (at the request of the Company) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Advances hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.10 or Section 2.12, or eliminate such unlawfulness, as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. 

(b)    Replacement of Lenders.  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.10, or if the Company is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.12, or if any Lender gives the applicable Agent any notice under Section 2.02(b)(iii) that it is unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Advances, and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.17(a), or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender with respect to an amendment, consent or waiver requiring the approval of all Lenders or of all affected Lenders (or all Lenders or all affected Lenders of any Class) in accordance with the terms of Section 9.01, then the Company may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the applicable Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 9.07), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 2.10, Section 2.12 or Section 9.04) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:
(i)    the Company shall have paid to the applicable Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 9.07;
(ii)    such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 9.04(b)) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company (in the case of all other amounts);
(iii)    in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.10 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.12, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; 
(iv)    in the case of any such assignment resulting from a notice of unlawfulness under Section 2.02(b)(iii), the assignee will not be subject to such unlawfulness;
(v)    such assignment does not conflict with applicable law; 
(vi)    in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent; and
(vii)    no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
(c)    Non-Ratable Termination of Commitments and Prepayment of Certain Lenders.  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.10 and the Majority Lenders are not also doing the same, or if the Company is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.12 and the Company is not also required to make such payments to the Majority Lenders, or if any Lender gives any Agent any notice under Section 2.02(b)(iii) that it is unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Advances and the Majority Lenders have not also provided such notice, and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.17(a), or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Company may, upon notice to such Lender and the applicable Agent:
(i) with respect to the Revolving Facility, terminate the Commitments of such Lender in full; provided that (x) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 9.04(b)); and (y) no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(ii) with respect to the Term Loan A Facilities and the Term Loan B Facility, prepay the Advances of such Lender in full, together with accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 9.04(b)); provided that no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
The Commitments or Advances, as applicable, of a Lender may not be terminated or so prepaid if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to terminate such Commitment or make such prepayment, as applicable, cease to apply.
Section 2.18    Defaulting Lenders
.
(a)    Defaulting Lender Adjustments.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
(i)    Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by any Agent for the account of any Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VI or otherwise) from the Company or any Guarantor for the account of a Defaulting Lender under this 

Agreement will not be required to be paid or distributed to such Defaulting Lender, but will instead be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the applicable Agent as follows:  first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to either Agent under this Agreement; second, to the funding of any Advance in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the applicable Agent; and third, if so determined by the applicable Agent and the Company, held in an account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender in respect of any Advances under this Agreement.  If such Lender is still a Defaulting Lender and any amounts remain in such account on the date that the Commitments are terminated and all payment obligations of the Company hereunder are paid in full, then such amounts will be applied by the applicable Agent to the making of payments in the following order of priority:  first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to either Agent hereunder; second, with respect to the Revolving Facility, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Swing Line Bank hereunder; third, to the funding of any Advance in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the applicable Agent; fourth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or the Swing Line Banks as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or any Swing Line Bank against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fifth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Company or any Guarantor as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Company or any Guarantor against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and sixth, to pay amounts owing under this Agreement to such Defaulting Lender or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct; provided that any amounts held as cash collateral for funding obligations of a Defaulting Lender shall be returned to such Defaulting Lender upon the termination of this Agreement and the satisfaction of such Defaulting Lender’s obligations hereunder.  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.18 shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(ii)    Certain Fees.  No Commitment of any Lender shall be increased or otherwise affected, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.18, performance by the Company or any Guarantor of its obligations shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result of the operation of this Section 2.18.  The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.18 are in addition to any other rights and remedies which the Company, any Guarantor, any Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.
(iii)    Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure.  In the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Revolving Lender, all or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Swing Line Advances shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders under the Revolving Facility in accordance with their respective Ratable Shares (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) but only 

to the extent that (x) no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default exists at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Company shall have otherwise notified the Agent at such time, the Company shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such condition is satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocated participation does not, as to any Revolving Lender, exceed such Lender’s Unused Revolving Commitment.  No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.
(iv)    Repayment of Swing Line Advances.  If the reallocation described in clause (iii) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Company shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, prepay Swing Line Advances in an amount equal to the amount of the participation of the Defaulting Lenders.
(b)    Defaulting Lender Cure.  If the Company and the applicable Agent agree in writing in their reasonable determination that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, such Agent will so notify the applicable parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Advances of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the applicable Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Advances to be funded and held on a pro rata basis by the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their Ratable Share of the applicable Facility or Facilities, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
(c)    New Swing Line Advances.  So long as any Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Swing Line Bank shall be required to fund any Swing Line Advances unless the participations of Defaulting Lenders in such Swing Line Advances have been fully reallocated in accordance with Section 2.18(a)(iii).
Section 2.19    Special Purpose Funding Vehicles
.
(a)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPC”) the option to fund all or any part of any Advance that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to fund pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by an SPC to fund any Advance, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to fund all or any part of such Advance, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to fund such Advance pursuant to the terms hereof.  The funding of an Advance by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the 

Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Advance were funded by such Granting Lender.  Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or payment under this Agreement for which a Lender would otherwise be liable for so long as, and to the extent, the Granting Lender provides such indemnity or makes such payment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any SPC may disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Advances to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or guarantee to such SPC.
(b)    Each Granting Lender, acting solely for this purpose on the Company’s behalf, shall maintain a register comparable to the Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(c) for purpose of recording the funding of Advances by SPCs.
(c)    Assignments of and participations in Advances funded by SPCs shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9.07.
(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the Company shall not be required to pay any amount under Sections 2.10, 2.12 or 2.17 that is greater than the amount which the Company would have been required to pay had such SPC not provided the Company with any part of any Advance of such Granting Lender and (ii) an SPC shall not be entitled to any benefits under Section 2.12 unless such SPC agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.10(c), 2.12(d), 2.12(f), 2.12(g) and 2.17 as if it were an assignee (as of the date it funds its first Advance hereunder) under Section 9.07.
Section 2.20    Incremental Commitments
.
(a)    Incremental Revolving Increases.
(i)    The Company may, by written notice to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent from time to time prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, request Incremental Revolving Commitments in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Revolving Amount from one or more Incremental Revolving Lenders (which may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Revolving Advances in their sole discretion; provided that each Incremental Revolving Lender (which is not an existing Lender) shall be subject to the approval requirements of Section 9.07.  Such notice shall set forth (A) the amount of the Incremental Revolving Commitments being requested (which shall be in multiples of $10,000,000) and (B) the date on which such Incremental Revolving Commitments are requested to become effective (the “Increased Revolver Amount Date”).  No Lender shall be obligated to increase its Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.20(a) unless it so agrees.  
(ii)    The Company and each Incremental Revolving Lender shall execute and deliver to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent (each, an “Incremental Revolving Assumption Agreement”) to evidence the Incremental Revolving Commitment of such 

Incremental Revolving Lender.  Each Incremental Revolving Assumption Agreement shall specify the terms of the Incremental Revolving Advances to be made thereunder; provided, that except as provided in clause (C) of the proviso below, the Incremental Revolving Advances thereunder shall be made on terms and conditions identical to the terms and conditions of the existing Revolving Facility with the latest Revolving Commitment Termination Date; provided that (A) the Incremental Revolving Advances shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all other Advances, (B) such Incremental Revolving Facility shall be included in the existing Revolving Facility with the latest Revolving Commitment Termination Date and (C) in the event that the Applicable Margin for such Incremental Revolving Facility is greater than the Applicable Margin for the existing Revolving Facility with the latest Revolving Commitment Termination Date, then the Applicable Margin for the existing Revolving Facility with the latest Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the Applicable Margin for the Incremental Revolving Facility is not greater than the Applicable Margin for such Revolving Facility; provided, further, that in determining the Applicable Margin applicable to an Incremental Revolving Facility (x) upfront, arrangement or commitment fees payable to the Lenders providing such Incremental Facility or any arrangers (or their Affiliates) of such loans shall be excluded and (y) if any Eurocurrency Rate “floor” is applicable to such Incremental Revolving Facility, then the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate” shall be amended to include a comparable “floor” applicable to Advances under the existing Revolving Facility in which such Incremental Revolving Facility is to be included.  The Pro Rata Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Revolving Assumption Agreement.
(iii)    On any Increased Revolver Amount Date with respect to any Revolving Facility of any Class, (A) in the event any Revolving Loan Advances of such Class under the relevant Revolving Facility of such Class are then outstanding, (x) each applicable Incremental Revolving Lender shall make available to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent such amounts in immediately available funds as the Pro Rata Administrative Agent shall determine are necessary in order to cause, after giving effect to such increased Revolving Commitments and the application of such amounts to prepay Revolving Loan Advances of such Class under the relevant Revolving Facility of such Class of other relevant Revolving Lenders under the relevant Revolving Facility of such Class, the Revolving Loan Advances of such Class under the relevant Revolving Facility of such Class to be held ratably by Revolving Lenders of such Class under the relevant Revolving Facility of such Class in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments under the relevant Revolving Facility of such Class after giving effect to such increase, (y) the Company shall be deemed to have prepaid and reborrowed all outstanding Revolving Loan Advances of such Class under the relevant Revolving Facility of such Class and (z) the Company shall pay to the relevant Revolving Lenders of such Class the amounts, if any, payable under Section 9.04(b) as a result of such prepayment and (B) in the event any Swing Line Advances of such Class under the relevant Revolving Facility of such Class are then outstanding, participations in such Swing Line Advances pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(ii)(B) shall be reallocated so as to cause such participations to be held ratably by Revolving Lenders of such Class under the relevant Revolving Facility of such Class in accordance with their respective Revolving 

Commitments under the relevant Revolving Facility of such Class after giving effect to such increase.
(b)    Incremental Term Loan A Commitments.
(i)    The Company may, by written notice to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent from time to time prior to the latest Maturity Date then in effect under the Term Loan A Facilities, request Incremental Term Loan A Commitments under the Term Loan A Facilities in an amount not to exceed the sum of (x) the Incremental Shared Term Amount plus (y) such additional amount that would not, after giving effect on a pro forma basis to the incurrence thereof cause the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (or, following a Lien Release Event, but prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio) (without netting the cash and Cash Equivalents constituting proceeds of the applicable Incremental Term Loan A Facilities) as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are available to exceed 3.50:1.00 from one or more Incremental Term Loan A Lenders (which may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Term Loan A Advances in their sole discretion; provided that each Incremental Term Loan A Lender (which is not an existing Lender) shall be subject to the approval requirements of Section 9.07.  Such notice shall set forth (A) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan A Commitments being requested (which shall be in multiples of $10,000,000), (B) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan A Commitments are requested to become effective (C) the terms of such Incremental Term Loan A Commitments and (D) whether such Incremental Term Loan A Commitments are to be on the same terms as the existing Term Loan A Advances of any Class or commitments to make term advances on terms different from the existing Term Loan A Advances of such Class (“Other Term Loan A Advances”).  The designation of Commitments as Tranche A1 Commitments or Tranche A2 Commitments shall be made pursuant to an amendment (each, an “Incremental Term Loan A Facility Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Company, the Pro Rata Administrative Agent and each applicable Incremental Term Loan A Lender.  No Lender shall be obligated to increase its Tranche A1 Commitments or Tranche A2 Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.20(b) unless it so agrees. 
(ii)    The Company and each Incremental Term Loan A Lender shall execute and deliver to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Agent (each, an “Incremental Term Loan A Assumption Agreement”) to evidence the Incremental Term Loan A Commitment of such Incremental Term Loan A Lender.  Each Incremental Term Loan A Assumption Agreement shall specify the terms of the Incremental Term Loan A Advances to be made thereunder, and the Incremental Term Loan A Advances thereunder shall be made on terms and conditions agreed to by the Company and the applicable Incremental Term Loan A Lenders, and acceptable to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent.  The Pro Rata Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Term Loan A Assumption Agreement.
(c)    Incremental Term Loan B Facility Commitments.

(i)    The Company may, by written notice to the Term Loan B Administrative Agent from time to time prior to the latest Maturity Date then in effect under the Term Loan B Facility, increase the aggregate principal amount of any Class of Term Loan B Advances or enter into one or more tranches of term loans under the Term Loan B Facility (each an “Incremental Term Loan B Commitment”) in an amount not to exceed the sum of (x) Incremental Shared Term Amount plus (y) such additional amount that would not, after giving effect on a pro forma basis to the incurrence thereof cause the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (or, following a Lien Release Event, but prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio) (without netting the cash and Cash Equivalents constituting proceeds of the applicable Incremental Term Loan B Facilities) as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are available to exceed 3.50:1.00 from one or more Incremental Term Loan B Lenders (which may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Term Loan B Advances in their sole discretion; provided that each Incremental Term Loan B Lender (which is not an existing Lender) shall be subject to the approval requirements of Section 9.07.  Such notice shall set forth (A) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan B Commitments being requested (which shall be in multiples of $10,000,000), (B) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan B Commitments are requested to become effective, (C) the terms of such Incremental Term Loan B Commitments and (D) whether such Incremental Term Loan B Commitments are to be on the same terms as the existing Term Loan B Advances of any Class or commitments to make term advances on terms different from the existing Term Loan B Advances of any Class (“Other Term Loan B Advances”).  The designation of Commitments as Term Loan B Commitments shall be made pursuant to an amendment (each, an “Incremental Term Loan B Facility Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Company, the Term Loan B Administrative Agent and each applicable Incremental Term Loan B Lender.  No Lender shall be obligated to increase its Term Loan B Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.20(c) unless it so agrees. 
(ii)    The Company and each Incremental Term Loan B Lender shall execute and deliver to the Term Loan B Administrative Agent an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Agent (each, an “Incremental Term Loan B Assumption Agreement”) to evidence the Incremental Term Loan B Commitment of such Incremental Term Loan B Lender.  The Term Loan B Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Term Loan B Assumption Agreement.
(iii)    The terms and conditions of any Incremental Term Loan B Facility shall be, except as otherwise set forth herein or in the applicable Incremental Term Loan B Facility Amendment, identical to those of the Term Loan B Advances, as applicable; provided that (A) if the Effective Yield for any Incremental Term Loan B Advances exceeds the Effective Yield for the Term Loan B Advances by more than 50 basis points (the amount of such excess above 50 basis points being referred to herein as the “Yield Differential”), then the Applicable Margin for the Term Loan B Advances shall automatically be increased by the Yield Differential, effective upon the making of such Incremental Term Loan B Advances, (B) no Incremental Term Loan B Maturity Date shall be earlier than the Term Loan B Maturity 

Date, (C) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Incremental Term Loan B Advances shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loan B Advances, (D) the Incremental Term Loan B Advances will rank pari passu in right of payment and with respect to security with the Term Loan B Advances and none of the obligors or guarantors with respect thereto shall be a Person that is not the Company or a Guarantor, (E) the Incremental Term Loan B Advances may participate on a pro rata basis (or on a basis that is less than pro rata) in any mandatory prepayments of the Term Loan B Advances, but may not provide for mandatory prepayment requirements that are more favorable than those applicable to Term Loan B Advances and (F) to the extent the terms of the Incremental Term Loan B Advances are inconsistent with the terms of the Term Loan B Advances (except as set forth in clauses ý(A), ý(B) and ý(C) above), such terms, taken as a whole, no less favorable to the Company, as determined by the Company in good faith, than the terms of Term Loan B Facility and shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Term Loan B Administrative Agent. 
(d)    The effectiveness of any Incremental Revolving Assumption Agreement, Incremental Term Loan A Facility Amendment or Incremental Term Loan B Facility Amendment and the Incremental Revolving Commitment, Incremental Term Loan A Commitment or Incremental Term Loan B Commitment thereunder, shall, in addition to the conditions set forth in Section 2.20, be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of the following conditions: (i) to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, the Agent shall have received (A) customary legal opinions addressed to the applicable Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinions resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (B) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents (including modifications to the Mortgages), as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that the enforceability of the Collateral Documents and the perfection and priority of the Liens thereunder are preserved and maintained, (ii) no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Incremental Commitments or at the time of the making of such Incremental Advances (or, subject to Section 1.03(h), if the proceeds of any Incremental Term Loan A Facility or Incremental Term Loan B Facility are being used to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition, no Event of Default under Section 6.01(e) shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Incremental Term Loan A Commitments or Incremental Term Loan B Commitments at the time of the making of such Incremental Advances) and (iii) after giving effect to such Incremental Commitments and at the time of the making of such Incremental Advances, the conditions of Section 3.03(b)(i) shall be satisfied (it being understood that all references to “such date” or similar language in such Section 3.03(b)(i) shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Commitments or the date of such Incremental Advances, as applicable); provided that, subject to Section 1.03(h), if the proceeds of any Incremental Term Loan A Facility or Incremental Term Loan B Facility are being used to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition, (x) the reference in Section 3.03(b)(i) to the accuracy of the representations and warranties shall refer to the accuracy of the representations and warranties that constitute Specified Representations and the representations and warranties in the relevant acquisition agreement the breach of which would permit the buyer to terminate its obligations thereunder or decline to consummate such 

Limited Condition Acquisition and (y) the reference to “material adverse effect” in the Specified Representations shall be understood for this purpose to refer to “Material Adverse Effect” or similar definition as defined in the relevant acquisition agreement governing such Limited Condition Acquisition.  For the avoidance of doubt, Incremental Commitments and Incremental Advances established pursuant to this Section 2.20 may only be secured by Liens on Collateral on which a Lien has also been granted securing the other Obligations on a pari passu basis.
(e)    Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the applicable Agent may take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that all Incremental Advances, when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Advances under the Revolving Facility on a pro rata basis.
(f)    Notwithstanding the terms of Section 9.01, any Incremental Revolving Assumption Agreement, Incremental Term Loan A Facility Amendment or Incremental Term Loan B Facility Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the applicable Agent and the Company, to implement the provisions of this Section 2.20, a copy of which shall be made available to each Lender.  
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
Section 3.01    Condition Precedent to Closing Date
.  The obligations of the Lenders to make the Tranche A1 Advances and the Initial Tranche A2 Funding hereunder and the availability of the Revolving Facility on the Closing Date shall become effective on the first date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.01:
(a)    The Pro Rata Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received the following:
(i)    From each party hereto and thereto either (a) a counterpart of this Agreement and each other Loan Document signed on behalf of such party or (b) written evidence satisfactory to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed counterpart of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party;
(ii)    Copies of (a) the resolutions of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of each of the Company and each Guarantor, approving this Agreement, and (b) all documents evidencing other necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as the case may be, and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement, in each case certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable;

(iii)    A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of each of the Company and each Guarantor, dated the Closing Date, certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Company and such Guarantor, as the case may be, authorized to sign this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered by the Company or such Guarantor hereunder;
(iv)    A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of each of the Company and each Guarantor, dated the Closing Date, attaching and certifying the correctness and completeness of the copies of Company’s and such Guarantor’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or Certificate of Formation and Limited Liability Company Agreement, together, in each case, with a good standing certificate from the state of its organization, each to be dated a recent date prior to the Closing Date;
(v)    Legal opinions of (i) Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York counsel to the Loan Parties, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto and (ii) Woodburn and Wedge, special Nevada counsel to the Loan Parties, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto;
(vi)    A certificate of an authorized officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, stating that (a) the Specified Representations are true and correct in all material respects (except those Specified Representations that are qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct), (b) the Company is in compliance with its obligations under Section 2.15(c), (c) the Spin Transaction shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the closing of the Pro Rata Facilities and (d) the Revolving Facility shall not be drawn on such date in an amount exceeding $200,000,000 after giving effect to the Spin Transaction;
(vii)    A Notice of Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.02; 
(viii)    (a) Audited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the three most recently completed fiscal years of the Company ended at least 90 days prior to the Closing Date, (b) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for each subsequent fiscal quarter (other than the fourth fiscal quarter of the Company’s fiscal year) ended at least 60 days prior to the Closing Date; provided that the requirements of clauses (a) and (b) shall be deemed satisfied by the filing by the Company of its applicable Form 10-K and Form 10-Q or Form 10 or S-1, as the case may be, containing such financial statements within the time periods specified in such clauses and (c) (x) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of income of the Company (1) as of, and for the twelve-month period ending on, April 3, 2015 and (2) as of, and for the fiscal quarter (and the corresponding portion of the fiscal year) ended at least 60 days prior to the Closing Date, in each case prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such income statements) and (y) a detailed business plan or projections of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period from the Closing Date through the fiscal year of the Company ended on or about March 31, 2020, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers; and

(ix)    No later than five Business Days in advance of the Closing Date, all documentation and other information reasonably requested with respect to the Company and any Guarantor in writing by any Lender at least ten Business Days in advance of the Closing Date, which documentation or other information is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.
(b)    The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied with respect to each Loan Party and the Agents shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate dated the Closing Date and executed by an authorized officer of the Company, together with all attachments contemplated thereby; provided, however, that the delivery of any document(s) or instrument(s) necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (except (A) for the execution and delivery of the Collateral Documents (other than any Mortgage) and (B) to the extent that a Lien on Collateral may be perfected by (x) the filing of a financing statement under the UCC or (y) the delivery of certificates evidencing Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of the Company owned by any Loan Party that constitutes Collateral and constitutes a “certificated security” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC) will not constitute conditions precedent to the Advances on the Closing Date after the Company’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to provide such items on or prior to the Closing Date; provided that (1) certificates required to be delivered pursuant to clause (y) above may, with the consent of the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, be delivered in such period after the Closing Date as the Pro Rata Administrative Agent may agree and (2) the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, such documents and instruments, or take or cause to be taken such other actions, as may be required to perfect such security interests within thirty (30) days or, with respect to any Mortgaged Property and the items required by clause (e) of the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement relating thereto, ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (subject, in each case, to extensions approved by the Pro Rata Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).
(c)    The Agents shall have received all fees and other amounts previously agreed in writing by the Arrangers and the Company to be due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Company under any Loan Document.
The Pro Rata Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. 
Section 3.02    Conditions Precedent to Merger Date
.  The obligations of the Lenders to make the Subsequent Tranche A2 Funding hereunder and the loans under the Term Loan B Facility, in each case on the Merger Date, shall become effective on the first date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.01):
(a)    The Agents (or their counsel) shall have received the following:

(i)    A certificate of an authorized officer of the Company, dated the Merger Date, stating that (a) the Specified Representations are true and correct in all material respects (except those Specified Representations that are qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct), (b) the Company is in compliance with its obligations under Section 2.15(c) and (c) the representations made by the Seller with respect to the Acquired Business in the Acquisition Agreement that are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that the Company has (or a Subsidiary of the Company has) the right to terminate its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement, or to decline to consummate the Acquisition pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, as a result of a breach of such representations in the Acquisition Agreement (the “Acquisition Agreement Representations”) are true and correct in all material respects (except those Acquisition Agreement Representations that are qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct);
(ii)    A certificate of an authorized officer of the Company, dated the Merger Date, stating that the Acquisition shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the Subsequent Tranche A2 Funding and the funding of the Term Loan B Facility in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Acquisition Agreement without waiver or amendment thereto agreed to by the Company that in each case are materially adverse to the Lenders and the Arrangers (in their capacity as such) without the consent of the Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), it being understood that none of the following are materially adverse to the Lenders: (A) a reduction of less than 10% in the consideration payable under the Acquisition Agreement and (B) an increase in such purchase price amount funded solely by proceeds of equity or cash on the balance sheet;
(iii)    (a) audited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Acquired Business for the three most recently completed fiscal years of the Acquired Business ended at least 90 days prior to the Merger Date and (b) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Acquired Business for each subsequent fiscal quarter (other than the fourth fiscal quarter of the Acquired Business’ fiscal year) ended at least 45 days prior to the Merger Date; provided that the requirements of clauses (a) and (b) shall be deemed satisfied by the filing by the Acquired Business of its applicable Form 10-K and Form 10-Q or Form 10 or S-1, as the case may be, containing such financial statements within the time periods specified in such clauses; 
(iv)    a certificate from an authorized financial officer of the Company in the form of Exhibit H certifying as to the solvency of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions; and
(v)    A Notice of Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.02.
(b)    The Refinancing shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the initial funding of the Subsequent Tranche A2 Funding and the Term Loan B Facility and all related guaranties and security interests shall be terminated and released to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agents.

(c)     Between June 30, 2015 and the Merger Date, no SRA Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred.
(d)    The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied with respect to the Acquired Business; provided, however, that the delivery of any document(s) or instrument(s) necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (except (A) for the execution and delivery of the Collateral Documents (other than any Mortgage) and (B) to the extent that a Lien on Collateral may be perfected by (x) the filing of a financing statement under the UCC or (y) the delivery of certificates evidencing Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of the Company owned by any Loan Party that constitutes Collateral and constitutes a “certificated security” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC) will not constitute conditions precedent to the Advances on the Merger Date after the Company’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to provide such items on or prior to the Merger Date; provided that (1) certificates required to be delivered pursuant to clause (y) above may, with the consent of the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, be delivered within such period after the Merger Date as the Pro Rata Administrative Agent may agree and (2) the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, such documents and instruments, or take or cause to be taken such other actions, as may be required to perfect such security interests within thirty (30) days or, with respect to any Mortgaged Property and the items required by clause (e) of the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement relating thereto, ninety (90) days after the Merger Date (subject, in each case, to extensions approved by the Pro Rata Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).
(e)    The Agents shall have received all fees and other amounts previously agreed in writing by the Arrangers and the Company to be due and payable on or prior to the Merger Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Merger Date, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Company under any Loan Document.
The Agents shall notify the Company and the Lenders of the Merger Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.
Section 3.03    Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing
.  The obligation of each Revolving Lender and Swing Line Bank to make an Advance on the occasion of any Borrowing (other than, with respect to Section 3.03(b), on the Closing Date and the Merger Date) is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a)    The Pro Rata Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing with respect thereto in accordance with Section 2.02; and 
(b)    On the date of such Borrowing the following statements shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Borrowing and the acceptance by the Company of the proceeds of such Borrowing shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company that on the date of such Borrowing such statements are true):

(i)    The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Article IV are correct in all material respects (except those representations and warranties qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct) on and as of the date of such Borrowing, before and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates only to an earlier date, in which case they were true and correct in all material respects (except those representations qualified by materiality, which were true and correct) as of such earlier date; and
(ii)    No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, which constitutes an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 4.01    Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Guarantors
.  Each of the Company and each Guarantor represent and warrant on the date of each extension of credit hereunder as follows:
(a)    Due Organization, etc.  (i) Each of the Company and each Guarantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.  (ii) Each of the Company and, to the extent applicable, each Guarantor is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions which require such qualification, except to the extent that failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  (iii) Each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation.  (iv) Each Restricted Subsidiary is duly qualified to do business in all other jurisdictions which require such qualification, except to the extent that failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(b)    Due Authorization, etc.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and each Guarantor of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are within the Company’s and each Guarantor’s corporate or limited liability company powers, as the case may be, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as the case may be, and do not contravene (i) the Company’s or any Guarantor’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement or (ii) any law or any material contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be.

(c)    Governmental Consent.  No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Company or any Guarantor of this Agreement except for those which have been obtained prior to the Closing Date and remain in full force and effect.
(d)    Validity.  This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party, and each other Loan Document is a valid and binding agreement of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, concepts of reasonableness and to the application of general principles of equity.
(e)    Condition of the Company.  The combined balance sheet of the Computer Sciences GS Business of CSC as at April 3, 2015, and the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in parent equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which have been furnished to each Lender, fairly present the combined financial condition of the Computer Sciences GS Business of CSC as at such date and the combined results of the operations and cash flows of the Computer Sciences GS Business of CSC for the fiscal year ended on such date, all in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and giving pro forma effect to the Spin Transaction as described in the Form 10.  There has been no material adverse change in the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since April 3, 2015.
(f)    Litigation.  There is no pending or (to the knowledge of the Company) threatened investigation, action or proceeding against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator which (i) except as disclosed in the Exchange Act Reports filed prior to the Closing Date, would, if adversely determined, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement.
(g)    Margin Regulations.  No proceeds of any Advance will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock in any manner that violates or would cause a violation of Regulation U or Regulation X.
(h)    Payment of Taxes.  Except as disclosed in the Exchange Act Reports prior to the Closing Date, the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries have filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns (federal, state, local and foreign) required to be filed and paid all amounts of Taxes shown thereon to be due, including interest and penalties, except (i) for such Taxes as are being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves are being maintained by the Company or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be and (ii) to the extent that the failure to file such returns or pay such Taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(i)    Governmental Regulation.  None of the Company or any Guarantor is required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(j)    ERISA.  Except as disclosed in the Exchange Act Reports filed prior to the Closing Date: 
(i)    no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur (other than for premiums payable under Title IV of ERISA), that would reasonably be expected to result in a liability to the Company or its ERISA Affiliates of more than $200,000,000 over the amount previously reflected for any such liabilities, in accordance with GAAP, on the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(e); 
(ii)    Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the most recently completed annual report (Form 5500 Series) for each Pension Plan, copies of which have been filed with the IRS and furnished to the Agents, is complete and, to the best knowledge of the Company, accurate, and since the date of such Schedule B there has been no change in the funding status of any such Pension Plan except any change that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 
(iii)    as of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan for which the actuarial report is available, the potential liability to the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates for a complete withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, when aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal for all Multiemployer Plans, based on information available pursuant to Section 4221(e) of ERISA, does not exceed $200,000,000;
(iv)    the Company and each of its ERISA Affiliates are in compliance with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each Employee Benefit Plan except for any such failure to perform or comply that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 
(v)    each Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a determination letter from the IRS that the Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified (or a timely application for such a determination letter is pending), and to the best of the Company’s knowledge, the Employee Benefit Plan has not been operated in any way that would result in the Employee Benefit Plan no longer being so qualified except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and 
(vi)    neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is insolvent, in reorganization or has been terminated or has been determined to be in “endangered” or “critical” status, 

within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, and, to the best knowledge of the Company, no Multiemployer Plan is reasonably expected to be insolvent, in reorganization or to be terminated or to be determined to be in “endangered” or “critical” status within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, in each case, resulting in a liability to the Company or its ERISA Affiliates of more than $200,000,000.
(k)    Disclosure.  The documents, certificates and written materials furnished to the Agents or any Lender by or on behalf of the Company and/or the Guarantors for use in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, taken as a whole with other documents, certificates and written materials furnished contemporaneously therewith, do not contain any untrue statement of fact or omit to state a material fact (known to the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, in the case of any documents, certificates or written statements not furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which the same were made.
(l)    Insurance.  The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) maintain insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as are usually insured by companies engaged in similar businesses or (ii) maintain a plan or plans of self-insurance to such extent and covering such risks as is usual for companies of comparable size engaged in the same or similar business, which plans shall include, among other things, adequate reserves for the risks that are self-insured.  
(m)    Environmental Matters.  (i) The Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Environmental Laws except to the extent any non-compliance would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (ii) there has been no “release or threatened release of a hazardous substance” (as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.) or any other release, emission or discharge into the environment of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or other materials from the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ property other than as permitted under applicable Environmental Law and other than those which would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Other than disposals for which the Company has been indemnified in full, all “hazardous waste” (as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. and the regulations thereunder, 40 CFR Part 261 (“RCRA”)) generated at the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiaries’ properties have in the past been and shall continue to be disposed of at sites which maintain valid permits under RCRA and any applicable state or local Environmental Law, except to the extent where the failure to so dispose would not reasonably be expected have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(n)    Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.  The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Company, its Subsidiaries and to the knowledge 

of the Company its directors, officers, employees and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects.  None of (a) the Company, any Subsidiary or to the knowledge of the Company any of the directors or officers of the Company, (b) to the knowledge of the Company or such Subsidiary, any director or officer of any Subsidiary of the Company or (c) to the knowledge of the Company, any employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.
(o)    Collateral Matters.  Except as otherwise contemplated hereby or under any other Loan Documents and subject to limitations set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, once executed and delivered, the Collateral Agreement will create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined therein) and (i) when the Collateral (as defined therein) constituting certificated securities (as defined in the UCC) is delivered to the Collateral Agent, together with instruments of transfer duly endorsed in blank, the security interest created under the Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the pledgors thereunder in such Collateral to the extent perfection can be obtained by such delivery, prior and superior in right of any other Person and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the applicable filing offices, the security interest created under the Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected security interest in all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Collateral (as defined therein) to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing UCC financing statements.
(p)    Solvency.  The Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, both immediately before and immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on each of the Closing Date and the Merger Date, will be Solvent.
(q)    Use of Proceeds.  The Company will use the proceeds of the Advances only in accordance with Section 2.15.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
Section 5.01    Affirmative Covenants of the Loan Parties
.  Each of the Company and, with respect to Section 5.01(a), Section 5.01(c), Section 5.01(d), Section 5.01(e), Section 5.01(f), Section 5.01(h), Section 5.01(i), Section 5.01(j), Section 5.01(k), and Section 5.01(n) to the extent such Section relates to such Guarantor, each Guarantor covenants and agrees that each of the Company and each Guarantor will, unless and until all of the Advances shall have been paid in full and all of the Commitments of the Lenders shall have terminated, unless Majority Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:
(a)    Compliance with Laws, Etc.  Comply, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, except to the extent 

any non-compliance would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, such compliance to include, without limitation, (x) complying with all Environmental Laws and (y) paying before the same become delinquent all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its property except to the extent contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves are being maintained.
(b)    Reporting Requirements.  Furnish to the Agents (for distribution to each Lender):
(i)    as soon as available and in any event within 60 days of the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the quarterly report (x) for such quarter for the Company, containing a consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of income and (y) for the period consisting of the fiscal year then elapsed, for the Company, containing consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and cash flows;
(ii)    as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the consolidated annual audit report for such year for the Company, containing financial statements (including a consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Company) for such year, accompanied by an opinion of Deloitte & Touche or other nationally recognized independent public accountants.  The opinion shall be unqualified (as to going concern, scope of audit and disagreements over the accounting or other treatment of offsets) and shall state that such consolidated financial statements present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flow for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied, on a basis consistent with prior years (except as stated therein and except that no comparison to prior years shall be required for the financial statements at, and for the period ending, on or about March 31, 2016) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards;
(iii)    together with each delivery of the report of the Company pursuant to clause (i) or clause (ii) above, a compliance certificate for the quarter or year, as applicable, executed by an authorized financial officer of the Company (A) stating, in the case of the financial statements delivered under Section 5.01(b)(i) for such quarter, that such financial statements fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and cash flow for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise stated therein), subject to the absence of footnotes and changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustment, (B) stating that such authorized financial officer has reviewed the terms of this Agreement and has made, or caused to be made under his or her supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered 

by such financial statements and that such authorized financial officer does not have knowledge of the existence, as at the date of the compliance certificate, of any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default or, if any such condition or event exists, specifying the nature thereof and what action the Company has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto, (C) demonstrating in reasonable detail compliance at the end of such accounting periods with the restrictions contained in Section 5.02(m) and (D) if there are any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, setting forth financial information in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agents for the applicable period for such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
(iv)    promptly, and in any event within five days, after any authorized financial officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of an authorized financial officer of the Company setting forth details of such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default and the action which the Company has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;
(v)    promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all proxy statements, financial statements and reports that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sends to its stockholders generally, and copies of all regular, periodic and special reports, and all registration statements, that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries files with the SEC or any governmental authority that may be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange;
(vi)    promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all material actions, suits and proceedings before any court or government department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, affecting the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of the type described in Section 4.01(f);
(vii)    promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of (A) any event which makes any of the representations contained in Section 4.01(m) inaccurate or (B) the receipt by the Company of any notice, order, directive or other communication from a governmental authority alleging violations of or noncompliance with any Environmental Law which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(viii)    promptly after any change in any Rating, a notice of such change, which notice shall specify the new Rating, the date on which such change was publicly announced by S&P or Moody’s, as the case may be, and such other information with respect to such change as any Lender through the Agents may reasonably request; and
(ix)    such other information respecting the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries as any Lender through the Agents may from time to time reasonably request.

In lieu of furnishing to the Agents paper copies of the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(b)(i), (ii), (v), (vi), (viii) and (ix), to the extent such documents are filed with the SEC or, in the case of clause (viii), posted on the Company’s Internet website, the Company shall notify the Agents when such documents are so filed or so posted and may make such documents available to the Agents and Lenders at its Internet website located at http://www.csra.com and through the SEC’s EDGAR system.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver paper copies of such documents to any Lender that requests the Company to deliver such paper copies.
(c)    Corporate Existence, Etc.  Maintain, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries to maintain, at all times, its fundamental business and preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and all material rights, franchises and licenses necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, in each case as applicable, except as permitted under Section 5.02(b) and except if, in the reasonable business judgment of the Company, it is in the business interest of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary not to preserve and maintain such legal existence (except with respect to the Company), rights (charter and statutory), franchises and licenses, and such failure to preserve the same would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(d)    Maintenance of Insurance.  Maintain, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as are usually insured by companies engaged in similar businesses.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries may maintain a plan or plans of self-insurance to such extent and covering such risks as is usual for companies of comparable size engaged in the same or similar business, which plans shall include, among other things, adequate reserves for the risks that are self-insured.  On request the Company will advise the Agents and the Lenders concerning any such plan or plans for self-insurance.
(e)    Visitation Rights.  At any reasonable time and from time to time during normal business hours and with reasonable prior notice, permit the Agents or any of the Lenders or any agents or representatives thereof (at their sole cost and expense), to visit the properties of, the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any of their officers, employees, or if an Event of Default is continuing, with their independent certified public accountants.
(f)    Keeping of Books.  Keep, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries to keep, in all material respects, proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP.
(g)    Additional Guarantors.  Notify the Agents at the time that any Person becomes a Significant Domestic Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30 days (or such longer period as the Agents may reasonably agree) after (i) in the case of any Subsidiary that is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date and is a Significant Domestic Subsidiary on the date of such acquisition, the date such Subsidiary is acquired, (ii) in 

the case of any Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Significant Domestic Subsidiary as a result of a material transfer of assets to such Subsidiary, the date of such transfer and (iii) in the case of any Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Significant Domestic Subsidiary (other than as described in clause (ii)), the date on which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(i) or 5.01(b)(ii) indicating that such Subsidiary is a Significant Domestic Subsidiary), cause such Person to (a) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Agents a Guarantor Joinder Agreement and (b) deliver to the Agents documents of the types referred to in clauses (a)(ii), (a)(iii), (a)(iv) and (a)(v) of Section 3.01, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Agents; provided that no legal opinions shall be required with respect to Star Second Merger Sub LLC or Sterling Parent LLC.
(h)    Further Assurances.  ExecuteUnless and until a Lien Release Event has occurred (and a subsequent Ratings Trigger Event has not yet occurred), execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents) that are required under the Collateral Documents or this Agreement to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied at all times (subject to the last paragraph of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement definition), including (i) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject any Loan Party’s properties, assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (ii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (iii) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Collateral Document. The Company shall provide to the Collateral Agent, from time to time upon reasonable request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agents as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents.
(i)     Information Regarding Collateral. Unless and until a Lien Release Event has occurred (and a subsequent Ratings Trigger Event has not yet occurred):
(i)     Information Regarding Collateral.  (i) Furnish to the Collateral Agent promptly (and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days thereof (or such greater time as the Collateral Agent may agree)) written notice of any change in (A) the legal name of the Company or any Guarantor, as set forth in its Organizational Documents, (B) the jurisdiction of organization or the form of organization of the Company or any Guarantor (including as a result of any merger or consolidation), (C) the location of the chief executive office of the Company or any Guarantor or (D) the organizational identification number, if any, and the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of the Company or such Guarantor, in each case, only with respect to any Guarantor organized under the laws of a jurisdiction that requires such information to be set forth on the face of a UCC financing statement, of such Guarantor.  The Company agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the UCC or otherwise that are 

required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral affected thereby.
(ii)    If (A) any material assets are acquired by the Company or any Guarantor after the Closing Date (other than (x) assets constituting Collateral under the Collateral Documents that become subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents upon the acquisition thereof or (y) Excluded Assets), (B) any Guarantor has executed a Guarantor Joinder Agreement as required by Section 5.01(g) or (C) any Mortgaged Property is acquired by the Company or any Guarantor after the Closing Date, the Company will promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and will cause such assets (including the assets of such new Guarantor) to be subjected to a Lien securing the Secured Obligations and will take such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by any Agent to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, including, without limitation, to grant and perfect such Lien, all at the expense of the Company and, in the case of clauses (A) and (B), all to the extent required by the Collateral Documents.
(iii)    Following the first date after a Lien Release Event on which a Ratings Trigger Event has occurred, the Company will promptly, and in any event within 30 days (or, in the case of any Mortgaged Property, 90 days) or such longer period as the Agents may reasonably agree, (i) execute and deliver, and cause each Guarantor to execute and deliver, to the Agents security documents, in form and substance substantially similar to the Collateral Documents in effect immediately prior to the most recent Lien Release Event, to the extent applicable, pursuant to which the Company and each Guarantor shall grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Secured Obligations, a security interest in all property (and types of property) of such Person that constituted Collateral under the Collateral Documents as in effect immediately prior to such Lien Release Event and (ii) take, and cause the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries to take, such actions shall be necessary or reasonably requested by any Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions taken in connection with the Liens granted on the Closing Date or actions of the type described in Sections 5.01(g), 5.01(i) and 5.01(h), all at the expense of the Company.
 (j)    Certain Post-Closing Collateral Obligations.  Deliver each of the items set forth in subsection (e) of the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement within ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Pro Rata Administrative Agent may agree) of (i) the Closing Date with respect to each Mortgaged Property of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) the Merger Date with respect to each Mortgaged Property of the Acquired Business, in each case subject to the last paragraph of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement definition.
(k)    Maintenance of Properties.  Keep and maintain, and cause each Restricted Subsidiary to keep and maintain, all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(l)    Maintenance of Ratings.  Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain continuously in effect a public corporate rating from S&P and a public corporate family rating from 

Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Company, and a public rating of the Term Loan B Facility by each of S&P and Moody’s, it being understood that there is no obligation to maintain any particular rating at any time.
(m)    Designation of Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Company may at any time designate (or redesignate) any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Potential Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants set forth in ýSection 5.02(m), and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Company shall deliver to the Agents a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating compliance with such financial covenants.  The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute (A) an Investment by the Company therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ (as applicable) Investments therein and (B) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time.  The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the making, incurrence or granting, as applicable, at the time of designation of any then-existing Investment, Indebtedness or Lien of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.
(n)    Payment of Obligations.  Pay or discharge, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to timely pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, as the same shall become due and payable, all of its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, to the extent (1) any such Tax is being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or (2) the failure to pay or discharge the same would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
Section 5.02    Negative Covenants of the Loan Parties
.  Each of the Loan Parties covenants and agrees that, unless and until all of the Advances shall have been paid in full and the Commitments of all of the Lenders shall have terminated, unless Majority Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:
(a)    Liens, Etc.  The Company will not create or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Lien upon or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; provided, however that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to the following Liens which are permitted:
(i)    Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
(ii)    Customary Permitted Liens;

(iii)    Liens in favor of the United States to secure amounts paid to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as advance or progress payments under government contracts entered into by it so long as such Liens cover only (x) special bank accounts into which only such advance or progress payments are deposited and (y) supplies covered by such government contracts and material and other property acquired for or allocated to the performance of such government contracts;
(iv)    attachment, judgment and other similar Liens arising in connection with legal proceedings, provided that any such judgment does not constitute an Event of Default;
(v)    Liens on accounts receivable and related assets resulting from the sale of such accounts receivable;
(vi)    Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or amalgamated with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any such Lien created in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or amalgamation);
(vii)    purchase money Liens upon or in any asset acquired or held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary (including any capital interest in any Person) to secure the purchase price of such asset or to secure Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of or construction of improvements on or with respect to any such asset (provided that the amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of the purchase price of such asset and transaction costs relating to such acquisition or the costs of such construction) and Liens existing on any asset at the time of its acquisition (other than any such Lien created in contemplation of such acquisition) and the interest of the lessor thereof in any asset that is subject to a Capital Lease; provided that to the extent the Liens permitted pursuant to this clause (vii) secure obligations that constitute Indebtedness, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed the greater of (x) $150,000,000175,000,000 and (y) 3.0% of the consolidated total assets of the Company determined in accordance with GAAP at the time such Indebtedness is incurred;
(viii)    Liens on deposits securing obligations under cash pooling and notional pooling arrangements;
(ix)    Liens, other than Liens described in clauses (i) through (viii) and in clauses (x) through (xvii), to secure Indebtedness not in excess of the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 2.0% of consolidated total assets of the Company, determined in accordance with GAAP, at the time such Lien is incurred;
(x)    Liens resulting from any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (v) and (vi) so long as (x) the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness shall not increase as a result of any such extension, renewal or replacement and (y) Liens resulting from any such extension, renewal or replacement shall 

cover only such property which secured the Indebtedness that is being extended, renewed or replaced;
(xi)    Liens securing Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(xii)    Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness or other obligations of such Subsidiary permitted by Section 5.02(b)(xv);
(xiii)    Liens existing, or provided for under binding contracts existing, on the Closing Date, and that are, to the extent any such Lien exceeds, individually, $10,000,000 set forth on Schedule 5.02(a); 
(xiv)    Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 5.02(b)(xvi); provided that the representative of the holders of any such Indebtedness becomes party to (x) if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Secured Obligations, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement (if any) as a “Senior Representative” (or similar term, in each case, as defined in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (y) if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior priority basis to the Liens securing the Secured Obligations, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as a “Junior Lien Representative” (or similar term, in each case, as defined in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement);
(xv)    Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 5.02(b)(xix);
(xvi)    Liens on Call or Defeasance Deposits securing Called or Defeased Debt; and
(xvii)    Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 5.02(b)(ii); provided that no such Lien shall extend to any property or assets, other than property and assets that were subject to the Liens securing such Original Debt and improvements and accessions to such property.
(b)    Debt.  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness; provided, however that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to the following Indebtedness which is permitted:
(i)    Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(ii)    Refinancing Debt issued or incurred (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) to refinance, refund, extend, defease, discharge, renew or replace Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 5.02(b)(iii), 5.02(b)(v), 5.02(b)(vii) and 5.02(b)(xiv);

(iii)    Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and, to the extent any such Indebtedness exceeds, individually, $10,000,000 set forth on Schedule 5.02(b);
(iv)    Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(v)    purchase money Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition of any real or personal property, including Capital Leases, and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof; provided, however, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (v) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $150,000,000175,000,000 and (y) 3.0% of the consolidated total assets of the Company determined in accordance with GAAP at the time such Indebtedness is incurred;
(vi)    Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase or acquisition price, earnouts, deferred purchase price or similar obligations with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition permitted under ýýSection 5.02(e) or any Disposition permitted by ýýSection 5.02(f);
(vii)    Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition permitted hereunder so long as such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition;
(viii)    Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations (including, in each case, letters of credit or bank guarantees and similar instruments issued to provide such bonds, guaranties and similar obligations), in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(ix)    Indebtedness consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(x)    Indebtedness arising from a guarantee of any Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder to the extent the Person providing such guarantee is not prohibited from directly incurring such Indebtedness; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Secured Obligations, such guarantee shall be subordinated to the guarantee of the Secured Obligations on reasonably equivalent terms;
(xi)    other unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor so long as after giving effect to such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis) as of the last day of the most 

recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) is not greater than 5.00:1.00;
(xii)     any other Indebtedness or contingent obligations set forth or described in the Form 10 as being outstanding after giving effect to the Spin Transaction;
(xiii)    Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections deposit and checking accounts, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(xiv)    other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $250,000,000 at any time outstanding or (y) 5.0% of consolidated total assets of the Company determined in accordance with GAAP at the time of the incurrence thereof;
(xv)    Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries (x) incurred to provide consideration for, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, a Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition permitted hereunder or (y) incurred in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $50,000,000 (measured at the time of incurrence);
(xvi)    secured or unsecured Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any Guarantor that is secured; provided that, if secured, such Indebtedness may not be incurred following a Lien Release Event and prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event and may be secured only on a pari passu or junior basis to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations; provided, further, that, at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) (calculated on a pro forma basis) is not greater than 3.50:1.00;the Specified Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (or, following a Lien Release Event, but prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio as of such day is not greater than the Specified Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio);
(xvii)    to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations arising under the Acquisition Agreement;
(xviii)    Called or Defeased Debt;
(xix)    Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued or incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000 at any time; 
(xx)    to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations under cash pooling and notional pooling arrangements; 

(xxi)    Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and
(xxii)    all premiums (if any), interest, fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (i) through (xxi) above.
(c)    Transactions with Affiliates.  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction or series of transactions with any Affiliate (other than, in the case of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary and, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary) other than upon fair and reasonable terms not materially less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, except (i) agreements and transactions with and payments to officers, directors and shareholders that are either (A) entered into in the ordinary course of business and not prohibited by any of the other provisions of this Agreement, or (B) entered into outside the ordinary course of business, approved by the directors or equity holders of the Company, and not prohibited by any of the other provisions of this Agreement or in violation of any law, rule or regulation, (ii) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options, stock ownership plans, including restricted stock plans, stock grants, directed share programs and other equity based plans and the granting and stockholder rights of registration rights approved by the Company, (iii) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into any indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement with directors, officers, consultants and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and may pay fees and indemnities to directors, officers, consultants and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, (iv) (A) any purchase by the Company of Equity Interests of the Company or any contribution by the Company to the equity capital of the Company and (B) any acquisition of Equity Interests of the Company and any contribution by any equity holder of the Company to the equity capital of Company, (v) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 5.02(d) and Investments permitted by Section 5.02(e), (vi) the Transactions and (vii) the incurrence of intercompany Indebtedness permitted by Section 5.02(b).
(d)    Restricted Payments.  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment; provided, however that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to the following Restricted Payments which are permitted:
(i)    the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and pay or make Restricted Payments that are payable solely in additional Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests (or warrants, options or other rights to acquire additional shares of its Equity Interests);
(ii)     any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may declare and pay or make Restricted Payments to the holders of its Equity Interests in accordance with the provisions of its Organizational Documents;

(iii)     the Company may effect the Transactions;
(iv)    the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of it or any direct or indirect parent thereof held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager, officer or consultant (or any affiliates, spouses, former spouses, other immediate family members, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent of the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee, management, director or manager equity plan, employee, management, director or manager stock option plan or any other employee, management, director or manager benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee, director, manager, officer or consultant of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such payments do not exceed $25,000,000 in any calendar year; provided, further that any unused portion of the preceding basket for any calendar year may be carried forward to succeeding calendar years, so long as the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made pursuant to this subsection ý(d) in any calendar year (after giving effect to such carry forward) shall not exceed $50,000,000;
(v)    so long as no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the date such Restricted Payment is declared, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Restricted Payments, in cash or in kind, in an amount (or with a value) not to exceed the Available Amount; provided that, at the time of any such Restricted Payment made with a portion of the Available Amount set forth in clause ý(b) of the definition thereof, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (or, following a Lien Release Event, but prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio) as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) (calculated on a pro forma basis) would not exceed 3.50:1.00;
(vi)    the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan) of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Equity Interest) so long as the proceeds thereof are excluded from the Available Amount;
(vii)    repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur (i) upon exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, stock appreciation rights or warrants or (ii) for purposes of satisfying any required tax withholding obligation upon the exercise or vesting of a grant or award that was granted or awarded to an employee or director; 
(viii)    the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Company deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse 

share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;
(ix)    so long as no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the date such Restricted Payment is declared, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Restricted Payments, in cash or in kind; provided that, at the time of any such Restricted Payment, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (or, following a Lien Release Event, but prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio) as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(i) or 5.01(b)(ii) (calculated on a pro forma basis) would not exceed 2.50:1.00; and
(x)    the Company may pay ordinary cash dividends to holders of its Equity Interests in an annual aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,00075,000,000.
(e)    Investments.  The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly make any Investments; provided, however that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to the following Investments which are permitted:
(i)    Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;
(ii)    Investments that constitute a Permitted Acquisition or that are acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition;
(iii)    Investments made by the Company in any Restricted Subsidiary or made by any Restricted Subsidiary in the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
(iv)    any guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not prohibited by Section 5.02(b).
(v)    Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(vi)    the Transactions;
(vii)    deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers, lessors and landlords made in the ordinary course of business;
(viii)    advances by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices for travel and entertainment expenses, relocation costs and similar purposes;
(ix)    Investments made as a result of the receipt of noncash consideration from a sale, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under ýSection 5.02(f);

(x)    Investments constituting deposits described in clause (c) of the definition of “Customary Permitted Liens” and endorsements of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; 
(xi)    Investments from the Available Amount;
(xii)    other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $750,000,000 and (y) 10.0% of consolidated total assets of the Company determined in accordance with GAAP at the time of the incurrence thereof;
(xiii)    Investments made in connection with, or out of the proceeds of, an issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan) of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Equity Interest) so long as the proceeds thereof are excluded from the Available Amount; and
(xiv)    the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Investments; provided that, at the time of any such Investment, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (or, following a Lien Release Event, but prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio) as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) (calculated on a pro forma basis) would not exceed 2.50:1.00.
(f)    Dispositions.  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Disposition, except Permitted Dispositions.
(g)    Negative Pledge, Burdensome Agreements.  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than any Loan Document) that limits (a) the ability of the Company or any Guarantor to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on any property of the Company or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Secured Obligations or (b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (x) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (y) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (z) transfer any of its properties to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, except, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), as applicable, for such restrictions that exist under or by reason of (i) applicable law, (ii) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest, (iii) any document existing on the Closing Date that (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this ýSection 5.02(g)) is listed on Schedule 5.02(g) hereto, (iv) customary provisions restricting the assignment of any licensing agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (v) customary restrictions affecting only a Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary of the Company under any agreement or instrument governing any of the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 5.02(b), (vi) any document relating to Indebtedness or any other obligation secured by a consensual Lien permitted by a Section 5.02(a), insofar as the provisions thereof limit grants of junior liens on the assets securing such Indebtedness or obligation, (vii) any operating lease or capital lease, insofar 

as the provisions thereof limit grants of a security interest in, or other assignments of, the related leasehold interest or assets subject thereto to any other Person, so long as such restrictions relate solely to the leasehold interest and assets subject thereto, (viii) any document relating to Indebtedness or other obligations permitted hereunder that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu or junior basis pursuant to Liens permitted hereunder, or relating to Indebtedness permitted under Section 5.02(b)(xvi), in each case to the extent that such document requires that a Lien be granted (on a pari passu or junior basis, as applicable) to secure such Indebtedness or other obligations on any property or assets on which a Lien is granted to secure the Obligations, (ix) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments or refinancing of the agreements referred to in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (x) that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents; provided that such amendments or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company, with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment or refinancing, and (x) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by the Organizational Documents of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.
(h)    Restrictions on Fundamental Changes.  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, merge or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as (x), if required to do so pursuant to Section 5.01(g), such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.01(g) simultaneously with such transaction, (y) such parties comply with Section 5.01(i) to the extent applicable and (z) with respect to any merger or consolidation that involves a Loan Party, a Loan Party is the surviving entity), or enter into any partnership, joint venture, syndicate, pool or other combination, except that (a) a merger or consolidation shall be permitted to the extent that (i) no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) in the case of any consolidation or merger involving a Guarantor, either (A) such Guarantor (or another Guarantor) shall be the surviving entity or (B) simultaneously with such consolidation or merger, the continuing or surviving Person shall become a Guarantor and the Loan Parties shall comply with Section 5.01(g) and Section 5.01(i) in connection therewith and (iii) in the case of any consolidation or merger involving the Company, either (A) the Company is the surviving entity or (B) if the Person surviving or resulting from such consolidation or merger is not the Company (such surviving corporation, the “Successor Company”), (1) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (2) the Successor Company shall have assumed the obligations of the Company hereunder in an agreement or instrument reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agents and the Successor Company shall have delivered, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Agents, such other documents as may reasonably be requested, including, without limitation, information in respect of “know your customer” and similar requirements, an incumbency certificate and an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, or other independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof, (3) each Guarantor, unless it is the Successor Company, shall have confirmed that its guarantee shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents and (4) each Guarantor, unless it is 

the Successor Company, shall have, by a supplement to the Collateral Agreement and other applicable Collateral Documents, confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its guarantee of the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents; provided, further, that if the foregoing conditions are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (b) Dispositions permitted by Section 5.02(f) may be effected by mergers and consolidations.
(i)    Change in Nature of Business.  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business(es) or any other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, incidental, complimentary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.
(j)    Prepayments of Subordinated Debt.  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, voluntarily prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner any Subordinated Debt, except:
(i)    as long as no Event of Default then exists, regularly scheduled or mandatory repayments, repurchases, redemptions or defeasances of Subordinated Debt;
(ii)     Refinancing Debt of any such Subordinated Debt;
(iii)     as long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other payments of Subordinated Debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000;
(iv)     the conversion (or exchange) of any Subordinated Debt to, or the payment of any Subordinated Debt from the proceeds of the issuance of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) so long as the proceeds thereof are excluded from the Available Amount;
(v)    so long as no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, additional prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other payments of Subordinated Debt not to exceed the Available Amount; provided that at the time thereof and after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (or, following a Lien Release Event, but prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio) as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(i) or 5.01(b)(ii) (calculated on a pro forma basis) would not exceed 3.50:1.00; and
(vi)    so long as no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, other prepayments, redemptions, 

purchases, defeasances or other payments of Subordinated Debt so long as, at the time thereof and after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio (or, following a Lien Release Event, but prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio) as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(i) or 5.01(b)(ii) (calculated on a pro forma basis) would not exceed 2.50:1.00.
(k)    Accounting Changes.  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any change in its fiscal year; provided that the Company shall be permitted to (i) make a single change in fiscal year during the term of this Agreement and (ii) change its fiscal year to end at March 31 for each fiscal year and, in each such case the Company and the Agents will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.
(l)    Modification of Certain Agreements.  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders, as determined in good faith by the Company, (x) any term or condition or any Subordinated Debt having an aggregate outstanding principal amount greater than $50,000,000 (other than as a result of any Refinancing Debt in respect thereof) without the consent of the Agents (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however that no amendment, modification or change of any term or condition of any Subordinated Debt that is otherwise expressly permitted by any subordination provisions set forth in the applicable Subordinated Debt or any other stand-alone subordination agreement in respect thereof and, in each case connected to an Agent shall be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders or (y) the Company’s or any Guarantor’s Organizational Documents.
(m)    Financial Covenants.  Without the written consent of the Majority Facility Lenders under the Pro Rata Facilities:
(i)    Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio.  The Company will not permit at the end of any quarterly financial reporting period the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of such quarterly financial reporting period, taken as a single period, to be less than 3.00:1.00. 
(ii)    Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio.  The Company will not permit at the end of any quarterly financial reporting period the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio to exceed (i) from the Closing Date to the first full quarterly financial reporting period ending at least eighteen months after the Closing Date, 4.00:1.00 and (ii) for any financial reporting period thereafter, 3.50:1.00.A) at any time prior to a Lien Release Event or on and after a Ratings Trigger Event subsequent thereto, 4.50:1.00 or (B) on or after a Lien Release Event, but prior to a Ratings Trigger Event subsequent thereto, (1) at any time prior to June 30, 2017, 4.00:1.00 and (2) at any time on or after June 30, 2017, 3.75 (or, in the case of this clause (2), 4.00:1.00 during the 12-month period following the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition).

 (iii)    Consolidated Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio.  The Company will not permit at the end of any quarterly financial reporting period the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio to exceed the Specified Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio.
ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Section 6.01    Events of Default
.  If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur and be continuing:
(a)    The Company or any Guarantor shall fail to pay any principal of any Advance when the same becomes due and payable or the Company or any Guarantor shall fail to pay any interest on any Advance or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder within five days of the date due; or
(b)    Any representation or warranty made by the Company and/or any Guarantor herein or in connection with this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(c)    The Company or any Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe (i) any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 2.15, Section 5.01(c) (with respect to the existence of the Company) or Section 5.02; provided that a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default that results from a failure of the Company to comply with Section 5.02(m) shall not constitute a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default for purposes of the Term Loan B Facility or any other facility other than the Pro Rata Facilities unless and until the date upon which the Majority Lenders under the Pro Rata Facilities have actually terminated all Revolving Commitments, Tranche A1 Commitments and Tranche A2 Commitments and declared all Revolving Loan Advances, Tranche A1 Advances and Tranche A2 Advances to be immediately due and payable in accordance with this Agreement, or (ii) any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on its part to be performed or observed if the failure to perform or observe such other term, covenant or agreement shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier to occur of (i) written notice thereof having been given to the Company by the applicable Agent at the request of any Lender or (ii) actual knowledge thereof by the Company of such failure; or
(d)    (i) The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any of its Indebtedness or any payment obligations in respect of guarantees of the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary of Indebtedness owed to any Person other than the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries which is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $200,000,000 in the aggregate (but excluding Indebtedness arising under this Agreement), when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness or guarantee; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any 

agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness; or any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or by a required prepayment of insurance proceeds or by a required prepayment as a result of formulas based on asset sales or excess cash flow), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Indebtedness shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; or (ii) there occurs under any Hedge Agreement an Early Termination Date (as defined, or as such comparable term may be used and defined, in such Hedge Agreement) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Hedge Agreement as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is the “Defaulting Party” (as defined, or as such comparable term may be used and defined, in such Hedge Agreement) or (B) any “Termination Event” (as defined, or as such comparable term may be used and defined, in such Hedge Agreement) under such Hedge Agreement as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as defined, or as such comparable term may be used and defined, in such Hedge Agreement) and, in either event, the Hedge Termination Value owed by the Company or any Subsidiary as a result thereof is at least $200,000,000; or
(e)    The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for a substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries shall take any corporate or partnership action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (e); or
(f)    Any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $200,000,000 shall be rendered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries and is not promptly paid by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; provided, however, that any such judgment or order shall not be an Event of Default under this Section 6.01(f) if and to the extent that (i) the amount of such judgment or order is covered by a valid and binding policy of insurance covering payment thereof, (ii) such insurer shall be rated at least “A-” by A.M. Best Company and the Company deems the claims recovery 

as “probable” in its financial statements and (iii) such insurer has been notified of, and has not disputed the claim made for payment of, the amount of such judgment or order; or
(g)    (i)    There occurs one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in liability to the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates in excess of $200,000,000 over the amount previously reflected for any such liabilities, in accordance with GAAP, on the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(e); or  
(ii)    The Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred an aggregate Withdrawal Liability for all years to such Multiemployer Plan in an amount that, when aggregated with all other amounts required to be paid to Multiemployer Plans by the Company and its ERISA Affiliates as Withdrawal Liability (determined as of the date of such notification), exceeds $200,000,000; or 
(iii)    The Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is insolvent, in reorganization or is being terminated or has been determined to be in “endangered” or “critical” status, within the meaning of Title IV or ERISA, if as a result of such event the aggregate annual contributions of the Company and its ERISA Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans that are then insolvent, in reorganization or being terminated or have been determined to be in endangered or critical status have been or will be increased over the amounts contributed to such Multiemployer Plans for the plan year of such Multiemployer Plan immediately preceding the plan year in which the event occurs by an amount exceeding, in each case, resulting in a liability to the Company or its ERISA Affiliates of more than $200,000,000; or  
(h)    the occurrence of a Change of Control; or
(i)    any provision of Article VII shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against any Guarantor or any Guarantor shall so state in writing; or
(j)    the Lien on any material portion of the Collateral purported to be created under the Collateral Documents shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by the Company or any Guarantor in writing not to be, a valid and perfected Lien, with the priority required by the applicable Collateral Document, except (i) as a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, (ii) as a result of the Collateral Agent’s failure to maintain possession of any stock certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it under the Collateral Documents, (iii) as a result of the Pro Rata Administrative Agent’s failure to file UCC continuation statements, (iv) as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage or (v) as a result of acts or omissions of the Agents or any Lender;
then, and in any such event, the Agents (i) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company, declare the Commitments and the obligation of each Lender to make Advances to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate (other 

than the obligations of the Lenders to fund their participations in Swing Line Advances), and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company, declare the Advances, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Advances, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are here expressly waived by the Company and each Guarantor; provided, however, that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Company under the Bankruptcy Code, (A) the obligation of each Lender to make Advances shall automatically be terminated and (B) the Advances, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company and each Guarantor.
Section 6.02    Application of Funds
.  After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 6.01, subject to any Intercreditor Agreement then in effect, any amounts received on account of the Secured Obligations will be applied by the Agents in the following order:
(a)    First, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including attorney’s fees payable under Section 9.04 and amounts payable under Section 2.10 and Section 2.12) payable to each Agent in its capacity as such;
(b)    Second, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including attorney’s fees payable under Section 9.04 and amounts payable under Section 2.10 and Section 2.12) payable to the Lenders, ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
(c)    Third, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Advances, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
(d)    Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Advances and Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Letters of Credit, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
(e)    Fifth, to the payment of all other Secured Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Agents and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Secured Obligations owing to the Agents and the other Secured Parties on such date; and 
(f)    Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Secured Obligations have been paid in full (other than (i) contingent obligations for indemnity, expense reimbursement, tax gross-up or yield protection for which no claim has been made and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured 

Hedge Agreements, Secured Letters of Credit and Secured Cash Management Obligations to the extent not currently due), to the Company or as otherwise required by law.
ARTICLE VII
GUARANTY
Section 7.01    Unconditional Guaranty
.  Each Guarantor (for purposes of this Article VII, “Guarantor” shall also include the Company with respect to the Secured Obligations to the extent that the Company is not the primary obligor with respect thereto) hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all obligations of the Company and each Guarantor now or hereafter existing under or in respect of this Agreement and each other Loan Document (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments, renewals of or future increases in any or all of the foregoing obligations, whether or not contemplated or provided for by the Loan Documents) and any other Secured Obligations, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise (such obligations being the “Guaranteed Obligations”), and agrees to pay any and all expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by any Agent or any Lender in enforcing any rights under this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, to any Agent or any Lender under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be.
Section 7.02    Guaranty Absolute
.  (a) Each Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and each other Loan Document, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Agent or any Lender with respect thereto.  The obligations of each Guarantor under or in respect of the guarantee under this Article VII (this “Guaranty”) are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of the Company or any other Guarantor, as the case may be, under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against any Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, or whether the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, is joined in any such action or actions, and any failure by any Agent or any Lender to bring any such action, to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Company, any Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such guarantees or to exercise any rights of 

setoff or any release of the Company, any Guarantor or any other Person or guarantee or right of setoff, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of any Agent or any Lender against any Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.  The liability of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:
(i)    any lack of validity or enforceability against the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto; 
(ii)    any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or any other amendment, supplement, modification or waiver of or any consent to departure from this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any renewal, extension or acceleration, or any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or otherwise;
(iii)    any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;
(iv)    any manner of application of any collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any other assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(v)    any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(vi)    any failure of any Agent or any Lender to disclose to any Guarantor any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries now or hereafter known to such Agent or such Lender (each Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Agents and the Lenders to disclose such information);
(vii)    any settlement, compromise, release, discharge of, or acceptance or refusal of any payment or performance with respect to or reduction of liability of the Company, any other Guarantor or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, or any subordination of the Guaranteed Obligations to any other obligations; 

(viii)      any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, delay in enforcement, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under any Loan Document, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; or
(ix)    any other circumstance (including, without limitation, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Agent or any Lender that might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Company or any other Guarantor, as the case may be, as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Company, any Guarantor or any other guarantor or surety.
No payment made by the Company, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by any Agent or any Lender from the Company, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment, remain liable for the Guaranteed Obligations until the full discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations.
Section 7.03    Waivers and Acknowledgments
.  (a) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, marshaling, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that any Agent or any Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Company, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any collateral.
(b)    Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.
(c)    Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Agent or any Lender that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Guarantor or other rights of such Guarantor to proceed against the Company, any other Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other Person or any collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off, limitation, discharge, termination or counterclaim against or in respect of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder, including, without limitation, failure of consideration, breach of warranty, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury.

(d)    Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Agent or any Lender to disclose to such Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by such Agent or such Lender. Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from the Company and each Guarantor on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Company and each Guarantor and its ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, and each Guarantor assumes responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Company, each Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations.  
(e)    Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 7.02 and this Section 7.03 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 7.04    Subrogation
.  Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Company, any other Guarantor or any other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Agent or any Lender against the Company, any other Guarantor or any other insider guarantor or any collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Company, any other Guarantor or any other insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash (other than (i) contingent obligations for indemnity, expense reimbursement, tax gross-up or yield protection for which no claim has been made and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Secured Letters of Credit and Secured Cash Management Obligations to the extent not currently due) and the aggregate Commitments shall have expired or been terminated.  If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the later of (a) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty (other than (i) contingent obligations for indemnity, expense reimbursement, tax gross-up or yield protection for which no claim has been made and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Secured Letters of Credit and Secured Cash Management Obligations to the extent not currently due) and (b) the latest final maturity of the Advances then in effect, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, shall be segregated from other property and funds of such Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the applicable Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance 

with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  If (i) any Guarantor shall make payment to any Agent or any Lender of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash (other than (i) contingent obligations for indemnity, expense reimbursement, tax gross-up or yield protection for which no claim has been made and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Secured Letters of Credit and Secured Cash Management Obligations to the extent not currently due) and (iii) the latest final maturity of the Advances then in effect shall have occurred, the Agents and the Lenders will, at any Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to such Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty.
Section 7.05    Continuing Guaranty; Assignments
.  (a) This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not merely of collectability and shall (A) except as set forth in Section 7.05(b), remain in full force and effect until the later of (i) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty (other than (i) contingent obligations for indemnity, expense reimbursement, tax gross-up or yield protection for which no claim has been made and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Secured Letters of Credit and Secured Cash Management Obligations to the extent not currently due) and (ii) the latest final maturity of the Advances then in effect, (B) be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (C) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Agents and the Lenders and their successors, transferees and assigns.  Without limiting the generality of clause (C) of the immediately preceding sentence, any Agent or any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitments and the Advances owing to it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Agent or such Lender herein or otherwise, in each case as and to the extent provided in Section 8.06 or 9.07, as the case may be.
(b) The guaranty of a Guarantor or its successor in interest, as the case may be, hereunder shall automatically be discharged and released without any further action by any Agent, Lender or other Person in accordance with Section 9.08.
Section 7.06    Limitation on Obligations of Guarantors
.  (a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the right of recovery against each Guarantor under this Article VII shall not exceed $1.00 less than the lowest amount which would render such Guarantor’s obligations under this Article VII void or voidable under applicable law, including, without limitation, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to the guaranty set forth herein and the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder.  To effectuate the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such obligations subject to avoidance under Section 

548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provisions of applicable law.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Section 7.06 shall be for the benefit solely of creditors and representatives of creditors of each Guarantor and not for the benefit of such Guarantor or the holders of any Equity Interest in such Guarantor.
(b)    Each Guarantor agrees that Guaranteed Obligations may at any time and from time to time be incurred or permitted in an amount exceeding the maximum liability of such Guarantor under Section 7.06(a) without impairing the guarantee contained in this Article VII or affecting the rights and remedies of any Lender hereunder.
Section 7.07    Subordination of the Other Obligations
. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(e), any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any other Guarantor (the “Obligee Guarantor”) whether as original creditor, assignee, or by way of subrogation, restitution or otherwise, is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such Indebtedness collected or received by the Obligee Guarantor following the occurrence and during the continuance of any such Event of Default shall, so long as such Event of Default shall be continuing, be held in trust for the Pro Rata Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid over to such Agent for the benefit of the Lenders to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of the Obligee Guarantor under any other provision hereof.
Section 7.08    Financial Condition of the Company and the Guarantors
.  Any credit extension may be made to or for the benefit of the Company or continued from time to time without notice to or authorization from the Company or any Guarantor (other than notice to or authorization from the Loan Party party to the applicable credit extension) regardless of the financial or other condition of the Company or any Guarantor at the time of any such grant.
Section 7.09    Reinstatement
. If at any time payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any portion thereof is rescinded, disgorged or must otherwise be restored or returned by any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Company or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, or if any Agent or any Lender repays, restores, or returns, in whole or in part, any payment or property previously paid or transferred to such Agent or such Lender in full or partial satisfaction of any Guaranteed Obligation, because the payment or transfer or the incurrence of the obligation so satisfied, is declared to be void, voidable, or otherwise recoverable under any state or federal law (collectively a “Voidable Transfer”), or because such Agent or such Lender elects to do so on the reasonable advice of its counsel in connection with an assertion that the payment, transfer or incurrence is a Voidable Transfer, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer and as to all reasonable costs, expenses and attorney’s fees of such Agent or such Lender related thereto, the liability of 

each Guarantor hereunder will automatically and immediately be revived, reinstated, and restored and will exist as though the Voidable Transfer had never been made.
Section 7.10    Keepwell
.  Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each Specified Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 7.10 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 7.10, or otherwise under this Agreement, as it relates to such Specified Loan Party, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount).  The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 7.10 shall remain in full force and effect until the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations (other than (i) contingent obligations for indemnity, expense reimbursement, tax gross-up or yield protection for which no claim has been made and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Secured Letters of Credit and Secured Cash Management Obligations to the extent not currently due).  Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 7.10 constitute, and this Section 7.10 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Section 7.11    Guarantees of Secured Hedge Obligations
.  Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in any Loan Document, no non-Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be required to guarantee or provide security for Excluded Swap Obligations, and any reference in any Loan Document with respect to such non-Qualified ECP Guarantor guaranteeing or providing security for the Secured Obligations shall be deemed to be all Secured Obligations other than the Excluded Swap Obligations.
ARTICLE VIII
THE AGENTS
Section 8.01    Appointment and Authority
. 
(a)    Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints BTMU and RBC, as applicable, to act on its behalf as the Pro Rata Administrative Agent and Term Loan B Administrative Agent, as applicable, hereunder and authorizes each Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agents by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 8.06, the Company shall 

not have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.  It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
(b)     Each of the Lenders hereby (i) irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Company and the Guarantors to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto and (ii) directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents.  In this connection, the Collateral Agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent hereunder for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent or for performing any of its or their other obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, shall be entitled to the benefits of, and shall be entitled to enforce, all provisions of this ýArticle VIII and ýArticle IX (including ýSections 8.05, 9.01 and 9.04) (in the case of such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact, as if they were the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents and as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto).
(c)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to (i) execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and (ii) negotiate, enforce or settle any claim, action or proceeding affecting the Lenders in their capacity as such, at the direction of the applicable Majority Lenders, which negotiation, enforcement or settlement will be binding upon each Lender.  In the event that any obligations (other than the Secured Obligations) are permitted to be incurred hereunder and secured by Liens permitted to be incurred hereunder on all or a portion of the Collateral, each Lender authorizes each Agent to enter into intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements and amendments to the Collateral Documents to reflect such arrangements on terms acceptable to such Agent.  The Collateral Agent shall, except in the case of any obligation to any Loan Party expressly set forth in any Loan Document, be entitled to request the written direction of the other Agents to enter into any such intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements, additional Collateral Documents and amendments to the Collateral Documents and to refrain from executing such documents until such written direction is received.
Section 8.02    Rights as a Lender
.
Each Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual 

capacity.  Each such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
Section 8.03    Exculpatory Provisions
.
(a)    No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents:
(i)    shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(ii)    shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that each Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Majority Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any debtor relief law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any debtor relief law; and
(iii)    shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Company or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as an Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
(b)    No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the applicable Majority Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 9.01 and 6.01), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment.  Each Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Potential Event of Default or Event of Default or the event or events that give or may give rise to any Potential Event of Default or Event of Default unless and until the Company or any Lender shall have given notice to the Agent describing such Potential Event of Default or Event of Default and such event or events.

(c)    No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Potential Event of Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.
Section 8.04    Reliance by Agents
.  
(a)    Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person.  Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of an Advance that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, each Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless an officer of such Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated hereby shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Advance, and such Lender shall not have made available to such Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of the applicable Borrowing.  Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
(b)    Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder, other than any such action or failure to act expressly required hereunder or thereunder, unless and until the Collateral Agent shall have received written instructions in respect thereof from the Majority Lenders or another Agent.

Section 8.05    Indemnification
.  The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent (to the extent the Company is required to reimburse each Agent pursuant to Section 9.04 and only to the extent not reimbursed by the Company), ratably according to the respective principal amounts of the Advances then held by each of them (or if no Advances are at the time outstanding or if any Advances are held by Persons which 

are not Lenders, ratably according to the respective amounts of their Commitments), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by any Agent under this Agreement, provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from any Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse each Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, syndication, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Company.
Section 8.06    Resignation of Any Agent
.  (a) Each Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Company.  Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the applicable Majority Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Company, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the applicable Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the applicable Majority Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above.  Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.
(b)    If the Person serving as an Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (v) of the definition thereof, the applicable Majority Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to the Company and such Person remove such Person as an Agent and, in consultation with the Company, appoint a successor.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the applicable Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the applicable Majority Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.
(c)    With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (1) the retiring or removed Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations as Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (2) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly and, during such period, the Company shall have no obligation to pay to any Person the fees described in Section 2.04(b), until such time, if any, as the applicable Majority Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment 

as an Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties as an Agent of the retiring or removed Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Agent), and the retiring or removed Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.  The fees payable by the Company to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such successor.  After the retiring or removed Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Agent, its sub‐agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Agent was acting as an Agent.
(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, any Person into which the Collateral Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Collateral Agent is a party, or any Person succeeding to the business of the Collateral Agent, shall be the successor of the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents without the execution or filing of any paper with any party hereto or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto except where an instrument of transfer or assignment is required by law to effect such succession, merger, conversion or consolidation.  The Collateral Agent shall forthwith notify the parties hereto in writing of any such event.
Section 8.07    Delegation of Duties
.  Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder by or through any one or more sub‐agents appointed by such Agent.  Each Agent and any such sub‐agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties.  Each such sub‐agent and the Related Parties of any Agent and each such sub‐agent shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article VIII and Section 9.04 (as though such sub-agents were an “Agent” hereunder) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.  
Section 8.08    Non-Reliance on Any Agent and Other Lenders
.  Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
Section 8.09    Other Agents

.  Each Lender hereby acknowledges that neither the syndication agents, nor the documentation agents or any other Lender designated as any “Agent” on the cover page hereof (other than the Agents) has any liability hereunder other than in its capacity as a Lender (to the extent it is a Lender).
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.01    Amendments, Etc.

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by the Company or any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by (or consented to by) each Lender affected thereby, do any of the following:
(a)    waive any of the conditions specified in Section 3.01 or 3.02;
(b)    increase the Commitments of such Lender;
(c)    reduce the principal of, or rate of interest on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts payable to such Lender hereunder;
(d)    postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts payable to such Lender hereunder;
(e)    change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances, or the number of Lenders, that shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder;
(f)    release substantially all, in value, of the Guarantors from their guaranties set forth in Article VII hereof; 
(g)    release all or substantially all the Collateral from the Liens of the Collateral Documents; or
(h)    amend this Section 9.01 or the definition of “Majority Lenders” or “Majority Facility Lenders”;
and provided, further that (w) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the applicable Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of such Agent under this Agreement or any Note, (x) no amendment, 

waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Bank, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Bank under this Agreement, (y) no amendment, waiver or consent shall be made to modify Section 5.02(m) or any definition related thereto (as any such definition is used for purposes of Section 5.02(m)), accelerate any Pro Rata Facility upon a breach of Section 5.02(m) or waive any Potential Event of Default or Event of Default resulting from a failure to perform or observe the requirements of Section 5.02(m) without the written consent of the Majority Facility Lenders under the Pro Rata Facilities; provided, however, that the amendments, waivers and consents described in this clause (y) shall not require the consent of any Lenders other than the Majority Facility Lenders under the Pro Rata Facilities and (z) the consent of Lenders having at least a majority in interest of a Facility shall be required with respect to any amendment or waiver that by its terms adversely affects the rights of Lenders under such Facility in respect of payments hereunder in a manner that is materially worse than the manner in which such amendment or waiver affects other Facilities.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended nor amounts owed to such Lender reduced or the final maturity thereof extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
In addition, the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize each Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (each an “Extension Amendment”) as may be necessary in order to establish new tranches in respect of Extended Advances and such amendments as permitted by the succeeding sentence as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of such Agent and the Company in connection with the establishment of such new tranches of Advances.  No consent of any Lender or any other Person will be required to effectuate any Extension, other than the consent of the applicable Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or condition), the Company and the applicable Consenting Lender.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Incremental Revolving Assumption Agreement, Incremental Term Loan A Facility Amendment and Incremental Term Loan B Facility Amendment may be effected in accordance with Section 2.20 without the consent of any Lenders other than the Incremental Lenders providing the Incremental Facility contemplated thereby.
In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Pro Rata Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Company and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Advances (as defined below) to permit the refinancing, replacement or modification of all or a portion of the outstanding Advances of any Class (each, “Replaced Advances”) and, in the case of the Revolving Facility, all or any portion of the Commitments of such Class (each, “Replaced Commitments”) with a replacement facility hereunder (each, “Replacement Advances” and “Replacement Commitments”), provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Advances or Replacement Commitments shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Replaced Advances or Replaced Commitments and (b) the Maturity Date and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Advances shall not be less than or earlier than such Replaced Advances and, in the 

case of the Revolving Facility, the commitment termination date with respect to such Replacement Commitments shall not be earlier than such Replaced Commitments.
Furthermore, and notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Section 9.01, if the Agents and the Company shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature, in each case, in any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then the Agents and the Company shall be permitted to amend such provision, and such amendments shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Majority Lenders within five Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.
Furthermore, and notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Section 9.01, if the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Bank and the Company shall have jointly identified an issue of an operational nature in any provision of this Agreement related to the Swing Line Sub-Facility, then the Pro Rata Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Bank and the Company shall be permitted to amend such provision, and such amendments shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party hereto if the same is not objected to in writing by the Majority Lenders within five Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.
Section 9.02    Notices, Etc.

(a)    General.  Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission or, to the extent provided in Section 9.02(e), electronic communication).  All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(1)    if to the Company, the Guarantors or the Agents, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number set forth below, or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties:

		
	Company: 
	CSRA Inc.

3170 Fairview Park Drive
Falls Church, Virginia  22042
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel
Phone:  (703) 642-2000
Fax: (703) 645-2194
Email: helderki@csgov.com

		
	Guarantors: 
	c/o CSRA Inc.

3170 Fairview Park Drive

Falls Church, Virginia  22042
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel
Phone:  (703) 642-2000
Fax: (703) 645-2194
Email: helderki@csgov.com

		
	Agents: 
	As specified on Schedule 9.02 hereto;

(2)    if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire; and
(3)    if to any Swing Line Bank, to it at the address provided in writing to the Pro Rata Administrative Agent and the Company.

(b)    Timing.  All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto during the recipient’s normal business hours (or if delivered after normal business hours shall be deemed to have been delivered on the next Business Day) and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail when received; provided, however, that notices and other communications to the applicable Agent pursuant to Article II or VII shall not be effective until actually received by such Person.  In no event shall a voicemail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.
(c)    Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures.  This Agreement and, except as otherwise specified herein, any documents delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic delivery.  The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on the Company, the Guarantors, the Agents and the Lenders.  The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, however, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.
(d)    Reliance by the Agents and Lenders.  The Agents and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof.  The Company shall indemnify each Indemnified Person from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor.  All telephonic notices to and other communications with any Agent may be recorded by such Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
(e)    Electronic Communications.  Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including email 

and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Agents, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the applicable Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.  Any Agent, the Company or any Guarantor may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless any Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.
(f)    Change of Address, etc.  Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.
(g)    Platform.
(i)    The Company agrees that the Agents may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “Platform”).
(ii)    The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.”  The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications.  No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform.  In no event shall any Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Company, any Guarantor, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Company’s, any Guarantor’s or any Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform.  “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to any Agent or any Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.

(iii)    The Company and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be Public Lenders and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) or otherwise are being distributed through the Platform, any document or notice that the Company has indicated contains Non-Public Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for Public Lenders.  The Company agrees to clearly designate all information provided to any Agent by or on behalf of the Loan Parties which is suitable to make available to Public Lenders.  If the Company has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) or otherwise contains Non-Public Information, the Agents shall only be authorized to post such document or notice on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective securities.
Section 9.03    No Waiver; Remedies
.  No failure on the part of any Lender or any Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.  The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
Section 9.04    Costs, Expenses and Indemnification
.
(a)    The Company agrees to pay promptly on demand all reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses of the Arrangers and the Agents (in their respective capacities as such) in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, syndication, modification and amendment of this Agreement, and the other documents to be delivered hereunder or thereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of a single counsel for the Arrangers and the Agents and, if necessary, of a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the party affected by such conflict informs the Company of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected party, with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Arrangers and the Agents as to their respective rights and responsibilities hereunder.  The Company further agrees to pay promptly on demand all costs and expenses of each Agent and of each Lender, if any (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and out-of-pocket expenses), in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the enforcement of rights under this Section 9.04(a). This Section 9.04(a) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
(b)    If any payment of principal of any Eurocurrency Rate Advance extended to the Company is made other than on the last day of the interest period for such Advance, as a result of a payment pursuant to Section 2.06 or acceleration of the maturity of the Advances pursuant to 

Section 6.01 or for any other reason, the Company shall, upon demand by any Lender (with a copy of such demand to applicable Agent), pay to the applicable Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses which it may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, including, without limitation, any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such Advance.
(c)    The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Agent (in its capacity as such), each Lender and each director, officer, employee, agent, attorney and affiliate of each Agent and each Lender and each director, officer, employee, agent and attorney of each Agent’s and each Lender’s affiliate (each an “Indemnified Person”) in connection with any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which an Agent, a Lender or such Indemnified Persons may become subject, insofar as such expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or other proceedings commenced or threatened in respect thereof) arise out of the transactions referred to in this Agreement or arise from any use or intended use of the proceeds of the Advances, or in any way arise out of activities of the Company or the Guarantors that violate Environmental Laws, and to reimburse each Agent, each Lender and each Indemnified Person, upon their demand, for any reasonable legal or other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending or participating in any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action or other proceeding, whether commenced or threatened (whether or not such Agent, such Lender or any such person is a party to any action or proceeding out of which any such expense arises); provided that nothing in this Section 9.04(c) shall obligate the Company to pay the normal expenses of the Agents in the administration of this Agreement in the absence of pending or threatened litigation or other proceedings or the claims or threatened claims of others and then only to the extent arising therefrom.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation hereunder to an Indemnified Person with respect to indemnified liabilities which have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person, as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction, or which have resulted from a claim brought by the Company or any Guarantor against an Indemnified Person for breach in bad faith of such Indemnified Person’s obligations hereunder in which the Company or such Guarantor has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.  In the case of an investigation, litigation or proceeding to which the indemnity in this paragraph applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Company or any Guarantor, any of the Company’s equity holders or creditors, an Indemnified Person or any other person or entity, whether or not an Indemnified Person is otherwise a party thereto. This Section 9.04(c) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
(d)    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall assert, and the Company and each Guarantor each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnified Person, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this Agreement, or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby, any Advance or the use of the proceeds thereof.

Section 9.05    Right of Set-off
.  Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) the making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 6.01 to authorize the Agents to declare the Advances due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01acceleration of the Obligations, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (time or demand, provisional or final, or general, but not special (in whatever currency)) at any time held and other indebtedness (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or any Affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Company or the Guarantors against any and all of the obligations of the Company or the Guarantors (as the case may be) now or hereafter existing under this Agreement that are then due and payable, whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement, and each such Affiliate is hereby irrevocably authorized to permit such setoff and application.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Company after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.  The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which such Lender may have.
Section 9.06    Binding Effect
.  This Agreement shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered when it shall have been executed by the Company, the Guarantors and the Agents and when the Agents shall have been notified by each Bank that such Bank has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, each Guarantor, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that, other than as expressly provided herein, none of the Company or any Guarantor shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of all Lenders.  This Agreement and the fee letter referred to in Section 2.04(b) constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous oral agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.
Section 9.07    Assignments and Participations
.
(a)    Successors and Assigns Generally.  No Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.07(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.07(d) or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 9.07(e) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agents and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)    Assignments by Lenders.  Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Advances at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case with respect to any Facility), any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions: 
(i)    Minimum Amounts.  
(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and/or the Advances at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(B) in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Advances outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Advances of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the applicable Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than (i) with respect to the Pro Rata Facilities, $5,000,000 and (ii) with respect to the Term Loan B Facility, $1,000,000, in each case in increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and unless the applicable Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). 
(ii)    Proportionate Amounts.  Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Advance or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.
(iii)    Required Consents.  No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
(A) the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(e) has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment, or (y) (1) in the case of any assignment of rights and obligations in respect of a Term Facility, such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund and (2) in the case of any assignment of rights and obligations in respect of a Revolving Facility, such assignment is to a Lender with a Commitment in respect of such Facility, an Affiliate of such a Lender or an approved fund with respect to such a Lender; provided that the Company shall be deemed to have consented to 

any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the applicable Agent within ten Business Days after having received notice thereof; 
(B) the consent of the applicable Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of such Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and
(C) the consent of each Swing Line Bank with a Swing Line Commitment (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of the Revolving Facility to the extent that the Swing Line Sub-Facility is greater than zero.
(iv)    Assignment and Assumption.  The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the applicable Agent an Assignment and Assumption together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the applicable Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment; provided further that such processing and recordation fee shall be waived in respect of any assignments made between BTMU and RBC and their respective Affiliates.  The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the applicable Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
(v)    No Assignment to Certain Persons.  No such assignment shall be made to (A) the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries (except pursuant to ýSection 2.06(c)(iii) or ýSection 9.07(b)(viii)) or (B) any Defaulting Lender or potential Defaulting Lender or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B).
(vi)    No Assignment to Natural Persons.  No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.  
(vii)    Certain Additional Payments.  In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the applicable Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Company and the applicable Agent, the applicable Ratable Share of Advances previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the applicable Agent, each Swing Line Bank and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full Ratable Share of all Advances and participations in Swing Line Advances in accordance with its Ratable Share.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting 

Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
(viii)    Assignment to the Company.  Any Lender may, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no proceeds of Revolving Loan Advances are applied to fund the consideration for any such assignment, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Term Advances under this Agreement to the Company through (x) Dutch auctions open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with procedures of the type described in ýSection 2.06(c)(iii) or (y) notwithstanding Sections ý2.11 and ý2.13 or any other provision in this Agreement, open market purchase on a non-pro rata basis; provided that in connection with assignments pursuant to clauses (x) and (y) above, if the assignee is the Company, (1) the principal amount of such Term Advances, along with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, so contributed, assigned or transferred to the Company shall be deemed automatically cancelled and extinguished on the date of such contribution, assignment or transfer, (2) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Advances of the remaining Lenders shall reflect such cancellation and extinguishing of the Term Advances then held by the Company and (3) the Company shall promptly provide notice to the applicable Agent of such assignment or transfer of such Term Advances, and the applicable Agent, upon receipt of such notice, shall reflect the cancellation of the applicable Term Advances in the Register.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the applicable Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10, 2.12 and 9.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section.
(c)    Register.  Each Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Company, shall maintain at one of its offices in the United States a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Advances owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Company, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof 

as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Company and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d)    Participations.  Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Company, the Guarantors, the Agents or the other Lenders, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person, the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Advances owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Company, the Guarantors, the Agents and Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 8.05 with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s).
Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in Section 9.01(b), (c) or (d) that affects such Participant.  The Company and the Guarantors each agree, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10, 2.12 and 9.04(b) (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.12(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.12(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.17 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.10 or 2.12, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive.  Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Company's request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.17(b) with respect to any Participant.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.05 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.  Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Company, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and currency and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Advances or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant's interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender 

shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Agent (in its capacity as Agent) shall have any responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(e)    Certain Pledges.  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other governmental authority; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.  
Section 9.08    Release of Liens and Guarantee
.
(a)    A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents, and all security interests created by the Collateral Documents in Collateral owned by such Guarantor shall be automatically released, upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary (including any voluntary liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.02(h)); provided that, if so required by this Agreement, the Majority Lenders shall have consented to such transaction and the terms of such consent shall not have provided otherwise.  Upon any sale or other transfer by the Company or any Guarantor (other than to the Company or any Guarantor) of any Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest created under any Collateral Document in any Collateral or the release of any Guarantor from its guarantee hereunder pursuant to Section 9.01, the security interests in such Collateral created by the Collateral Documents or such guarantee shall be automatically released.  Upon termination of the aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than (i) contingent obligations for indemnity, expense reimbursement, tax gross-up or yield protection for which no claim has been made and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Secured Letters of Credit and Secured Cash Management Obligations to the extent not currently due), all obligations under the Loan Documents and all security interests created by the Collateral Documents shall be automatically released.  In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section 9.08, the Pro Rata Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to the Company or any Guarantor, at the Company’s or such Guarantor’s expense, all documents that the Company or such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Pro Rata Administrative Agent.
(b)    Upon a Lien Release Event, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists on such date or after giving effect to the release of Liens contemplated hereby, all Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Collateral Agreement and any other Collateral Document, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Loan Parties provided that the Lien on the Collateral shall not be released to the extent that any Lien securing indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 5.02(b)(xvi) 

is not concurrently released.  From and after a Lien Release Event and prior to any subsequent Ratings Trigger Event, any provision set forth herein or in any other Loan Document requiring the consent of the Collateral Agent or actions required in connection with Collateral (including delivery of opinions with respect thereto) shall be disregarded.
Section 9.09    Governing Law
.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
Section 9.10    Execution in Counterparts
.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
Section 9.11    Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities
.  The Company and the Guarantors each irrevocably and unconditionally agree that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against any Agent or any Lender, or any Related Party of the foregoing in any way relating to this Agreement or the transactions relating hereto, in each case in any forum other than the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County, and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York sitting in New York County, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Company, the Guarantors or their properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.  The Company and the Guarantors each irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in this Section.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.  
(b)    Service of Process.  Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.02.  Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.
Section 9.12    [Reserved]
.  

Section 9.13    Waiver of Trial by Jury
.  EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE AGENTS AND, BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE BENEFITS HEREOF, THE LENDERS HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.  The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this transaction, including without limitation contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and statutory claims.  Each of the Company, the Guarantors, the Agents and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the Lenders (i) acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement for the Company, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agents to enter into a business relationship, that the Company, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agents have already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement or accepting the benefits thereof, as the case may be, and that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings and (ii) further warrants and represents that each has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.  In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.
Section 9.14    [Reserved]
.
Section 9.15    Survival of Certain Provisions
.  All agreements, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and any increase in the Commitments under this Agreement.  The Company’s obligations under Sections 2.10 and 9.04, and the Lender’s obligations under Section 8.05 shall survive the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.
Section 9.16    Severability
.  In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 9.17    Headings
.  Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

Section 9.18    USA PATRIOT Act Notice
.  Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and each Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Company and the Guarantors that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Company and the Guarantors, which information includes the name and address of the Company and the Guarantors and other information that will allow such Lender or such Agent, as applicable, to identify the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with the Act.
Section 9.19    Confidentiality
.  Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, provided, however, that, except in the case of disclosure to bank regulators or examiners in accordance with customary banking practices, if legally permitted, written notice of each instance in which Information is required or requested to be disclosed shall be furnished to the Company not less than 30 days prior to the expected date of such disclosure or, if 30 days’ notice is not practicable under the circumstances, as promptly as practicable under the circumstances, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 9.19, to (i) any assignee of or participant in, or any prospective assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives) to any swap or derivative or similar transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Company and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (iii) any rating agency, or (iv) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization, (g) with the consent of the Company or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to any Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company. 
For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to any Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.19 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so 

if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
Section 9.20    No Fiduciary Duty
.  Each of the Company and each Guarantor acknowledges that each of the Agents, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lender Parties”) (i) is acting pursuant to a contractual relationship on an arm’s length basis, and the parties hereto do not intend that any Lender Party act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Company or the Guarantors, the Company’s or any Guarantor’s management, stockholders or creditors or any other person and (ii) may be engaged, for their own accounts or the accounts of customers, in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and its Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Lenders or their Affiliates has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Company or its Affiliates.  Each of the Company, each Guarantor and each Lender Party hereby expressly disclaims any fiduciary relationship and agrees they are each responsible for making their own independent judgments with respect to any transactions entered into between them.  Each of the Company and each Guarantor also hereby acknowledges that no Lender Party has advised nor is advising it as to any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax matters, and that the Company and each Guarantor are consulting its own advisors concerning such matters to the extent they deem appropriate.
Section 9.21    Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions
.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a)    the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective authorized officers as of the date first written above.

CSRA INC. (formerly known as Computer Sciences Government Services Inc.), a Nevada corporation, as the Company
By:__________                
Name: 
Title:  
CSC Government Solutions LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, as a Guarantor
By:__________                
Name: 
Title:  
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., 
as Pro Rata Administrative Agent and a Lender
By:__________                
Name: 
Title:  
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, 
as Term Loan B Administrative Agent and a Lender 
By: __________                
Name: 
Title:  
MUFG UNION BANK, N.A., 
as Collateral Agent
By: __________                
Name: 
Title:  
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., 
as a Lender
By: __________                

Name: 
Title:  
The Bank of Nova Scotia
as a Lender
By: __________                
Name: 
Title:  
Fifth Third Bank, an Ohio Banking Corporation,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Lloyds Bank plc,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Mizuho Bank, Ltd.,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:

PNC Bank, National Association,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
SunTrust Bank,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
U.S. Bank National Association,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Capital One, N.A.,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
REGIONS BANK,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:

Title:
TD Bank, N.A.,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Citibank, N.A.,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
The Bank of New York Mellon,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Barclays Bank PLC,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Apple Bank for Savings,
as a Lender

By:                          
Name:
Title:
STATE BANK OF INDIA, NEW YORK,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
People's United Bank, National Association,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
BANK OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Bank of the Philippine Islands (Europe) Plc,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:

The Northern Trust Company,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
The Bank of East Asia, Limited, New York Branch,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. New York Branch,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Banco de Sabadell, S.A. - Miami Branch,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Crédit Industriel et Commercial, New York Branch,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:

Caixa Geral de Depósitos S.A., New York Branch,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
E.Sun Commercial Bank Ltd., Los Angeles Branch,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Hua Nan Commercial Bank, LTD. New York Agency,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Woodforest National Bank, a national banking association,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
FIRSTMERIT BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:

Fuyo General Lease (USA) Inc.,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
CTBC Bank Co., Ltd. New York Branch,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:
Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Bank, Limited, New York Branch,
as a Lender
By:                          
Name:
Title:

SCHEDULE 1 - Lenders’ Commitments

	
						
	Lender
	Revolving Loan Commitment
	Swing Line Commitment
	Tranche A1 Commitment
	Tranche A2 Commitment
	Term Loan B Commitment

	The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
	$56,250,000
	$25,000,000
	$53,000,000
	$95,250,000
	0

	Royal Bank of Canada
	$56,250,000
	$25,000,000
	$48,500,000
	$95,250,000
	$750,000,000

	Bank of America, N.A.
	$56,250,000
	$25,000,000
	$48,500,000
	$95,250,000
	0

	The Bank of Nova Scotia
	$56,250,000
	$25,000,000
	$48,500,000
	$95,250,000
	0

	Fifth Third Bank, an Ohio Banking Corporation
	$35,000,000
	0
	$35,000,000
	$70,000,000
	0

	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
	$35,000,000
	0
	$35,000,000
	$70,000,000
	0

	Lloyds Bank plc
	$35,000,000
	0
	$35,000,000
	$70,000,000
	0

	Mizuho Bank, Ltd.
	$35,000,000
	0
	$35,000,000
	$70,000,000
	0

	PNC Bank, National Association
	$35,000,000
	0
	$35,000,000
	$70,000,000
	0

	Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
	$35,000,000
	0
	$35,000,000
	$70,000,000
	0

	SunTrust Bank
	$35,000,000
	0
	$35,000,000
	$70,000,000
	0

	U.S. Bank National Association
	$35,000,000
	0
	$35,000,000
	$70,000,000
	0

	Capital One Bank, N.A.
	$25,000,000
	0
	$22,000,000
	$45,000,000
	0

	Regions Bank
	$25,000,000
	0
	$22,000,000
	$45,000,000
	0

	TD Bank, N.A.
	$25,000,000
	0
	0
	$67,000,000
	0

	Citibank, N.A.
	$35,000,000
	0
	$35,500,000
	0
	0

	The Bank of New York Mellon
	$25,000,000
	0
	$7,000,000
	$18,000,000
	0

	Goldman Sachs Bank USA
	$25,000,000
	0
	$25,000,000
	0
	0

	Barclays Bank PLC
	$35,000,000
	0
	0
	0
	0

	Apple Bank for Savings
	0
	0
	0
	$50,000,000
	0

	State Bank of India, New York
	0
	0
	0
	$50,000,000
	0

	Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
	0
	0
	0
	$40,000,000
	0

	People’s United Bank, National Association
	0
	0
	0
	$30,000,000
	0

	Bank of the Philippine Islands
	0
	0
	0
	$20,000,000
	0

	Bank of the Philippine Islands (Europe) Plc
	0
	0
	0
	$5,000,000
	0

	The Northern Trust Company
	0
	0
	0
	$25,000,000
	0

	The Bank of East Asia, Limited, New York Branch
	0
	0
	0
	$20,000,000
	0

	Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. New York Branch
	0
	0
	0
	$18,000,000
	0

	Banco de Sabadell, S.A. - Miami Branch
	0
	0
	0
	$15,000,000
	0

	Crédit Industriel et Commercial, New York Branch
	0
	0
	$5,000,000
	$10,000,000
	0

	Caixa Geral de Depósitos S.A., New York Branch
	0
	0
	0
	$10,000,000
	0

	E.Sun Commercial Bank Ltd., Los Angeles Branch
	0
	0
	0
	$10,000,000
	0

	Hua Nan Commercial Bank, LTD. New York Agency
	0
	0
	0
	$10,000,000
	0

	Woodforest National Bank, a national banking association
	0
	0
	0
	$10,000,000
	0

	FirstMerit Bank, N.A.
	0
	0
	0
	$5,000,000
	0

	Fuyo General Lease (USA) Inc.
	0
	0
	$5,000,000
	0
	0

	CTBC Bank Co., Ltd. New York Branch
	0
	0
	0
	$4,000,000
	0

	Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Bank, Limited, New York Branch
	0
	0
	0
	$2,000,000
	0

	Total Commitments:
	$700,000,000
	$100,000,000
	$600,000,000
	$1,450,000,000
	$750,000,000

SCHEDULE 1.01(a) - Litigation and Investigations
Maryland Medicaid Enterprise Restructuring Project
On March 1, 2012, CSC was competitively awarded the Maryland Medicaid Enterprise Restructuring Project (“MERP”) contract by the State of Maryland (the “State”) to modernize the Medicaid Management Information System, a database of Medicaid recipients and providers used to manage Medicaid reimbursement claims. This contract is one of the contracts we expect CSC to transfer to us following the Spin-Off. The MERP contract is predominately fixed-price. Since the date the MERP contract was awarded, U.S. federal government-mandated Medicaid IT standards have been in considerable flux. The State directed CSC to include additional functionality in the design to incorporate new federal mandates and guidance promulgated after the base scope of the contract was finalized. Further, the State declined to approve contract modifications to compensate CSC for the additional work.
As a result of the State’s refusal to amend the MERP contract and equitably adjust the compensation to be paid to CSC and, in accordance with prescribed State statutes and regulations, CSC timely filed a certified contract claim, Contract Claim #1, with the State in the total estimated amount of approximately $61 million on September 27, 2013. On February 14, 2014, CSC filed Contract Claim #1A, which amends Contract Claim #1, to a claim of approximately $34 million. The Company, which is expected to succeed CSC on these claims, believes it has valid and reasonable factual and legal bases for Contract Claims #1 and 1A and that the circumstances that have led or will lead to the Company’s additional costs set forth in Contract Claims #1 and 1A were unforeseen as of the operative proposal submission dates and are not the result of deficiencies in CSC’s or the Company’s performance. However, our position is subject to the ongoing evaluation of new facts and information that may come to our attention should an appeal of the State’s denial of Contract Claims #1 and 1A be litigated before the Maryland State Board of Contract Appeals (the “State Board”).
On February 19, 2014, the State provided a recommended decision denying Contract Claims #1 and 1A. The February 19, 2014 recommended decision was not a final agency determination on the claims. On April 29, 2014, the State provided a final decision, dated April 25, 2014, 

denying the claims. On May 28, 2014, CSC filed a Notice of Appeal with the State Board, which has exclusive initial jurisdiction of State contract claims concerning breach, performance, modification, or termination of contracts procured under Title II of Maryland’s General Procurement Law. The appeal, which will now be pursued by us, is currently pending before the State Board.
On August 22, 2014, the State unilaterally suspended performance under the Contract for 90 days. On September 12, 2014, the State modified its August 22 suspension of the Contract and authorized CSC, during the remainder of the 90-day suspension, to assign up to nine full-time-equivalent staff to perform various analyses of cost and schedule. On November 20, 2014, the State sent a letter extending the suspension until January 5, 2015, and on January 2, 2015, the State again extended the suspension until February 20, 2015.
As the result of the 90-day suspension, as extended, and other actions and inactions by the State in performance of its obligations under and management of the Contract, CSC filed a second set of Claims with the State Board, Claims #2A-D. Claim #2A, in the amount of $77 million, asserts that CSC’s contractual undertaking did not include an agreement to receive reduced and delayed payments, and the State’s unilateral imposition of such reductions and delays, together with the other factors result in a material change to the Contract entitling CSC to compensation for all costs incurred to date, including all liabilities incurred and fees, as well as expected profit under the full contract. Alternatively, Claim #2B, in the amount of $65 million, asserts that the Maryland General Assembly’s reduction to the appropriations for the MERP Project for fiscal 2015 effectively cancels the MERP contract, entitling CSC to recover all costs incurred to date including all liabilities incurred, and a reasonable allowance for profit on costs and liabilities. Similarly, Claims #2C, also in the amount of $65 million, asserts that the State’s actions, inactions, and decisions amount to a constructive termination for convenience entitling CSC to recover all costs incurred to date, including all liabilities incurred, and reasonable allowance for profit on costs and liabilities. Claim #2D is a claim for suspension costs during the 90-day period of $3 million, including labor costs, facilities costs and other costs needed to remain ready to restart the program. 
Since April 2015, CSC and the State have been in negotiations regarding the matters in litigation before the State Board, and the contract has been extended to accommodate those 

discussions. Management has evaluated the recoverability of assets related to this contract in light of these developments and concluded that no adjustments were required as of April 3, 2015.
Strauch et al. Fair Labor Standards Act Class Action
On July 1, 2014, plaintiffs filed Strauch and Colby v. Computer Sciences Corporation in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut, a putative nationwide class action alleging that CSC violated provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) with respect to system administrators who worked for CSC at any time from June 1, 2011 to the present. Plaintiffs claim that CSC improperly classified its system administrators as exempt from the FLSA and that CSC therefore owes them overtime wages and associated relief available under the FLSA and various statutes, including the Connecticut Minimum Wage Act, the California Unfair Competition Law, California Labor Code, California Wage Order No. 4-2001, and the California Private Attorneys General Act. The relief sought by plaintiffs includes unpaid overtime compensation, liquidated damages, pre- and post-judgment interest, damages in the amount of twice the unpaid overtime wages due, and civil penalties.
CSC’s position is that its system administrators have the job duties, responsibilities, and salaries of exempt employees and are properly classified as exempt from overtime compensation requirements. CSC’s Motion to Transfer Venue was denied in February 2015.
On June 9, 2015, the Court entered an order granting the plaintiffs’ motion for conditional certification of the class of system administrators. The Strauch putative class includes more than 4,000 system administrators, of whom 1,865 are employed by us and the remainder of whom are employed by CSC. Courts typically undertake a two-stage review in determining whether a suit may proceed as a class action under the FLSA. In its order, the Court noted that, as a first step, the Court examines pleadings and affidavits, and if it finds that proposed class members are similarly situated, the class is conditionally certified. Potential class members are then notified and given an opportunity to opt in to the action. The second step of the class certification analysis occurs upon completion of discovery. At that point, the Court will examine all evidence then in the record to determine whether there is a sufficient basis to conclude that the proposed class members are similarly situated. If it is determined that they are, the case will proceed to trial; if it is determined they are not, the class is decertified and only the individual claims of the purported class representatives proceed. The Business’s position in this litigation continues to be 

that the employees identified as belonging to the conditional class were paid in accordance with the FLSA.
CECOM Rapid Response Demand Letter
On July 12, 2013, the U.S. Army’s Communications-Electronics Command (“CECOM”) issued a demand letter based upon DCAA audit reports and Forms 1, for reimbursement in the amount of $235 million in costs that CSC allegedly overcharged under its Rapid Response (“R2”) contract (Contract No. DAAB07-03-D-B007) by placing CSC, interdivisional, teammate, and vendor employees in R2 labor categories for which they were not qualified. CSC’s position has been that, in most instances, the individuals in question met the contract requirements for their labor categories, and that, in all instances, DCAA and CECOM have ignored the value the government received for CSC’s work. CSC and CECOM have engaged in discussions in an attempt to resolve this issue but, at this point in time, there can be no assurance that the parties will be able to resolve their differences, in which case the Business would litigate this matter.
NetCracker Technology Corp.
In August 2013, CSC received a Civil Investigative Demand from the U.S. Department of Justice’s Civil Division seeking documents and information regarding CSC’s contract with the Defense Information Systems Agency (“DISA”) and its subcontract with NetCracker Technology Corp. (“NetCracker”). Since that time, CSC has cooperated with a government investigation into issues on this subcontract. On March 26, 2015, CSC received a letter from the Civil Division claiming that CSC violated the False Claims Act and breached its contract with DISA based upon actions taken by NetCracker in performing its work on the subcontract. The U.S. federal government’s letter asserted that its single damages from CSC “could be” $15.5 million. Because the government has not yet filed a lawsuit making a particularized claim, potential claimed damages may be different from those thus far asserted. Nevertheless in our experience it would be unusual and unlikely for the government to make a materially higher claim for its single damages. In addition, the False Claims Act permits the government to recover treble damages and penalties. CSC has taken the position that it has not engaged in any conduct that would violate the False Claims Act.
DynCorp
In connection with CSC's acquisition of DynCorp in 2003 and its divestiture of substantially all of that business in two separate transactions (in 2005 to The Veritas Capital Fund II L.P, and DI Acquisition Corp. and in 2013 to Pacific Architects and Engineers, Incorporated (collectively, 

the "DynCorp Divestitures")), CSC assumed and Computer Sciences GS Business will retain various environmental indemnities of DynCorp and its former subsidiaries arising from environmental representations and warranties under which DynCorp agreed to indemnify the purchasers of its subsidiaries DynAir Tech and DynAir Services by Sabreliner Corporation and ALPHA Airports Group PLC, respectively. As part of the DynCorp Divestitures, CSC also assumed and Computer Sciences GS Business will also retain indemnities for insured litigation associated with dormant suits by former employees of DynCorp subsidiaries alleging exposure to asbestos and other substances; other indemnities related to a 2001 case arising from counter-narcotics spraying in Colombia under a U.S. Department of State contract and the associated coverage litigation involving the aviation insurance underwriters; and an environmental remediation case involving HRI, a former wholly-owned subsidiary of DynCorp, in Lawrenceville, New Jersey. Computer Sciences GS Business does not anticipate any material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows from these indemnities.

SCHEDULE 1.01(b) - Remaining Acquired Business Debt
None.

SCHEDULE 2.02 - Agents’ Wire Instructions
Pro Rata Administrative Agent’s Wire Instructions:
Bank Name:                The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
ABA No:                026-009-632
SWIFT ID:                BOTKUS33
Account Name:            Loan Operations Department
Account No.:                9777-0191
Attention:                Agency Desk
Reference:                Computer Sciences Government Services Inc.

Term Loan B Administrative Agent’s Wire Instructions:
		
	Bank Name:     
	JP Morgan Chase Bank, New York 

		
	ABA No.:
	021000021

		
	SWIFT ID:
	CHASUS33

		
	Account Name:
	Royal Bank of Canada, New York

		
	Account No.:
	9201033363

		
	Swift:
	ROYCUS3X

		
	Beneficiary:
	RBC AGENCY SERVICES

		
	For further credit to Account No.:
	012692940005

		
	Address:
	200 VESEY STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10281

Reference:            Computer Sciences Govt Services

SCHEDULE 5.02(a) - Liens on the Closing Date
None.

SCHEDULE 5.02(b) - Indebtedness on the Closing Date    the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:
(i)    a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;
(ii)    a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or
(iii)    the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.
[Signature pages omitted.]

None.

SCHEDULE 5.02(g) - Existing Agreements on the Closing Date
None.

SCHEDULE 9.02 - Agents’ Addresses
Pro Rata Administrative Agent’s Address:
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020
United States of America
Attention: Lawrence Blat
Phone: (212) 782-4310 / (212) 782-6687
Email: Agencydesk@us.mufg.jp / Lblat@us.mufg.jp
Term Loan B Administrative Agent’s Address:
Royal Bank of Canada
20 King Street West, 4th Floor
Toronto, Ontario M5H 1C4
Canada
Attention: Manager, Agency Services
Fax: (416) 842-4023
Collateral Agent’s Address:
MUFG Union Bank, N.A.
1251 Avenue of the Americas, 19th Floor
New York, NY 10020
United States of America
Attention: Corporate Trust Dept.
Phone: (646) 452-4783
Fax: (646) 452-2000 / (646) 452-2001
Email: Accountadministration-corporatetrust@unionbank.com

EXHIBIT B
Tranche A2 Allocations
	
					
	 
	Lender
	Tranche A2 Allocation
	

	1.
	The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
	

	$133,816,076.28
	

	2.
	Royal Bank of Canada
	100,000,000.00
	

	3.
	Bank of America, N.A.
	100,000,000.00
	

	4.
	The Bank of Nova Scotia
	100,000,000.00
	

	5.
	Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
	100,000,000.00
	

	6.
	TD Bank, N.A.
	95,000,000.00
	

	7.
	Mizuho Bank, Ltd.
	71,000,000.00
	

	8.
	Fifth Third Bank
	71,000,000.00
	

	9.
	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
	71,000,000.00
	

	10.
	PNC Bank, N.A.
	71,000,000.00
	

	11.
	Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
	71,000,000.00
	

	12.
	SunTrust Bank
	71,000,000.00
	

	13.
	U.S. Bank National Association
	71,000,000.00
	

	14.
	State Bank of India, New York
	62,500,000.00
	

	15.
	Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
	57,413,670.56
	

	16.
	Capital One, N.A.
	51,012,500.00
	

	17.
	Apple Bank for Savings
	50,000,000.00
	

	18.
	Regions Bank
	43,312,500.00
	

	19.
	People’s United Bank, National Association
	30,000,000.00
	

	20.
	Woodforest National Bank
	25,000,000.00
	

	21.
	First Commercial Bank, Ltd., New York Branch
	24,062,500.00
	

	22.
	The Northern Trust Company
	24,062,500.00
	

	23.
	Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Ltd., New York Branch
	20,000,000.00
	

	24.
	The Bank of East Asia, Limited, New York Branch
	19,250,000.00
	

	25.
	The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
	17,325,000.00
	

	26.
	Chang Hwa Commercial Bank, Ltd.
	15,000,000.00
	

	27.
	Sabadell United Bank, N.A.
	15,000,000.00
	

	28.
	City National Bank of Florida
	14,620,253.16
	

	29.
	Crédit Industriel et Commercial, New York Branch
	12,000,000.00
	

	30.
	Hua Nan Commercial Bank, Ltd. New York Agency
	9,625,000.00
	

	31.
	Cathay Bank
	6,000,000.00
	

	32.
	Xenith Bank
	5,000,000.00
	

	33.
	Stifel Bank & Trust
	3,000,000.00
	

	 
	 
	

	$1,630,000,000.00EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

VANGUARD FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY 

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION VOLUME SUBMITTER PLAN AND TRUST 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 

ARTICLE II 
 ADMINISTRATION 

 

							
	2.1	  	POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER	  	 	16	  
	2.2	  	DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY	  	 	16	  
	2.3	  	ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES	  	 	16	  
	2.4	  	POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR	  	 	17	  
	2.5	  	RECORDS AND REPORTS	  	 	17	  
	2.6	  	APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS	  	 	18	  
	2.7	  	INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER	  	 	18	  
	2.8	  	PAYMENT OF EXPENSES	  	 	18	  
	2.9	  	MAJORITY ACTIONS	  	 	18	  
	2.10	  	CLAIMS PROCEDURES	  	 	18	  
	
	 ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY
	   
   

			
	3.1	  	CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY	  	 	19	  
	3.2	  	EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION	  	 	19	  
	3.3	  	DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY	  	 	20	  
	3.4	  	TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY	  	 	20	  
	3.5	  	REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND 1-YEAR BREAKS IN SERVICE	  	 	20	  
	3.6	  	ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE	  	 	21	  
	3.7	  	OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE; INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE	  	 	22	  
	
	 ARTICLE IV

CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION
	   
   

			
	4.1	  	FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION	  	 	22	  
	4.2	  	TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION	  	 	23	  
	4.3	  	ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS	  	 	23	  
	4.4	  	MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS	  	 	29	  
	4.5	  	ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS	  	 	32	  
	4.6	  	ROLLOVERS	  	 	32	  
	4.7	  	PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS	  	 	33	  
	4.8	  	AFTER-TAX VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	34	  
	4.9	  	QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	34	  
	4.10	  	PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS	  	 	35	  
	4.11	  	INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN	  	 	35	  
	4.12	  	QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE	  	 	35	  
	4.13	  	 TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM TERMINATED EMPLOYER DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN
	  	 	36	  

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 i 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

							
	
	 ARTICLE V

VALUATIONS
	   
   

			
	5.1	  	VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND	  	 	36	  
	5.2	  	METHOD OF VALUATION	  	 	37	  
	
	 ARTICLE VI

DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
	   
   

			
	6.1	  	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT	  	 	37	  
	6.2	  	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH	  	 	37	  
	6.3	  	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY	  	 	38	  
	6.4	  	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION	  	 	38	  
	6.5	  	DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS	  	 	40	  
	6.6	  	DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH	  	 	44	  
	6.7	  	TIME OF DISTRIBUTION	  	 	45	  
	6.8	  	REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS	  	 	45	  
	6.9	  	DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT INDIVIDUAL	  	 	49	  
	6.10	  	LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN	  	 	49	  
	6.11	  	IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION	  	 	49	  
	6.12	  	ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP	  	 	50	  
	6.13	  	SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN PROFIT SHARING PLANS	  	 	50	  
	6.14	  	QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION	  	 	51	  
	6.15	  	DIRECT ROLLOVERS	  	 	51	  
	6.16	  	 RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS TRANSFERRED FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN
	  	 	52	  
	6.17	  	CORRECTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS	  	 	52	  
	6.18	  	QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTIONS AND HEART ACT	  	 	53	  
	
	 ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN
	   
   

			
	7.1	  	BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE	  	 	53	  
	7.2	  	INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF DISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE	  	 	54	  
	7.3	  	INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF NONDISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE	  	 	56	  
	7.4	  	POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN	  	 	57	  
	7.5	  	LIFE INSURANCE	  	 	57	  
	7.6	  	LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS	  	 	58	  
	7.7	  	ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES	  	 	59	  
	7.8	  	TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES	  	 	59	  
	7.9	  	ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE	  	 	59	  
	7.10	  	AUDIT	  	 	60	  
	7.11	  	RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE	  	 	60	  
	7.12	  	TRANSFER OF INTEREST	  	 	61	  
	7.13	  	TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION	  	 	61	  
	7.14	  	EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY	  	 	61	  
	7.15	  	DIVESTMENT OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES	  	 	61	  

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 ii 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

							
	
	 ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS
	   
   

			
	8.1	  	AMENDMENT	  	 	62	  
	8.2	  	TERMINATION	  	 	63	  
	8.3	  	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS	  	 	63	  
	
	 ARTICLE IX

TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
	   
   

			
	9.1	  	TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS	  	 	64	  
	9.2	  	DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS	  	 	64	  
	
	 ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS
	   
   

			
	10.1	  	EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS	  	 	65	  
	10.2	  	PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS	  	 	65	  
	10.3	  	ALIENATION	  	 	65	  
	10.4	  	PLAN COMMUNICATIONS, INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION	  	 	66	  
	10.5	  	GENDER, NUMBER AND TENSE	  	 	66	  
	10.6	  	LEGAL ACTION	  	 	67	  
	10.7	  	PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS	  	 	67	  
	10.8	  	EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE	  	 	67	  
	10.9	  	INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE	  	 	67	  
	10.10	  	RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS	  	 	67	  
	10.11	  	ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER	  	 	67	  
	10.12	  	NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY	  	 	67	  
	10.13	  	APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE	  	 	68	  
	10.14	  	PAYMENT OF BENEFITS	  	 	68	  
	10.15	  	ELECTRONIC MEDIA	  	 	68	  
	10.16	  	PLAN CORRECTION	  	 	68	  
	10.17	  	NONTRUSTEED PLANS	  	 	68	  
	
	 ARTICLE XI

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
	   
   

			
	11.1	  	ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER	  	 	69	  
	11.2	  	REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS	  	 	69	  
	11.3	  	DESIGNATION OF AGENT	  	 	69	  
	11.4	  	EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS	  	 	69	  
	11.5	  	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES	  	 	69	  
	11.6	  	AMENDMENT	  	 	70	  
	11.7	  	DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION	  	 	70	  
	11.8	  	ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY	  	 	70	  
	11.9	  	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE	  	 	70	  

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 iii 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

							
	
	 ARTICLE XII

CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS
	   
   

			
	12.1	  	FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION	  	 	70	  
	12.2	  	PARTICIPANT’S SALARY DEFERRAL ELECTION	  	 	71	  
	12.3	  	ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES	  	 	75	  
	12.4	  	ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS	  	 	76	  
	12.5	  	ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS	  	 	78	  
	12.6	  	ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS	  	 	81	  
	12.7	  	ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS	  	 	83	  
	12.8	  	401(k) ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS	  	 	85	  
	12.9	  	QUALIFIED AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT	  	 	87	  
	12.10	  	ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP	  	 	88	  
	12.11	  	IN-PLAN ROTH ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	89	  
	
	 ARTICLE XIII

SIMPLE 401(K) PROVISIONS
	   
   

			
	13.1	  	SIMPLE 401(k) PROVISIONS	  	 	90	  
	13.2	  	DEFINITIONS	  	 	91	  
	13.3	  	CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	91	  
	13.4	  	ELECTION AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS	  	 	91	  
	13.5	  	VESTING REQUIREMENTS	  	 	92	  
	13.6	  	TOP-HEAVY RULES	  	 	92	  
	13.7	  	NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS	  	 	92	  
	
	 ARTICLE XIV

MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PROVISIONS
	   
   

			
	14.1	  	ELECTION AND OVERRIDING EFFECT	  	 	92	  
	14.2	  	DEFINITIONS	  	 	92	  
	14.3	  	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER ELECTIONS	  	 	92	  
	14.4	  	HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE STATUS	  	 	93	  
	14.5	  	TESTING	  	 	93	  
	14.6	  	TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS	  	 	93	  
	14.7	  	COMPENSATION	  	 	93	  
	14.8	  	SERVICE	  	 	94	  
	14.9	  	REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS	  	 	94	  
	14.10	  	COOPERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION	  	 	94	  
	14.11	  	INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION	  	 	94	  
	14.12	  	VOLUNTARY TERMINATION	  	 	95	  

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 iv 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 
 As used in
this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth herein unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context: 
 1.1
“Account” means any separate notational account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant under the Plan. To the extent applicable, a Participant may have any (or all) of the following notational Accounts:

 (a) “Combined Account” means the account representing the Participant’s total interest under the Plan resulting from
(1) the Employer’s contributions in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan or Money Purchase Plan, and (2) the Employer Nonelective Contributions in the case of a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan. In addition, Forfeitures are part of the
Combined Account to the extent they are reallocated. Separate accountings shall be maintained with respect to that portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2) and to
Employer contributions made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(3). 
 (b) “Elective Deferral Account” means the account established
hereunder to which Elective Deferrals (including a separate accounting for Catch-Up Contributions) are allocated. Amounts in the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution
restrictions of Section 12.2(e). The Elective Deferral Account may consist of the sub-Accounts listed below. Unless specifically stated otherwise, any reference to a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account will refer to both of these
sub-Accounts. 
 (1) “Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account” means the portion of the Elective Deferral Account attributable to Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals (i.e., Elective Deferrals that are not subject to federal income tax at the time of their deferral to the Plan). 
 (2)
“Roth Elective Deferral Account” means the portion of the Elective Deferral Account attributable to Roth Elective Deferrals (i.e., that are subject to federal income tax at the time of their deferral to the Plan) which does not include
amounts attributable to “in-Plan Roth rollover contributions” (as defined in Section 12.11). No contributions other than Roth Elective Deferrals and properly attributable earnings will be credited to each Participant’s Roth
Elective Deferral Account. 
 (c) “In-Plan Roth Rollover Account” means the account attributable to a distribution from the Plan
that is directly rolled over within this Plan, as described in Section 12.11. The amount thus contributed retains the characteristics of the source Account from which the amount of the “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution” (as defined
in Section 12.11) was distributed (except for the tax treatment of such amount when distributed out of the Plan). 
 (d) “Qualified
Automatic Contribution Safe Harbor Account” means the account established hereunder to which Qualified Automatic Contribution “ADP test safe harbor contributions” are allocated. Amounts in the Qualified Automatic Contribution Safe
Harbor Account are subject to the distribution restrictions of Section 12.2(e). 
 (e) “Qualified Matching Contribution
Account” means the account established hereunder to which Qualified Matching Contributions are allocated. Amounts in the Qualified Matching Contribution Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution restrictions of
Section 12.2(e). 
 (f) “Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account” means the account established hereunder to which
Qualified Nonelective Contributions are allocated. Amounts in the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution restrictions of Section 12.2(e). 

(g) “Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account” means the account established hereunder to which a Participant’s
tax-deductible qualified voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.9 are allocated. 
 (h) “Rollover
Account” means the account established hereunder to which amounts transferred from a qualified plan (including this 
 Plan) or
individual retirement account in accordance with Section 4.6 are allocated. 
 (i) “Transfer Account” means the account
established hereunder to which amounts transferred to this Plan from a direct plan-to-plan transfer in accordance with Section 4.7 are allocated. 

(j) “Voluntary Contribution Account” means the account established hereunder to which after-tax voluntary Employee contributions made
pursuant to Section 4.8 are allocated. Amounts recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 12.5 shall remain subject to the limitations of Section 12.2. Therefore, a separate accounting shall be
maintained with respect to that portion of the Voluntary Contribution Account attributable to after-tax voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.8. 

1.2 “ACP” means the “Actual Contribution Percentage” determined pursuant to Section 12.6(d). 

1.3 “Act” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 1 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 1.4 “ADP” means the “Actual Deferral Percentage” determined pursuant to
Section 12.4(d). 
 1.5 “Administrator” means the Employer unless another person or entity has been designated by the Employer
pursuant to Section 2.2 to administer the Plan on behalf of the Employer. “Administrator” also includes any Qualified Termination Administrator (QTA) that has assumed the responsibilities of the Administrator in accordance with
guidelines set forth by the Department of Labor. 
 1.6 “Adoption Agreement” means the separate agreement which is executed by the Employer
and sets forth the elective provisions of this Plan and Trust as specified by the Employer. 
 1.7 “Affiliated Employer” means any
corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code §414(b)) which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code §414(c))
with the Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code §414(m)) which includes the Employer; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer
pursuant to Regulations under Code §414(o). 
 1.8 “Affirmative Election” means a Salary Deferral Agreement submitted by a Participant
to the Administrator in accordance with Section 12.2 that provides instructions to defer a specific amount of Compensation (including an affirmative election to defer no amount) as an Elective Deferral to the Plan. A Participant’s
Affirmative Election is generally effective as of the first payroll period which follows the payroll period in which the Participant made the Affirmative Election. However, a Participant may make an Affirmative Election which is effective:
(a) for the first payroll period in which he or she becomes a Participant if the Participant makes an Affirmative Election within a reasonable period following the Participant’s becoming eligible to make Elective Deferrals and before the
Compensation to which the Election applies becomes currently available; or (b) for the first payroll period following the effective date of the Automatic Contribution Arrangement if the Participant makes an Affirmative Election not later than
the Automatic Contribution Arrangement’s effective date. 
 1.9 “Alternate Payee” means an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order that meets the requirements of 
 Code §414(p). 

1.10 “Anniversary Date” means the last day of the Plan Year. 

1.11 “Annuity Starting Date” means, with respect to any Participant, the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an
annuity, or, in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitles the Participant to such benefit. 

1.12 “Automatic Contribution Arrangement” means the Automatic Deferral provisions described by Section 12.2 and, if applicable,
Section 12.9. 
 1.13 “Automatic Deferral” means the amount (if any) that a Participant is deemed to defer in accordance with an
Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The effective date of an Employee’s Automatic Deferral will be as soon as practicable after the Employee is subject to Automatic Deferrals described by Section 12.2(b) or 12.9, consistent with
(a) applicable law, and (b) the objective of affording the Employee a reasonable period of time after receipt of the notice to make an Affirmative Election (and, if applicable, an investment election). All Automatic Deferrals constitute
Elective Deferrals. 
 1.14 “Beneficiary” means the person (or entity) to whom all or a portion of a deceased Participant’s interest
in the Plan is payable, subject to the restrictions of Sections 6.2 and 6.6. 
 1.15 “Catch-Up Contribution” means an Elective Deferral
made to the Plan by a Catch-Up Eligible Participant that, during any taxable year of such Participant, exceeds one of the following: 
 (a) a
statutory dollar limit on Elective Deferrals or “annual additions” as provided in Code §401(a)(30), 402(h), 403(b), 408, 415(c), or 457(b)(2) (without regard to Code §457(b)(3)), as applicable; or 

(b) any Plan limit on Elective Deferrals other than a limit described in (a) above; or the limit imposed by the ADP test under Code
§401(k)(3) which Excess Contributions would otherwise be distributed pursuant to Section 12.5(b) to a Highly Compensated Employee who is a Catch-Up Eligible Participant. 

Catch-Up Contributions for a Participant for a Participant’s taxable year may not exceed the dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions under
Code §414(v) for the Participant’s taxable year. The dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions under Code §414(v)(2)(B)(i) was $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006. After 2006, the $5,000 is adjusted by the Secretary of the
Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code §414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments shall be in multiples of $500. Notwithstanding the preceding, different dollar limits apply to Catch-Up Contributions under SIMPLE 401(k) plans. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 2 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 1.16 “Catch-Up Eligible Participant” means a Participant who: 

(a) is eligible to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan pursuant to Section 12.2; and 

(b) will attain age 50 or older by the end of such taxable year. 

1.17 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. 

1.18 “Compensation” means, with respect to any Participant, the amount determined in accordance with the following provisions, except as
otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (a) Base definition. One of the following, as elected in the Adoption Agreement: 

(1) Information required to be reported under Code §§6041, 6051 and 6052 (Wages, tips and other compensation as reported on Form
W-2). Compensation means wages, within the meaning of Code §3401(a), and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish
the Employee a written statement under Code §§6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code §3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location
of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code §3401(a)(2)). 
 (2) Code
§3401(a) Wages. Compensation means an Employee’s wages within the meaning of Code §3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in
wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code §3401(a)(2)). 

(3) 415 safe harbor compensation. Compensation means wages, salaries, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2008, Military
Differential Pay, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan
to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Regulation §1.62-2(c))), and excluding the following: 

(i) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable
year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are excludable from the Employee’s gross income, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation; 

(ii) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either
becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; 
 (iii) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange
or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and 
 (iv) Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, or
contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary deferral agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Code §403(b) (whether or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross income of the
Employee). 
 (b) Earned Income for Self-Employed Individual. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation for any Self-Employed
Individual shall be equal to Earned Income. Furthermore, the contributions on behalf of any “owner-Employee” shall be made only with respect to the Earned Income for such “owner-Employee” which is derived from the trade or
business with respect to which such Plan is established. For this purpose, an “owner-Employee” means a sole proprietor who owns the entire interest in the Employer or a partner (or member in the case of a limited liability company treated
as a partnership or sole proprietorship for federal income tax purposes) who owns more than ten percent (10%) of either the capital interest or the profits interest in the Employer and who receives income for personal services from the
Employer. 
 (c) Paid during “determination period.” Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is actually
paid to the Participant during the “determination period.” Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the “determination period” is the period elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer makes no election,
the “determination period” shall be the Plan Year. 
 (d) Inclusion of deferrals. Notwithstanding the above, unless
otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include all of the following types of elective contributions and all of the following types of deferred compensation: 

(1) Elective contributions that are made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant that are not includible in gross income under Code
§§125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), 403(b), and 132(f)(4). However, regardless of any election in the Adoption 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 3 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
Agreement to the contrary, amounts described in the preceding sentence will be included in Compensation for purposes of making Elective Deferrals or receiving any Employer matching contributions
under this Plan. If specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections), amounts under Code §125 shall be deemed to include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of
group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code §125 pursuant to the preceding sentence only if the Employer does not request or
collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan. Roth Elective Deferrals will be treated as Pre-tax Elective Deferrals for purposes of determining Compensation if the
Employer elects to exclude from Compensation the items described in this Subsection (d)(1). 
 (2) Compensation deferred under an eligible
deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Code §457(b). 
 (3) Employee contributions (under governmental plans) described in
Code §414(h)(2) that are picked up by the employing unit and thus are treated as Employer contributions. 
 (e) Post-severance
compensation – Code §415 Regulations. The Administrator shall adjust Compensation, for Plan Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007 (or such other date as the Employer specifies in the Compensation Section of the Adoption
Agreement), for amounts that would otherwise be included in the definition of Compensation but are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer or the end of the Plan Year that includes the
date of the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, in accordance with the following, as elected in the Compensation Section of the Adoption Agreement. The preceding time period, however, does not apply with respect to
payments described in Subsections (4) and (5) below. Any other payment of compensation paid after severance of employment that is not described in the following types of compensation is not considered Compensation, even if payment is made
within the time period specified above. 
 (1) Regular pay. Compensation shall include regular pay after severance of employment (to
the extent otherwise included in the definition of Compensation) if: 
 (i) The payment is regular compensation for services during the
Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments; and 

(ii) The payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to a severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment
with the Employer. 
 (2) Leave cash-outs. Compensation shall include leave cash-outs if those amounts would have been included in the
definition of Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, and the amounts are for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been
able to use the leave if employment had continued. 
 (3) Deferred compensation. Compensation shall include deferred compensation if
those amounts would have been included in the definition of Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, and the amounts are received pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred
compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent the payment is includible in the Participant’s gross income. 

(4) Military Differential Pay. Compensation shall include payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the
Employer by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Code §414(u)(1)) to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the
Employer rather than entering qualified military service. 
 (5) Disability pay. Compensation shall include compensation paid to a
Participant who is permanently and totally disabled, as defined in Code §22(e)(3), provided, as elected by the Employer in the Compensation Section of the Adoption Agreement, salary continuation applies to all Participants who are permanently
and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period, or the Participant was not a Highly Compensated Employee immediately before becoming disabled. 

(f) Dollar limitation. Compensation in excess of $200,000 shall be disregarded for all purposes other than for purposes of Elective
Deferrals. Such amount shall be adjusted by the Commissioner for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Code §401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any “determination period”
beginning with or within such calendar year. If a “determination period” consists of fewer than twelve (12) months, the $200,000 annual Compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
months in the “determination period,” and the denominator of which is twelve (12). In applying any Plan limitation on the amount of matching contributions or any Plan limit on Elective Deferrals which are subject to matching contributions,
where such limits are expressed as a percentage of Compensation, the Administrator may apply the Compensation limit under this Section annually, even if the matching contribution formula is applied on any time interval which is less than the full
Plan Year or the Administrator may pro rate the Compensation limit. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 4 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (g) Noneligible Employee. If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to
exclude a class of Employees from the Plan, then Compensation for any Employee who becomes eligible or ceases to be eligible to participate during a “determination period” shall only include Compensation while the Employee is an Eligible
Employee. In addition, with respect to the determination of any matching contributions, the Plan will disregard Elective Deferrals made while the Participant is not eligible for the matching contribution component of the Plan. 

(h) Amendment. If, in connection with the adoption of any amendment, the definition of Compensation has been modified, then, except as
otherwise provided herein, for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment, Compensation means compensation determined pursuant to the terms of the Plan then in effect. 

1.19 “Contract” or “Policy” means any life insurance policy, retirement income policy, or annuity contract (group or individual)
issued by the Insurer. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any contract purchased hereunder , the Plan provisions shall control. 

1.20 “Custodian” means a person or entity that has custody of all or any portion of the Plan assets. 

1.21 “Directed Trustee” means a Trustee who, with respect to the investment of Plan assets, is subject to the direction of the Administrator,
the Employer, a properly appointed Investment Manager, a named Fiduciary, or Plan Participant. To the extent the Trustee is a Directed Trustee, the Trustee does not have any discretionary authority with respect to the investment of Plan assets. In
addition, the Trustee is not responsible for the propriety of any directed investment made pursuant to this Section and shall not be required to consult or advise the Employer regarding the investment quality of any directed investment held under
the Plan. 
 1.22 “Discretionary Trustee” means a Trustee who has the authority and discretion to invest, manage or control any portion of
the Plan assets. 
 1.23 “Early Retirement Date” means the date specified in the Adoption Agreement on which a Participant has satisfied
the requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement (Early Retirement Age). If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall become fully Vested upon satisfying such requirements if the Participant is still employed at the Early Retirement
Age. 
 A Participant who severs from employment after satisfying any service requirement but before satisfying the age requirement for
Early Retirement Age and who thereafter reaches the age requirement contained herein shall be entitled to receive benefits under this Plan (other than any accelerated vesting and allocations of Employer contributions) as though the requirements for
Early Retirement Age had been satisfied. 
 1.24 “Earned Income” means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with
respect to which the Plan is established, for which the personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to
such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions made by the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code §404. In addition, net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the taxpayer by Code
§164(f). 
 If Compensation is defined to exclude any items of Compensation (other than safe harbor adjustments permitted under the
Code §414(s) Regulations or limiting Compensation to periods of Plan participation), then for purposes of determining the Compensation of a Self-Employed Individual, Earned Income shall be adjusted by multiplying Earned Income by the percentage
of total compensation that is included for the eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. That percentage is determined by calculating the percentage of each eligible Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s total Compensation
prior to excluding any non-safe harbor adjustments selected in the Adjustments to Compensation Section of the Adoption Agreement that are included in the definition of Compensation and averaging those percentages. 

1.25 “Effective Date” means the date this Plan, including any restatement or amendment of this Plan, is effective. Where the Plan is restated
or amended, a reference to Effective Date is the effective date of the restatement or amendment, except where the context indicates a reference to an earlier Effective Date. If any provision of this Plan is retroactively effective, then provisions
of this Plan generally control. However, if a provision of this Plan is different from the provision of the Employer’s prior plan document and, after the retroactive Effective Date of this Plan, the Employer operated in compliance with the
provisions of the prior plan, then the provision of such prior plan is incorporated into this Plan for purposes of determining whether the Employer operated the Plan in compliance with its terms, provided operation in compliance with the terms of
the prior plan do not violate any qualification requirements under the Code, Regulations, or other IRS guidance. 
 The Employer may
designate special effective dates for individual provisions under the Plan where provided in the Adoption Agreement or under Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections). If one or more qualified
retirement plans have been merged into this Plan, the provisions of the merging plan(s) will remain in full force and effect until the effective date of the plan merger(s). 

1.26 “Elective Deferrals” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to a Participant’s salary deferral
election in accordance with Section 12.2. Elective Deferrals shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 12.2(d) and 12.2(e) and shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be required to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of the
Code §401(k) Regulations. The term “Elective Deferrals” includes Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and, if permitted by the Plan, Roth Elective Deferrals. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 5 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 1.27 “Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement” (EACA) means an Automatic Contribution
Arrangement that is intended to comply as such for purposes of Code §414(w) and that therefore complies with the Automatic Deferral provisions described in the EACA provisions set forth in Section 12.2(b). 

1.28 “Eligible Employee” means any Eligible Employee as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as provided herein. With respect to a volume
submitter or non-standardized Adoption Agreement, an individual shall not be an Eligible Employee if such individual is not reported on the payroll records of the Employer as a common law employee. In particular, it is expressly intended that
individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer on its payroll records and out-sourced workers, are not Eligible Employees and are excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such
individuals are common law employees and not independent contractors. However, the two preceding sentences shall not apply to partners or other Self-Employed Individuals unless the Employer treats them as independent contractors. Furthermore, with
respect to a volume submitter or non-standardized Adoption Agreement, Employees of an Affiliated Employer will not be treated as Eligible Employees prior to the date the Affiliated Employer adopts the Plan as
a Participating Employer. 
 Employees who became Employees as the result of a “Code §410(b)(6)(C) transaction” will, unless
otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, only be Eligible Employees after the expiration of the transition period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the
transaction. A “Code §410(b)(6)(C) transaction” is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the Employer of the Employees of a trade or business that is subject to the special rules set forth
in Code §410(b)(6)(C). However, regardless of any election made in the Adoption Agreement, if a separate entity becomes an Affiliated Employer as the result of a “Code §410(b)(6)(C) transaction,” then Employees of such separate
entity will not be treated as Eligible Employees prior to the date the entity adopts the Plan as a Participating Employer or, with respect to a standardized Adoption Agreement, if earlier, the expiration of the transition period set forth above.

 If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude union employees, then Employees whose employment is governed by a
collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and “employee representatives” under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent (2%) or less of the Employees covered pursuant to that
agreement are professionals as defined in Regulation §1.410(b)-9, shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan to the extent of employment covered by such agreement, unless the agreement provides for coverage in the Plan (see
Section 4.1(d)). For this purpose, the term “employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer. If a Participant performs
services both as a collectively bargained Employee and as a non-collectively bargained Employee, then the Participant’s Hours of Service in each respective category are treated separately. 

If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude nonresident aliens, then Employees who are nonresident aliens (within the
meaning of Code §7701(b)(1)(B)) who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code §911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code §861(a)(3)) shall not
be eligible to participate in this Plan. In addition, this paragraph shall also apply to exclude from participation in the Plan an Employee who is a nonresident alien (within the meaning of Code §7701(b)(1)(B)) but who receives earned income
(within the meaning of Code §911(d)(2)) from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code §861(a)(3)), if all of the Employee’s earned income from the Employer from sources
within the United States is exempt from United States income tax under an applicable income tax convention. The preceding sentence will apply only if all Employees described in the preceding sentence are excluded from the Plan. 

If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude Part-Time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees, then notwithstanding any such exclusion,
if any such excluded Employee actually completes or completed a Year of Service, then such Employee will cease to be within this particular excluded class. 

1.29 “Employee” means any person who is employed by the Employer. The term “Employee” shall also include any person who is an
employee of an Affiliated Employer and any Leased Employee deemed to be an Employee as provided in Code §414(n) or (o). 
 1.30 “Employer”
means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement, any successor which shall maintain this Plan and any predecessor which has maintained this Plan. In addition, unless the context means otherwise, the term “Employer” shall include
any Participating Employer which shall adopt this Plan. 
 1.31 “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the
excess of: 
 (a) The aggregate “contribution percentage amounts” (as defined in Section 12.6) actually made on behalf of
Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year and taken into account in computing the numerator of the ACP, over 
 (b) The maximum
“contribution percentage amounts” permitted by the ACP test in Section 12.6 (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in order of their “contribution percentages”
beginning with the highest of such percentages). 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 6 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 Such determination shall be made after first taking into account corrections of any Excess
Deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 and then taking into account adjustments of any Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 12.5. 
 1.32
“Excess Compensation” means, with respect to a Plan that is integrated with Social Security (permitted disparity), a Participant’s Compensation which is in excess of the integration level elected in the Adoption Agreement.
However, if Compensation is based on less than a twelve (12) month “determination period,” Excess Compensation shall be determined by reducing the integration level by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in
the short period and the denominator of which is twelve (12). A “determination period” is not less than twelve (12) months solely because a Participant’s Compensation does not include Compensation paid during a
“determination period” while the Participant was not a Participant in this component of the Plan. 
 1.33 “Excess Contributions”
means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of: 
 (a) The aggregate amount of Employer contributions actually made on behalf of
Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year and taken into account in computing the numerator of the ADP, over 
 (b) The maximum
amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP test in Section 12.4 (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in order of the actual deferral ratios, beginning with the highest of
such ratios). 
 In determining the amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed and/or recharacterized with respect to an affected
Highly Compensated Participant as determined herein, such amount shall be reduced by any Excess Deferrals previously distributed to such affected Highly Compensated Participant for the Participant’s taxable year ending with or within such Plan
Year. 
 1.34 “Excess Deferrals” means, with respect to any taxable year of a Participant, either (a) those elective deferrals within
the meaning of Code §§402(g) or 402A that are made during the Participant’s taxable year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code §402(g) (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-Up Contributions defined in
Code §414(v)) for such year; or (b) are made during a calendar year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code §§402(g) and 402A (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-Up Contributions defined in Code
§414(v)) for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year, counting only Elective Deferrals made under this Plan and any other plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the Employer. 

1.35 “Fiduciary” means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting management of the
Plan or exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of its assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the Plan or has
any authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan. 

1.36 “Fiscal Year” means the Employer’s accounting year. 

1.37 “Forfeiture” means that portion of a Participant’s Account that is not Vested and is disposed of in accordance with the provisions
of the Plan. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, Forfeitures occur pursuant to (a) below. 
 (a) A Forfeiture will occur
on the earlier of: 
 (1) The last day of the Plan Year in which a Participant incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, or

 (2) The distribution of the entire Vested portion of the Participant’s Account of a Participant who has severed employment with the
Employer. For purposes of this provision, if the Participant has a Vested benefit of zero, then such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested benefit as of the year in which the severance of employment occurs. For
this purpose, a Participant’s Vested benefit shall not include: (i) the Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account, and (ii) the Participant’s Rollover Account. 

(b) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Forfeiture will occur as of the last day of the Plan Year in which a Participant incurs five
(5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service. 
 Regardless of the preceding, if a Participant is eligible to share in the allocation of
Forfeitures in the year in which the Forfeiture would otherwise occur, then the Forfeiture will not occur until the end of the first Plan Year for which the Participant is not eligible to share in the allocation of Forfeitures. Furthermore, the term
“Forfeiture” shall also include amounts deemed to be Forfeitures pursuant to any other provision of this Plan. 
 1.38 “Former
Employee” means an individual who has severed employment with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer. 
 1.39 “414(s) Compensation”
means Compensation as defined in Section 1.18. However, the Employer may operationally elect to use any other definition of compensation for 414(s) Compensation provided such definition satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code
§414(s) and the Regulations thereunder. For purposes of applying the ADP and ACP tests, the period for determining 414(s) Compensation must be either the Plan Year or the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year. For all other
purposes, the period of determining 414(s) Compensation must be the Plan Year or another twelve (12) month period of time ending in the Plan Year. An Employer may further limit the period taken into account to that part of the determination
period in which an Employee was a Participant in the component of the Plan being tested. The period used to determine 414(s) Compensation must be applied uniformly to all Participants for the Plan Year. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 7 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 1.40 “415 Compensation” means, with respect to any Participant, such Participant’s
(a) Wages, tips and other compensation on Form W-2, (b) Code §3401(a) wages or (c) 415 safe harbor compensation as elected in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of Compensation (and as defined in Subsections
1.18(a)(1)-(3) respectively). 415 Compensation shall be based on the full Limitation Year regardless of when participation in the Plan commences. Furthermore, regardless of any election made in the Adoption Agreement, 415 Compensation shall
include any elective deferral (as defined in Code §§402(e)(3), 402(k) and 402(h)(1)(B)) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in the gross income of
the Participant by reason of Code §§125, 457, and 132(f)(4). In addition, for years beginning after December 31, 2008 Military Differential Pay is treated as 415 Compensation. 

(a) Deemed 125 compensation. If elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections),
amounts under Code §125 shall be deemed to include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. An amount will be
treated as an amount under Code §125 pursuant to the preceding sentence only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

 (b) Post-severance compensation. The Administrator shall adjust 415 Compensation, for Limitation Years beginning on or after
July 1, 2007, or such earlier date as the Employer specifies in the Compensation Section of the Adoption Agreement, for amounts that would otherwise be included in the definition of 415 Compensation but are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months
after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, in accordance with the following, as elected in
the Compensation Section of the Adoption Agreement. The preceding time period, however, does not apply with respect to payments described in Subsections (4) and (5) below. Any other payment of compensation paid after severance of
employment that is not described in the following types of compensation is not considered 415 Compensation, even if payment is made within the time period specified above. 

(1) Regular pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance of employment (to the extent otherwise included in the
definition of 415 Compensation) if: 
 (i) The payment is regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working
hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments; and 

(ii) The payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to a severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment
with the Employer. 
 (2) Leave cash-outs. 415 Compensation shall include leave cash-outs if those amounts would have been included in
the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, and the amounts are for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Participant would have
been able to use the leave if employment had continued. 
 (3) Deferred compensation. 415 Compensation shall include deferred
compensation if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, and the amounts are received pursuant to a nonqualified
unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent the payment is includible in the Participant’s gross income. 

(4) Military Differential Pay. 415 Compensation shall include payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the
Employer by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Code §414(u)(1)) to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the
Employer rather than entering qualified military service. 
 (5) Disability pay. 415 Compensation shall include compensation paid to a
Participant who is permanently and totally disabled, as defined in Code §22(e)(3), provided, as elected by the Employer in the Compensation Section of the Adoption Agreement, salary continuation applies to all Participants who are permanently
and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period, or the Participant was not a Highly Compensated Employee immediately before becoming disabled. 

(c) Administrative delay (“the first few weeks”) rule. 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year shall generally not include
amounts earned but not paid during the Limitation Year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates. However, if elected in the Compensation Section of the Adoption Agreement, 415 Compensation for a Limitation Year shall include amounts
earned but not paid during the Limitation Year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next Limitation Year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent
basis with respect to all similarly situated Participants, and no Compensation is included in more than one Limitation Year. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 8 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (d) Inclusion of certain nonqualified deferred compensation amounts. If this is a PPA
restatement and prior to the restatement 414(s) Compensation included all items includible in compensation under Regulation §1.415(c)-2(b) (Regulation §1.415-2(d)(2) under the Regulations in effect for Limitation Years beginning prior to
July 1, 2007), then 415 Compensation for Limitation Years prior to the adoption of this restatement shall include amounts that are includible in the gross income of a Participant under the rules of Code §409A or Code §457(f)(1)(A) or
because the amounts are constructively received by the Participant. For Plan Years beginning on and after the Plan Year in which this restatement is adopted, the Plan does not provide for a definition of 415 Compensation including all items in
Regulation §1.415(c)-2(b). 
 (e) Back pay. Back pay, within the meaning of Regulations §1.415(c)-2(g)(8), shall be treated
as Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent the back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise be included under this definition. 

(f) Dollar limitation. 415 Compensation will be limited to the same dollar limitations set forth in Section 1.18(f) adjusted in
such manner as permitted under Code §415(d). 
 (g) Amendment. Except as otherwise provided herein, if, in connection with the
adoption of any amendment, the definition of 415 Compensation has been modified, then for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment, 415 Compensation means compensation determined pursuant to the terms of
the Plan then in effect. 
 1.41 “Highly Compensated Employee” means an Employee described in Code §414(q) and the Regulations
thereunder, and generally means any Employee who: 
 (a) was a “five percent (5%) owner” as defined in Section 1.47(b) at
any time during the “determination year” or the “look-back year”; or 
 (b) for the “look-back year” had 415
Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, was in the Top-Paid Group for the “look-back year.” The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code
§415(d). In applying this rule, the Employer may adopt any rounding or tie-breaking rules it desires, so long as such rules are reasonable, nondiscriminatory, and uniformly and consistently applied. 

The “determination year” means the Plan Year for which testing is being performed and the “look-back year” means the
immediately preceding twelve (12) month period. However, if the calendar year data election is made in the Adoption Agreement, for purposes of (b) above, the “look-back year” shall be the calendar year beginning within the twelve
(12) month period immediately preceding the “determination year.” 
 A Highly Compensated Former Employee is based on the
rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for that “determination year,” in accordance with Regulation §1.414(q)-1T, A-4 and IRS Notice 97-45 (or any superseding guidance). 

In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are nonresident aliens and who received no earned income (within the
meaning of Code §911(d)) from the Employer constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code §861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. If a nonresident alien Employee has U.S. source income, that Employee is treated
as satisfying this definition if all of such Employee’s U.S. source income from the Employer is exempt from U.S. income tax under an applicable income tax treaty. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account as a single
Employer and Leased Employees within the meaning of Code §§414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code §414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan
maintained by the Employer. The exclusion of Leased Employees for this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the Employer’s retirement plans. Highly Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly
Compensated Employees without regard to whether they performed services during the “determination year.” 
 1.42 “Highly Compensated
Participant” means any Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate in the component of the Plan being tested. 
 1.43 “Hour
of Service” means (a) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to Compensation by the Employer for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period (these hours will be
credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed); (b) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to Compensation by the Employer (irrespective of whether the
employment relationship has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such as vacation, holidays, sickness, incapacity (including disability), jury duty, lay-off, military duty or leave of absence) during the applicable computation
period (these hours will be calculated and credited pursuant to Department of Labor Regulation §2530.200b-2 which is incorporated herein by reference); (c) each hour for which back pay is awarded or agreed to by the Employer without regard
to mitigation of damages (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made). The same
Hours of Service shall not be credited both under (a) or (b), as the case may be, and under (c). 
 Notwithstanding (b) above,
(1) no more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period); (2) an hour
for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 9 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
performed is not required to be credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’ compensation, or
unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and (3) Hours of Service are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee. Furthermore,
for purposes of (b) above, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or insurer, to which
the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate. 

Hours of Service will be credited for employment with all Affiliated Employers and for any individual considered to be a Leased Employee
pursuant to Code §414(n) or 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the provisions of Department of Labor Regulations §2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference. 

Hours of Service will be determined using the actual hours method unless one of the methods below is elected in the Adoption Agreement. If the
actual hours method is used to determine Hours of Service, an Employee is credited with the actual Hours of Service the Employee completes with the Employer or the number of Hours of Service for which the Employee is paid (or entitled to
payment). 
 If the days worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with ten (10) Hours of Service if under the Plan
such Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day. 
 If the weeks worked method is elected,
an Employee will be credited with forty-five (45) Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the week. 

If the semi-monthly payroll periods worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service
if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the semi-monthly payroll period. 
 If
the months worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the month. 

If the bi-weekly payroll periods worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with ninety (90) Hours of Service if under
the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the bi-weekly payroll period. 
 1.44 “Insurer”
means any legal reserve insurance company which has issued or shall issue one or more Contracts or Policies under the Plan. 
 1.45 “Investment
Manager” means a Fiduciary as described in Act §3(38). 
 1.46 “Joint and Survivor Annuity” means an immediate annuity for
the life of a Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s Spouse which is not less than fifty percent (50%), nor more than one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of
the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse which can be purchased with the Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan reduced by any outstanding loan balances pursuant to Section 7.6. 

1.47 “Key Employee” means an Employee as defined in Code §416(i) and the Regulations thereunder. Generally, for purposes of determining
top-heavy status, any Employee or Former Employee (including any deceased Employee as well as each of the Employee’s or Former Employee’s Beneficiaries) is considered a Key Employee if the Employee or Former Employee, at any time during
the Plan Year that contains the “determination date,” has been included in one of the following categories: 
 (a) an officer of
the Employer (as that term is defined within the meaning of the Regulations under Code §416) having annual 415 Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code §416(i)(1)); 

(b) a “five percent (5%) owner” of the Employer. “Five percent (5%) owner” means any person who owns (or is
considered as owning within the meaning of Code §318) more than five percent (5%) of the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of
the Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated business, any person who owns more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits interest in the Employer; and 

(c) a “one percent (1%) owner” of the Employer having annual 415 Compensation from the Employer of more than $150,000. “One
percent (1%) owner” means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code §318) more than one percent (1%) of the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than one percent
(1%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated business, any person who owns more than one percent (1%) of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. 

In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code §§414(b), (c), (m) and
(o) shall be treated as separate employers. In determining whether an individual has 415 Compensation of more than $150,000, 415 Compensation from each employer required to be aggregated under Code §§414(b), (c), (m) and
(o) shall be taken into account. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 10 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining Participants who are entitled to
the minimum top-heavy contribution, the determination of Key Employees and Non-Key Employees will be made based on the Plan Year (rather than the Plan Year that contains the “determination date”) for which the top-heavy contribution is
being made. 
 1.48 “Late Retirement Date” means the date of, or the first day of the month or the Anniversary Date coinciding with or next
following, whichever corresponds to the election in the Adoption Agreement for the Normal Retirement Date, a Participant’s actual retirement after having reached the Normal Retirement Date. 

1.49 “Leased Employee” means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the
recipient Employer and any other person or entity (“leasing organization”), has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code §414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time
basis for a period of at least one year (unless otherwise elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections)), and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient
Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient Employer. Furthermore, Compensation for
a Leased Employee shall only include compensation from the leasing organization that is attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer. 

A Leased Employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient Employer if: (a) such employee is covered by a money purchase
pension plan providing: (1) a non-integrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation, as defined in Code §415(c)(3), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and
(b) leased employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the recipient Employer’s nonhighly compensated workforce. 
 1.50
“Limitation Year” means the “determination period” used to determine Compensation. However, the Employer may elect a different Limitation Year in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other
Permitted Elections). All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. Furthermore, unless there is a change to a new Limitation Year, the Limitation Year will be a twelve (12) consecutive month period. In the
case of an initial Limitation Year, the Limitation Year will be the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on the last day of the period specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different twelve
(12) consecutive month period, the new “Limitation Year” must begin on a date within the “Limitation Year” in which the amendment is made. For Limitation Years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, the Limitation Year
may only be changed by a Plan amendment. Furthermore, if the Plan is terminated effective as of a date other than the last day of the Plan’s Limitation Year, then the Plan is treated as if the Plan had been amended to change its Limitation
Year. 
 1.51 “Military Differential Pay” means, for any Plan or Limitation Year beginning after June 30, 2007, any differential wage
payments made to an individual that represents an amount which, when added to the individual’s military pay, approximates the amount of compensation that was paid to the individual while working for the Employer. Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence, for Compensation “determination periods” beginning after December 31, 2008, an individual receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code §3401(h)(2), is treated as an Employee of the Employer making the
payment. 
 The Plan is not treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code §414(u)(1)(C) (or
corresponding Plan provisions, including, but not limited to, Plan provisions related to the ADP or ACP test) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the Military Differential Pay. The preceding sentence applies only if all
Employees of the Employer performing service in the uniformed services described in Code §3401(h)(2)(A) are entitled to receive differential wage payments (as defined in Code §3401(h)(2)) on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to
participate in a retirement plan maintained by the Employer, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms (taking into account Code §§410(b)(3), (4), and (5)). 

1.52 “Nonelective Contribution” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan other than Elective Deferrals, any Qualified Nonelective
Contributions and any Qualified Matching Contributions. Employer matching contributions which are not Qualified Matching Contributions shall be considered a Nonelective Contribution for purposes of the Plan. 

1.53 “Nonhighly Compensated Employee/Participant” means any Employee/Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. However, if
pursuant to Sections 12.4 or 12.6 the prior year testing method is used to calculate the ADP or the ACP, a Nonhighly Compensated Employee/Participant shall be determined using the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for the preceding
Plan Year. 
 1.54 “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee or Former Employee (and such Employee’s or Former Employee’s
Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee. 
 1.55 “Normal Retirement Age” means the age elected in the Adoption Agreement at which time a
Participant’s Account shall be nonforfeitable (if the Participant is employed by the Employer on or after that date). For money purchase pension plans, if the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age, then the Normal Retirement Age is the
lesser of that mandatory age or the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. Furthermore, effective for Plan Years beginning after the adoption of this Plan, the Employer may not deem the Social Security retirement age (as defined in Code
§415(b)(8)) as the Normal Retirement Age for purposes of nondiscrimination testing under Code §401(a)(4). 
 1.56 “Normal Retirement
Date” means the date elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 11 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 1.57 “1-Year Break in Service” means, if the Hour of Service method is used, the applicable
computation period that is used to determine a Year of Service during which an Employee or Former Employee has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service. However, if the Employer selected, in the Service Crediting Method Section of the Adoption
Agreement, to define a Year of Service as less than 1,000 Hours of Service, then the 500 Hours of Service in this definition of 1-Year Break in Service shall be proportionately reduced. Further, solely for the purpose of determining whether an
Employee has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service, Hours of Service shall be recognized for “authorized leaves of absence” and “maternity and paternity leaves of absence.” For this purpose, Hours of Service shall be credited for
the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only if credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following computation period. The Hours
of Service credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” shall be those which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or, in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine such hours normally
credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of Service required to be credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” shall not exceed the number of Hours of Service needed to prevent the Employee from
incurring a 1-Year Break in Service. 
 “Authorized leave of absence” means an unpaid, temporary cessation from active employment
with the Employer pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service, or any other reason. 

A “maternity or paternity leave of absence” means an absence from work for any period by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy,
birth of the Employee’s child, placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or any absence for the purpose of caring for such child for a period immediately following such birth or placement. 

If the elapsed time method is elected in the Service Crediting Method Section of the Adoption Agreement, then a “1-Year Break in
Service” means a twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the severance from service date or any anniversary thereof and ending on the next succeeding anniversary of such date; provided, however, that the Employee or Former
Employee does not perform an Hour of Service for the Employer during such twelve (12) consecutive month period. 
 1.58 “Participant”
means any Employee or Former Employee who has satisfied the requirements of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and entered the Plan and is eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan. In addition, the term “Participant” also includes any individual
who was a Participant (as defined in the preceding sentence) and who must continue to be taken into account under a particular provision of the Plan (e.g., because the individual has an Account balance in the Plan). 

1.59 “Participant Directed Account” means that portion of a Participant’s interest in the Plan with respect to which the Participant has
directed the investment in accordance with the Participant Direction Procedures. 
 1.60 “Participant Direction Procedures” means such
instructions, guidelines or policies, the terms of which are incorporated herein, as shall be established pursuant to Section 4.10 and observed by the Administrator and applied and provided to Participants who have Participant Directed
Accounts. 
 1.61 “Participating Employer” means an Employer which, with the consent of the “lead Employer” adopts the Plan
pursuant to Section 11.1 or Article XIV. In addition, unless the context means otherwise, the term “Employer” shall include any Participating Employer which shall adopt this Plan. 

1.62 “Period of Service” means the aggregate of all periods of service commencing with an Employee’s first day of employment or
reemployment with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer and ending on the first day of a Period of Severance, or for benefit accrual purposes, ending on the severance from service date. The first day of employment or reemployment is the first day
the Employee performs an Hour of Service. An Employee who incurs a Period of Severance of twelve (12) months or less will also receive service-spanning credit by treating any such period as a Period of Service for purposes of eligibility and
vesting (but not benefit accrual). For purposes of benefit accrual, a Participant’s whole year Periods of Service is equal to the sum of all full and partial periods of service, whether or not such service is continuous or contiguous, expressed
in the number of whole years represented by such sum. For this purpose, fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days. 

Periods of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized. Furthermore, Periods of Service with any predecessor employer that
maintained this Plan shall be recognized. Periods of Service with any other predecessor employer shall be recognized as elected in the Adoption Agreement. However, for a standardized Adoption Agreement, the recognition of service with any other
employer (1) is limited to the period which does not exceed 5 years immediately preceding the year in which an amendment crediting such service becomes effective, (2) must be credited to all Employees on a reasonably uniform basis, and
(3) must otherwise comply with Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-5(a)(3). 
 In determining Periods of Service for purposes of vesting under
the Plan, Periods of Service will be excluded as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as specified in Section 3.5. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 12 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 In the event the method of crediting service is amended from the Hour of Service method to
the elapsed time method, an Employee will receive credit for a Period of Service consisting of: 
 (a) A number of years equal to the number
of Years of Service credited to the Employee before the computation period during which the amendment occurs; and 
 (b) The greater of
(1) the Periods of Service that would be credited to the Employee under the elapsed time method for service during the entire computation period in which the transfer occurs or (2) the service taken into account under the Hour of Service
method as of the date of the amendment. 
 In addition, the Employee will receive credit for service subsequent to the amendment commencing
on the day after the last day of the computation period in which the transfer occurs. 
 1.63 “Period of Severance” means a continuous
period of time during which an Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was
otherwise first absent from service. 
 In the case of an individual who is absent from work for “maternity or paternity” reasons,
the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of such absence shall not constitute a one year Period of Severance. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for “maternity or
paternity” reasons means an absence (a) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (b) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (c) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the
adoption of such child by such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. 

1.64 “Plan” means this instrument hereinafter referred to as Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan and
Trust (Basic Plan Document #07 and the Adoption Agreement) as adopted by the Employer, including all amendments thereto and any appendix which is specifically permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan. 

1.65 “Plan Year” means the Plan’s accounting year as specified in the Adoption Agreement. Unless there is a Short Plan Year, the Plan
Year will be a twelve-consecutive month period. 
 1.66 “Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity” means an immediate annuity for the life of a
Participant’s Spouse, the payments under which must be equal to the benefit which can be provided with the percentage, as specified in the Adoption Agreement, of the Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan as of the date of death. If no
election is made in the Adoption Agreement, the percentage shall be equal to fifty percent (50%). Furthermore, if less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan is used to provide the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity, a proportionate share of each of the Participant’s Accounts subject to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be used to provide the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. 

1.67 “Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals” means a Participant’s Elective Deferrals that are not includible in the Participant’s gross
income at the time deferred. 
 1.68 “Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement” (QACA) means an automatic contribution arrangement
which meets the requirements of Section 12.9. 
 1.69 “Qualified Matching Contribution” (QMAC) means any Employer matching
contributions that are made pursuant to 
 Sections 12.1(a)(2) (if elected in the Adoption Agreement), 12.5 and 12.7 or pursuant to any other Plan
provision which provides for such contributions. 
 1.70 “Qualified Nonelective Contribution” (QNEC) means the Employer’s
contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to 
 Sections 12.1(a)(4), 12.5 and 12.7 or pursuant to any other Plan provision which provides for such
contributions. 
 1.71 “Regulation” means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury or a delegate of the
Secretary of the Treasury, and as amended from time to time. 
 1.72 “Retirement Date” means the date as of which a Participant retires for
reasons other than Total and Permanent Disability, regardless of whether such retirement occurs on a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, Early Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date ( see Section 6.1). 

1.73 “Roth Elective Deferrals” means a Participant’s Elective Deferrals that are includible in the Participant’s gross income at
the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferrals at the time of the deferral. Roth Elective Deferrals shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 12.2(d) and 12.2(e) and shall, except as otherwise provided
herein, be required to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Regulation §1.401(k)-1(b), the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. A Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals will be maintained in a separate account
containing only the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals and gains and losses attributable to those Roth Elective Deferrals. In addition, the Administrator shall, to the extent necessary for proper reporting, separately account for any
“in-Plan Roth rollover contributions” (as defined in Section 12.11) that are transferred to a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account. The portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to “in-Plan Roth rollover
contributions” is not subject to the distribution restrictions of Section 12.2(e). 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 13 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 1.74 “Salary Deferral Agreement” means an agreement between a Participant and the Employer,
whereby the Participant elects to reduce Compensation by a specific dollar amount or percentage and the Employer agrees to contribute such amount into the 401(k) Plan. A Salary Deferral Agreement may require that an election be stated in specific
percentage increments (not greater than one percent (1%) increments) or in specific dollar amount increments (not greater than dollar increments that could exceed one percent (1%) of Compensation). 

A Salary Deferral Agreement may not be effective prior to the later of: (a) the date the Employee becomes a Participant; (b) the
date the Participant agrees (including by automatic consent) to the Salary Deferral Agreement; or (c) the date the 401(k) plan is adopted by the Employer or applicable Participating Employer. A Salary Deferral Agreement is valid even though it
is executed by an Employee before he or she actually becomes a Participant, so long as the Salary Deferral Agreement is not effective before the date the Employee becomes a Participant. A Salary Deferral Agreement may only apply to Compensation that
becomes currently available to the Employee after the effective date of the Salary Deferral Agreement. 
 A Salary Deferral Agreement (or
other written procedures) must designate a uniform period during which an Employee may change or terminate his or her deferral election under the Salary Deferral Agreement. A Participant’s right to change or terminate a Salary Deferral
Agreement may not be available on a less frequent basis than once per Plan Year. 
 1.75 “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who
has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established, and, also, an individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year. A
Self-Employed Individual shall be treated as an Employee. 
 1.76 “Short Plan Year” means, if specified in the Adoption Agreement or as the
result of an amendment, a Plan Year of less than a twelve (12) month period. If there is a Short Plan Year, the following rules shall apply in the administration of this Plan. In determining whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service
(or Period of Service if the elapsed time method is used) for benefit accrual purposes in the Short Plan Year, the number of the Hours of Service (or months of service if the elapsed time method is used) required shall be proportionately reduced
based on the number of days (or months) in the Short Plan Year. The determination of whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service) for vesting and eligibility purposes shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor
Regulation §2530.203-2(c). In addition, if this Plan is integrated with Social Security, then the integration level shall be proportionately reduced based on the number of months in the Short Plan Year. 

1.77 “Spouse” means a spouse as determined under federal tax law. In addition, with respect to benefits or rights not mandated by law (e.g.,
Section 6.2(e)(1) with respect to death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity), Spouse also includes a spouse as elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections). The
Employer may also elect, in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections), to require that a Participant be married for at least one (1) year before the Participant is treated as married (and
having a Spouse) for all purposes of the Plan other than for purposes of determining eligible hardship distribution expenses. 
 1.78 “Taxable Wage
Base” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the contribution and benefit base under Section 230 of the Social 
 Security Act at the beginning
of such Plan Year. 
 1.79 “Terminated Participant” means a person who has been a Participant, but whose employment has been terminated
with the Employer (including an Affiliated Employer) or applicable Participating Employer, other than by death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement. 

1.80 “Top-Heavy Plan” means a plan described in Section 9.2(a). 

1.81 “Top-Heavy Plan Year” means a Plan Year during which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. 

1.82 “Top-Paid Group” shall be determined pursuant to Code §414(q) and the Regulations thereunder and generally means the top twenty
percent (20%) of Employees who performed services for the Employer during the applicable year, ranked according to the amount of 415 Compensation received from the Employer during such year. All Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account
as a single employer, and Leased Employees shall be treated as Employees if required pursuant to Code §414(n) or (o). Employees who are nonresident aliens who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code §911(d)(2)) from the
Employer constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code §861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. Furthermore, for the purpose of determining the number of Employees in any year, the following additional Employees may
also be excluded, however, such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose of identifying the particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group: 

(a) Employees with less than six (6) months of service; 

(b) Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2 hours per week; 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 14 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (c) Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during a year; and 

(d) Employees who have not yet attained age twenty-one (21). 

In addition, if ninety percent (90%) or more of the Employees of the Employer are covered under agreements the Secretary of Labor finds
to be collective bargaining agreements between Employee representatives and the Employer, and the Plan covers only Employees who are not covered under such agreements, then Employees covered by such agreements shall be excluded from both the total
number of active Employees as well as from the identification of particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group. 
 The foregoing exclusions set
forth in this Section shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code §414(q) definition is applicable. Furthermore, in applying such exclusions, the Employer may substitute any lesser service, hours or
age. 
 1.83 “Total and Permanent Disability” means, unless otherwise specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective
Dates and Other Permitted Elections), the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to
last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. The disability of a Participant shall be determined by a licensed physician. However, if the condition constitutes total disability under the federal Social Security Acts, the
Administrator may rely upon such determination that the Participant is Totally and Permanently Disabled for the purposes of this Plan. The determination shall be applied uniformly to all Participants. 

1.84 “Trustee” means any person or entity that is named in the Adoption Agreement or has otherwise agreed to serve as Trustee, or any
successors thereto. In addition, unless the context means, or the Plan provides, otherwise, the term “Trustee” shall mean the Insurer if the Plan is fully insured. 

If the sponsor of this prototype or volume submitter practitioner is a bank, savings and loan, trust company, credit union or similar
institution, a person or entity other than such sponsor or practitioner (or its affiliates or subsidiaries) may not serve as Trustee without the consent of such sponsor or practitioner. 

1.85 “Trust Fund” means, if the Plan is funded with a trust, the assets of the Plan and Trust as the same shall exist from time to time. 

1.86 “Valuation Date” means the date or dates specified in the Adoption Agreement. Regardless of any election to the contrary, for purposes
of the determination and allocation of earnings and losses, the Valuation Date shall include the Anniversary Date and may include any other date or dates deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator for the valuation of Participants’
Accounts during the Plan Year, which may include any day that the Trustee (or Insurer), any transfer agent appointed by the Trustee (or Insurer) or the Employer, or any stock exchange used by such agent, are open for business. 

1.87 “Vested” means the nonforfeitable portion of any Account maintained on behalf of a Participant. 

1.88 “Year of Service” means the computation period of twelve (12) consecutive months, herein set forth, and during which an Employee
has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service (unless a lower number of Hours of Service is specified in the Adoption Agreement). 
 For
purposes of eligibility for participation, the initial computation period shall begin with the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service (employment commencement date). Unless otherwise elected in the Service Crediting Method
Section of the Adoption Agreement, the succeeding computation periods shall begin on the anniversary of the Employee’s employment commencement date. However, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if one (1) Year of Service or
less is required as a condition of eligibility, then the computation period after the initial computation period shall shift to the current Plan Year which includes the anniversary of the date on which the Employee first performed an Hour of
Service, and subsequent computation periods shall be the Plan Year. If there is a shift to the Plan Year, an Employee who is credited with the number of Hours of Service to be credited with a Year of Service in both the initial eligibility
computation period and the first Plan Year which commences prior to the first anniversary of the Employee’s initial eligibility computation period will be credited with two (2) Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.

 If two (2) Years of Service are required as a condition of eligibility, a Participant will only have completed two (2) Years of
Service for eligibility purposes upon completing two (2) consecutive Years of Service without an intervening 1-Year Break in Service (referred to as the two (2) 1-Year Breaks in Service rule). 

For vesting purposes, and all other purposes not specifically addressed in this Section, the computation period shall be the period elected in
the Service Crediting Method Section of the Adoption Agreement. If no election is made in the Service Crediting Method Section of the Adoption Agreement, then the computation period shall be the Plan Year. 

In determining Years of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan, Years of Service will be excluded as elected in the Adoption Agreement
and as specified in Section 3.5. 
 Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service for eligibility purposes will be measured on the same
eligibility computation period. Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service for vesting purposes will be measured on the same vesting computation period. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 15 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 Years of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized. Furthermore, Years of
Service with any predecessor employer that maintained this Plan shall be recognized. Years of Service with any other employer shall be recognized as elected in the Adoption Agreement. However, for a standardized Adoption Agreement, the recognition
of service with any other employer (1) is limited to the period which does not exceed 5 years immediately preceding the year in which an amendment crediting such service becomes effective, (2) must be credited to all Employees on a
reasonably uniform basis, and (3) must otherwise comply with Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-5(a)(3). 
 In the event the method of
crediting service is amended from the elapsed time method to the Hour of Service method, an Employee will receive credit for Years of Service equal to: 

(a) The number of Years of Service equal to the number of 1-year Periods of Service credited to the Employee as of the date of the amendment;
and 
 (b) In the computation period which includes the date of the amendment, a number of Hours of Service (using the Hours of Service
equivalency method, if any, elected in the Adoption Agreement) to any fractional part of a year credited to the Employee under this Section as of the date of the amendment. 

ARTICLE II 

ADMINISTRATION 
 2.1 POWERS AND
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER 
 (a) Appointment of Trustee (or Insurer) and Administrator. In addition to the general powers
and responsibilities otherwise provided for in this Plan, the Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove one or more Trustees (or Insurers) and Administrators from time to time as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan
to ensure that the Plan is being operated for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Code, and the Act. The Employer may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents
(including any nonfiduciary agent) and other persons as the Employer deems necessary or desirable in connection with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under this Plan. The Employer may compensate such agents or advisers from the assets of the
Plan as fiduciary expenses (but not including any business (settlor) expenses of the Employer), to the extent not paid by the Employer. 

(b) Funding policy and method. The Employer shall establish a “funding policy and method,” i.e., it shall determine whether
the Plan has a short run need for liquidity (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal and investment growth (and stability of same) is a more current need, or shall appoint a qualified person to do so. If the Trustee (or
Insurer) has discretionary authority, the Employer or its delegate shall communicate such needs and goals to the Trustee (or Insurer), who shall coordinate such Plan needs with its investment policy. The communication of such a “funding policy
and method” shall not, however, constitute a directive to the Trustee (or Insurer) as to the investment of the Trust Funds. Such “funding policy and method” shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the
requirements of Title I of the Act. 
 (c) Appointment of Investment Manager. The Employer may appoint, at its option, one or more
Investment Managers, investment advisers, or other agents to provide investment direction to the Trustee (or Insurer) with respect to any or all of the Plan assets. Such appointment shall be given by the Employer in writing in a form acceptable to
the Trustee (or Insurer) and shall specifically identify the Plan assets with respect to which the Investment Manager or other agent shall have the authority to direct the investment. 

(d) Review of fiduciary performance. The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any Fiduciary or other person to whom
duties have been delegated or allocated by it under the provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures established hereunder. This requirement may be satisfied by formal periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically
designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or through other appropriate ways. 
 2.2 DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

 The Employer may appoint one or more Administrators. If the Employer does not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will be the
Administrator. Any person, including, but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, shall be eligible to serve as an Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. An
Administrator may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Employer or be removed by the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date specified therein, or upon delivery to the Administrator if no date is
specified. Upon the resignation or removal of an Administrator, the Employer may designate in writing a successor to this position. 
 2.3 ALLOCATION AND
DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
 If more than one person is appointed as Administrator, then the responsibilities of each Administrator
may be specified by the Employer and accepted in writing by each Administrator. If no such delegation is made by the Employer, then the Administrators may allocate the responsibilities among themselves, in which event the Administrators shall notify
the Employer and the Trustee (or Insurer) in writing of such action and specify the responsibilities of each Administrator. The Trustee (or Insurer) thereafter shall accept and rely upon any documents executed by the appropriate Administrator until
such time as the Employer or the Administrators file with the Trustee (or Insurer) a written revocation of such designation. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 16 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 2.4 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR 

The primary responsibility of the Administrator is to administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
Beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to construe the terms of the Plan and determine all questions arising in
connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Administrator decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. Any such determination by the
Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. The Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply any information, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or
advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan; provided, however, that any procedure, discretionary act, interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon uniform principles consistently applied and shall be
consistent with the intent that the Plan continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Code §401(a), and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations issued pursuant thereto. The Administrator shall have all powers
necessary or appropriate to accomplish its duties under this Plan. 
 The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general
administration of the Plan and the powers necessary to carry out such duties as set forth under the terms of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following: 

(a) the discretion to determine all questions relating to the eligibility of an Employee to participate or remain a Participant hereunder and
to receive benefits under the Plan; 
 (b) the authority to review and settle all claims against the Plan, including claims where the
settlement amount cannot be calculated or is not calculated in accordance with the Plan’s benefit formula. This authority specifically permits the Administrator to settle disputed claims for benefits and any other disputed claims made against
the Plan; 
 (c) to compute, certify, and direct the Trustee (or Insurer) with respect to the amount and the kind of benefits to which any
Participant shall be entitled hereunder; 
 (d) to authorize and direct the Trustee (or Insurer) with respect to all discretionary or
otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust Fund; 
 (e) to maintain all necessary records for the administration of the Plan; 

(f) to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make and publish such rules for regulation of the Plan that are consistent with the terms
hereof; 
 (g) to determine the size and type of any Contract to be purchased from any Insurer, and to designate the Insurer from which such
Contract shall be purchased; 
 (h) to compute and certify to the Employer and to the Trustee (or Insurer) from time to time the sums of
money necessary or desirable to be contributed to the Plan; 
 (i) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee (or Insurer) regarding the
short and long-term liquidity needs of the Plan in order that the Trustee (or Insurer) can exercise any investment discretion (if the Trustee (or Insurer) has such discretion), in a manner designed to accomplish specific objectives; 

(j) to prepare and implement a procedure for notifying Participants and Beneficiaries of their rights to elect Joint and Survivor Annuities and
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuities if required by the Plan, Code and Regulations thereunder; 
 (k) to assist Participants regarding their
rights, benefits, or elections available under the Plan; 
 (l) to act as the named Fiduciary responsible for communicating with Participants
as needed to maintain Plan compliance with Act §404(c) (if the Employer intends to comply with Act §404(c)) including, but not limited to, the receipt and transmission of Participants’ directions as to the investment of their Accounts
under the Plan and the formation of policies, rules, and procedures pursuant to which Participants may give investment instructions with respect to the investment of their Accounts; and 

(m) to determine the validity of, and take appropriate action with respect to, any “qualified domestic relations order” received by
it. 
 2.5 RECORDS AND REPORTS 
 The
Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep all other books of account, records, and other data that may be necessary for proper administration of the Plan and shall be responsible for supplying all information and reports
to the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 17 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 2.6 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS 

The Administrator may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including nonfiduciary agents) and other persons as the Administrator
deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of this Plan, including but not limited to agents and advisers to assist with the administration and management of the Plan, and thereby to provide, among such other duties as the
Administrator may appoint, assistance with maintaining Plan records and the providing of investment information to the Plan’s investment fiduciaries and, if applicable, to Plan Participants. 

2.7 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER 
 The
Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all pertinent facts as the Administrator may require in order to perform its functions hereunder and the Administrator shall advise the Trustee (or Insurer) of such of the
foregoing facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee’s (or Insurer’s) duties under the Plan. The Administrator may rely upon such information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or responsibility to verify such information.

 2.8 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES 
 All
reasonable expenses of administration may be paid out of the Plan assets unless paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Administrator, or any person or persons retained or appointed by any
named Fiduciary incident to the exercise of their duties under the Plan, including, but not limited to, fees of accountants, counsel, Investment Managers, agents (including nonfiduciary agents) appointed for the purpose of assisting the
Administrator or Trustee (or Insurer) in carrying out the instructions of Participants as to the directed investment of their Accounts (if permitted) and other specialists and their agents, the costs of any bonds required pursuant to Act §412,
and other costs of administering the Plan. In addition, unless specifically prohibited under statute, regulation or other guidance of general applicability, the Administrator may charge to the Account of an individual Participant a reasonable charge
to offset the cost of making a distribution to the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee. If liquid assets of the Plan are insufficient to cover the fees of the Trustee (or Insurer) or the Administrator, then Plan assets shall be liquidated
to the extent necessary for such fees. In the event any part of the Plan assets becomes subject to tax, all taxes incurred will be paid from the Plan assets. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of the Trust Fund. 

2.9 MAJORITY ACTIONS 
 Except where there
has been an allocation and delegation of administrative authority pursuant to Section 2.3, if there is more than one Administrator, then they shall act by a majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign all papers on
their behalf. 
 2.10 CLAIMS PROCEDURES 

(a) Initial Claim. Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the Administrator. Written or electronic notice of
the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within ninety (90) days (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits and disability is not based on the Social Security Acts) after the application is filed, or such period as
is required by applicable law or Department of Labor regulation. Any electronic notification shall comply with the standards imposed by Department of Labor Regulation §2520.104b-1(c)(1)(i), (iii) and (iv) or any subsequent guidance.
In the event the claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in the notice in language calculated to be understood by the claimant, pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an
explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided. In addition, the claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure. 

(b) Claims review. Any Employee, Former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has been denied a benefit by a decision of the
Administrator pursuant to Section 2.10 shall be entitled to request the Administrator to give further consideration to the claim by filing with the Administrator a written request. Such request, together with a written statement of the reasons
why the claimant believes such claim should be allowed, shall be filed with the Administrator no later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the written notification provided for in Section 2.10. A final decision as to the allowance of the
claim shall be made by the Administrator within sixty (60) days (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits and disability is not based on the Social Security Acts) of receipt of the appeal (unless there has been an extension of sixty
(60) days (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits and disability is not based on the Social Security Acts) due to special circumstances, provided the delay and the special circumstances occasioning it are communicated to the claimant
within the sixty (60) day period (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits and disability is not based on the Social Security Acts)). Such communication shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall
include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. The communication may be written or electronic (provided the electronic communication complies with the standards
imposed by Department of Labor Regulation §2520.104b-1(c)(1)(i), (iii) and (iv) or any subsequent guidance). Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent any of the time periods specified in this Section are amended by law or
Department of Labor regulation, then the time frames specified herein shall automatically be changed in accordance with such law or regulation. 

(c) Civil action. If the Administrator, pursuant to the claims review procedure, makes a final written determination denying a
Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit claim, then in order to preserve the claim, the Participant or Beneficiary must file a civil action under Act Section 502(a) with respect to the denied claim not later than one hundred eighty
(180) days following the date of the Administrator’s final determination. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 18 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (d) Deadline to file claim. To be considered timely under the Plan’s claims
procedures, a claim must be filed under Sections 2.10(a) or (b) above within one year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts upon which the claim is based. Knowledge of all facts that the Participant knew
or reasonably should have known shall be imputed to the claimant for the purpose of applying this deadline. 
 (e) Exhaustion of
administrative remedies. The exhaustion of the claims procedures is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute arising under this Plan. As to such claims and disputes: (1) no claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to
recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Act §502 or §510 or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, until the claims procedures set forth in Subsections (a) and (b) above
have been exhausted in their entirety; and (2) in any such legal action all explicit and all implicit determinations by the Administrator (including, but not limited to, determinations as to whether the claim, or a request for a review of a
denied claim, was timely filed) shall be afforded the maximum deference permitted by law. 
 (f) Deadline to file action. No legal
action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Act §502 or §510 or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to this Plan
unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of: (1) 30 months after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts on which the claim is based, or (2) six months after the claimant
has exhausted the claims procedure under this Plan. Knowledge of all facts that the Participant knew or reasonably should have known shall be imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the Participant or otherwise claims to
derive an entitlement by reference to the Participant for the purpose of applying the previously specified periods. 
 (g) Plan
Administrator discretion; court review. The Administrator and all persons determining or reviewing claims have full discretion to determine benefit claims under the Plan. Any interpretation, determination or other action of such persons shall be
subject to review only if it is arbitrary or capricious or otherwise an abuse of discretion. Any review of a final decision or action of the persons reviewing a claim shall be based only on such evidence presented to or considered by such persons at
the time they made the decision that is the subject of review. 
 ARTICLE III 

ELIGIBILITY 
 3.1 CONDITIONS OF
ELIGIBILITY 
 An Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate hereunder on the date such Employee has satisfied the conditions of
eligibility, if any, elected in the Adoption Agreement. 
 3.2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION 

(a) General rule. An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the conditions of eligibility pursuant to Section 3.1 shall become a
Participant effective as of the date elected in the Adoption Agreement. Regardless of any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the maximum age (21) and service requirements (one
(1) Year (or Period) of Service (or, with respect to contributions other than Elective Deferrals, more than one (1) year if full and immediate vesting)) and who is otherwise entitled to participate, will become a Participant no later than
the earlier of (1) six (6) months after such requirements are satisfied, or (2) the first day of the first Plan Year after such requirements are satisfied, unless the Employee separates from service before such participation date.

 (b) Rehired Employee. If an Eligible Employee is not employed on the date determined pursuant to (a) above, but is reemployed
before a 1-Year Break in Service has occurred, then such Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the date of reemployment or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee not terminated
employment. If such Employee incurs a 1-Year Break in Service, then eligibility will be determined under the 1-Year Break in Service rules set forth in Section 3.5. 

(c) Recognition of predecessor service. Unless specifically provided otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, an Eligible Employee who
satisfies the Plan’s eligibility requirement conditions by reason of recognition of service with a predecessor employer will become a Participant as of the day the Plan credits service with a predecessor employer or, if later, the date the
Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the service with the predecessor employer been service with the Employer. 
 (d)
Noneligible to eligible class. If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements and would otherwise have become a Participant, shall go from a classification of a noneligible Employee to an Eligible Employee, such
Employee shall become a Participant on the date such Employee becomes an Eligible Employee or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee always been an Eligible Employee. 

(e) Eligible to noneligible class. If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements and would otherwise become
a Participant, shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to a noneligible class of Employees, such Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan on the date such Employee again becomes an Eligible Employee, or, if later, the date that
the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee always been an Eligible Employee. However, if such Employee incurs a 1-Year Break in Service, eligibility will be determined under the 1-Year Break in Service rules set forth in
Section 3.5. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 19 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (f) Matching contributions. With respect to the determination of any matching
contributions, the Plan will disregard Elective Deferrals made while a Participant is not eligible for the matching contribution component of the Plan unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

3.3 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY 
 The
Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for participation in the Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons, as long as the same is made pursuant
to the Plan and the Act. Such determination shall be subject to review pursuant to Section 2.10(b). 
 3.4 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY 

In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to an ineligible Employee, such Participant shall continue to
vest in the Plan for each Year of Service (or Period of Service, if the elapsed time method is used) completed while an ineligible Employee, until such time as the Participant’s Account is forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of the
Plan. Additionally, the Participant’s interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund in the same manner as Participants. 

3.5 REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND 1-YEAR BREAKS IN SERVICE 

(a) Rehired Participant/immediate re-entry. If any Former Employee who had been a Participant is reemployed by the Employer, then the
Employee shall become a Participant as of the reemployment date, unless the Employee is not an Eligible Employee, the Employee does not satisfy the eligibility conditions taking into account prior service to the extent such prior service is not
disregarded pursuant to Section 3.5(d) or (e) below. If such prior service is disregarded, then the rehired Eligible Employee shall be treated as a new hire. 

(b) Rehired Eligible Employee who satisfied eligibility. If any Eligible Employee had satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements
but, due to a severance of employment, did not become a Participant, then such Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the later of (1) the entry date on which he or she would have entered the Plan had there been no severance of
employment, or (2) the date of his or her re-employment. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the rehired Eligible Employee’s prior service is disregarded pursuant to Section 3.5(d) or (e) below, then the rehired Eligible Employee
shall be treated as a new hire. 
 (c) Rehired Eligible Employee who had not satisfied eligibility. If any Eligible Employee who had
not satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements is rehired after severance from employment, then such Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan in accordance with the eligibility requirements set forth in the Adoption Agreement
and the Plan. However, in applying any shift in an eligibility computation period, the Eligible Employee is not treated as a new hire unless prior service is disregarded in accordance with Section 3.5(d) or (e) below. 

(d) Reemployed after five (5) 1-Year Breaks in Service (“rule of parity” provisions). If any Employee is reemployed after
five (5) 1-Year Breaks in Service has occurred, Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the elapsed time method is being used) shall include Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the elapsed time method is being used) prior to the five
(5) 1-Year Breaks in Service subject to the rules set forth below. The Employer may elect in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections) to make the provisions of this paragraph inapplicable for
purposes of eligibility and/or vesting. 
 (1) In the case of a Former Employee who under the Plan does not have a nonforfeitable right to
any interest in the Plan resulting from Employer contributions, Years of Service (or Periods of Service) before a period of 1-Year Breaks in Service will not be taken into account if the number of consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service equals or
exceeds the greater of (i) five (5) or (ii) the aggregate number of pre-break Years of Service (or Periods of Service). Such aggregate number of Years of Service (or Periods of Service) will not include any Years of Service (or
Periods of Service) disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior 1-Year Breaks in Service; 
 (2) A Former Employee who has
not had Years of Service (or Periods of Service) before a 1-Year Break in Service disregarded pursuant to (1) above, shall participate in the Plan as of the date of reemployment, or if later, as of the date the Former Employee would otherwise
enter the Plan pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 taking into account all service not disregarded. 
 (e) One-Year Hold-Out Rule. If
elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections), the “one-year hold-out” rule under Code §410(a)(5)(C) applies. Under this rule, a Participant who has severed employment will
incur a suspension of participation in the Plan after incurring a 1-Year Break in Service and the Plan disregards a Participant’s service completed prior to a 1-Year Break in Service until the Participant completes one Year of Service following
the 1-Year Break in Service. The Plan suspends the Participant’s participation in the Plan as of the first day of the eligibility computation period following the eligibility computation period in which the Participant incurs the 1-Year Break
in Service. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 20 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (1) Completion of one Year of Service. If a Participant completes one Year of Service
following a 1-Year Break in Service, the Plan restores the Participant’s pre-break service retroactively to the first day of the eligibility computation period in which the Participant first completes one Year of Service following the 1-Year
Break in Service. 
 (2) Eligibility computation period. The Administrator measures the initial eligibility computation period under
this Subsection from the date the Participant first receives credit for an Hour of Service following the 1-Year Break in Service. The Administrator measures any subsequent eligibility computation periods, if necessary, in a manner consistent with
the eligibility computation periods, using the re-employment commencement date in determining the anniversary of the date of hire, if applicable. 

(3) Application to Employee who did not enter. The Administrator also will apply the one-year hold-out rule, if applicable, to an
Employee who satisfies the Plan’s eligibility conditions, but who incurs a separation from service and a 1-Year Break in Service prior to becoming a Participant. 

(4) No restoration under two (2) 1-Year Breaks in Service rule. The Administrator in applying this Subsection does not restore any
service disregarded under the two (2) 1-Year Breaks in Service rule in Section 1.88. 
 (5) No application to Elective
Deferrals. The Administrator will not apply the provisions of this Subsection with respect to eligibility to make Elective Deferrals under the Plan. 

(6) USERRA. An Employee who has completed qualified military service and who the Employer has rehired under the Uniformed Services
Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended (USERRA), does not incur a 1-Year Break in Service under the Plan by reason of the period of such qualified military service. 

(f) Vesting after five (5) 1-Year Breaks in Service. If a Participant incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service,
the Vested portion of such Participant’s Account attributable to pre-break service shall not be increased as a result of post-break service. In such case, separate accounts will be maintained as follows: 

(1) one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to pre-break service; and 

(2) one account representing the Participant’s Employer-derived Account balance in the Plan attributable to post-break service. 

(g) Buyback provisions. If any Former Employee who had been a Participant is reemployed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive
1-Year Breaks in Service, and such Participant had received a distribution of the entire Vested interest prior to reemployment, then the forfeited account shall be reinstated only if the Participant repays the full amount which had been distributed
(including amounts from Accounts that were fully Vested such as the Elective Deferral Account). The Employer, may, however, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, only require the Participant to repay amounts that relate to the Account that was
not fully Vested. Such repayment must be made before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive 1-Year
Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution. If a distribution occurs for any reason other than a severance of employment, the time for repayment may not end earlier than five (5) years after the date of distribution. If the Participant
repays the distribution with after-tax amounts, such amounts are not after-tax voluntary Employee contributions subject to the ACP Test set forth in Section 12.6. 

In the event the Participant repays the full amount distributed, the undistributed forfeited portion of the Participant’s
Account must be restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring subsequent to the Valuation Date preceding the distribution. The source for such reinstatement may be Forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year. If such source is
insufficient, then the Employer will contribute an amount which is sufficient to restore the Participant’s Account, provided, however, that if a discretionary contribution is made for such year, such contribution will first be applied to
restore any such accounts and the remainder shall be allocated in accordance with the terms of the Plan. If a non-Vested Participant was deemed to have received a distribution and such Participant is reemployed by the Employer before five
(5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, then such Participant will be deemed to have repaid the deemed distribution as of the date of reemployment. 

(h) Waiver of allocation or contribution conditions. If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to waive allocations or
contributions due to retirement (early or normal retirement), then a Participant shall only be entitled to one such waiver. Accordingly, if a Participant retires and allocation or contribution conditions are waived, then the Plan will not waive the
allocation or contribution conditions if the Participant is rehired and then retires again. 
 3.6 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE 

(a) Prototype plans. If this is a prototype plan, then an Employee is not permitted to elect not to participate in the Plan.
Notwithstanding the preceding, in case of a non-standardized Adoption Agreement, any irrevocable elections not to participate in any component of this Plan shall remain in effect provided such elections were made prior to the date of the adoption of
this restatement. 
 (b) Volume submitter plan. If this is a volume submitter plan, then an Employee may, subject to the approval of
the Employer, elect voluntarily not to participate in any component of the Plan before the Employee first becomes eligible to participate in any 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 21 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
qualified plan (subject to Code §401(a)) maintained by the Employer. Such election must be made upon inception of the Plan or at any time prior to the time the Employee first becomes
eligible to participate under any such plan maintained by the Employer. The election not to participate must be irrevocable and communicated to the Employer, in writing, within a reasonable period of time before the date the Employee would have
otherwise entered the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if any prior Plan document of this Plan contained a provision permitting an Employee to make a revocable election not to participate and an Employee made such
revocable election not to participate while that prior Plan document was in effect, then such Employee’s waiver shall continue to be in effect. 

(c) Effect of election. An Employee who elects, or had previously elected, not to participate under the Plan is treated as a
nonbenefiting Employee for purposes of the minimum coverage requirements under Code §410(b) and, if such election applies to Elective Deferrals, the Employee is not an eligible Participant for purposes of the ADP test set forth in
Section 12.4 or the ACP test set forth in Section 12.6. 
 3.7 OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE; INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE 

If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is
not made until after a contribution by the Employer for the year has been made and allocated, or any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included, then the Employer may take corrective actions
consistent with, the IRS Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (i.e., Rev. Proc. 2013-12 or any subsequent guidance). 
 ARTICLE IV

 CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION 

4.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION 

(a) For a Money Purchase Plan: 

(1) The Employer will make contributions on the following basis. On behalf of each Participant eligible to share in allocations, for each year
of such Participant’s participation in this Plan, the Employer will contribute the amount elected in the Adoption Agreement. All contributions by the Employer will be made in cash. In the event a funding waiver is obtained, this Plan shall be
deemed to be an individually designed plan. 
 (2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Employer which is not a tax-exempt
entity, the Employer’s contribution for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code §404. However, to the extent necessary to provide the top-heavy minimum
allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even if it exceeds the amount that is deductible under Code §404. 
 (b) For a
Profit Sharing Plan: 
 (1) For each Plan Year, the Employer may (or will in the case of a “prevailing wage contribution” as
set forth in the Profit Sharing Formula Section of the Adoption Agreement) contribute to the Plan such amount as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. In addition, the Employer may make a discretionary “gateway contribution”
pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(4). 
 (2) Additionally, the Employer will contribute to the Plan the amount necessary, if any, to provide
the top-heavy minimum allocations even if it exceeds current or accumulated net profit or the amount that is deductible under Code §404. 

(3) Subject to the consent of the Trustee (or Insurer), the Employer may make its contribution to the Plan in the form of unencumbered property
instead of cash, provided the contribution of property is not a prohibited transaction. The decision to make a contribution of property is subject to the general fiduciary rules under the Act. 

(c) Frozen Plans. The Employer may designate that the Plan is a frozen Plan at the Contribution Types Section of the Adoption Agreement.
As a frozen Plan, the Employer will not make any Employer contributions with respect to Compensation earned after the date the Plan is frozen, and if the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, no Participant will be permitted to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan
for any period following such date. In addition, once a Plan is frozen, no additional Employees shall become Participants. 
 (d) Union
Employees. Regardless of any provision in this Plan to the contrary, Employees whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and “employee representatives” under which retirement benefits were
the subject of good faith bargaining shall be eligible to participate in this Plan to the extent of employment covered by such agreement provided the agreement provides for coverage in the Plan. The benefits, including but not limited to,
contributions, allocations and vesting, under this Plan shall be those set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, which is hereby incorporated by reference and attached as an addendum to the Adoption Agreement. For this purpose, the term
“employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer. The provisions of this Subsection only apply if no more than two percent
(2%) of the Employees covered pursuant to the agreement are professionals as defined in Regulation §1.410(b)-9. If a Participant performs services both as a collectively bargained Employee and as a non-collectively bargained Employee, then
the Participant’s Hours of Service and Compensation in each respective category are treated separately for purposes of the Plan. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 22 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 4.2 TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION 

Unless otherwise provided by contract or law, the Employer may make its contribution to the Plan for a particular Plan Year at such time as the
Employer, in its sole discretion, determines. However, if pursuant to Section 12.8, the “ADP test safe harbor contribution” being made to the Plan (including a contribution being made pursuant to a QACA as described in
Section 12.9) is a matching contribution that is made on a basis other than the Plan Year, then the matching contributions must be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the Plan Year quarter immediately following the Plan Year quarter to
which the contributions relate. If the Employer makes a contribution for a particular Plan Year after the close of that Plan Year, the Employer will designate to the Administrator the Plan Year for which the Employer is making its contribution. 

4.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS 

(a) Separate accounting. The Administrator shall establish and maintain an Account in the name of each Participant to which the
Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or other Valuation Date, all amounts allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein. 

(b) Allocation of contributions. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information required by the Administrator to make
a proper allocation of the Employer’s contribution, if any, for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the Administrator shall allocate any contributions as
follows: 
 (1) Money Purchase allocation. For a Money Purchase Plan (other than a Money Purchase Plan which is integrated by
allocation): 
 (i) The Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the manner set forth in
Section 4.1 herein and as specified in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, a Participant shall
only be eligible to share in the allocations of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant is an Eligible Employee at any time during the year and the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement and Section 3.5(h) are
satisfied, unless a top-heavy contribution is required pursuant to Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the
year if the Participant completes more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or is employed on the last day
of the Plan Year. Furthermore, with respect to a volume submitter or non-standardized Adoption Agreement, regardless of any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, for the Plan Year in which this Plan terminates, a Participant shall only
be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contributions for the Plan Year if the Participant is employed at the end of the Plan Year and has completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the elapsed time method is
elected). 
 (2) Permitted disparity allocation. For an integrated Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan allocation or a
Money Purchase Plan which is integrated by allocation: 
 (i) Subject to the “overall permitted disparity limits,” the
Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to 5.7% of the sum of each Participant’s Compensation plus Excess Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all
Participants, each Participant will be allocated a share of the contribution in the same proportion that each such Participant’s Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus the total Excess
Compensation of all Participants for that year. However, in the case of any Participant who has exceeded the “cumulative permitted disparity limit,” the allocation set forth in this paragraph shall be based on such Participant’s
Compensation rather than Compensation plus Excess Compensation. 
 Regardless of the preceding, 4.3% shall be substituted
for 5.7% above if Excess Compensation is based on more than 20% and less than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based on less than 100% and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base, then 5.4% shall be substituted for
5.7% above. 
 (ii) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated above, if any, shall be allocated to each
Participant’s Account in the same proportion that each such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year. 

(iii) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocations of the Employer’s
contribution for the year if the Participant is an Eligible Employee at any time during the year and the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement and Section 3.5(h) are satisfied, unless a top-heavy contribution is required pursuant to
Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant completes more than five hundred
(500) Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 23 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (iv) The following “overall permitted disparity limits” (which consist of the
“annual overall permitted disparity limit” and the “cumulative permitted disparity limit”) apply to the allocations set forth above. 

(A) “Annual overall permitted disparity limit.” Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, if in any Plan Year this Plan
“benefits” any Participant who “benefits” under another qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in Code §408(k), maintained by the Employer that either provides for or imputes permitted disparity
(integrates), then such plans will be considered to be one plan and will be considered to comply with the permitted disparity rules if the extent of the permitted disparity of all such plans does not exceed 100%. For purposes of the preceding
sentence, the extent of the permitted disparity of a plan is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, which the actual benefits, benefit rate, offset rate, or employer contribution rate, whatever is applicable under the Plan, bears to the limitation
under Code §401(l) applicable to such Plan. 
 (B) “Cumulative permitted disparity limit.” With respect to a Participant who
“benefits” or “has benefited” under a defined benefit or target benefit plan of the Employer, the “cumulative permitted disparity limit” for the Participant is thirty-five (35) total cumulative permitted disparity
years. Total cumulative permitted disparity years means the number of years credited to the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under the Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever
maintained by the Employer, while such plan either provides for or imputes permitted disparity. For purposes of determining the Participant’s “cumulative permitted disparity limit,” all years ending in the same calendar year are
treated as the same year. If the Participant has not “benefited” under a defined benefit or target benefit plan which neither provides for nor imputes permitted disparity for any year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, then such
Participant has no cumulative disparity limit. 
 For purposes of this Section, “benefiting” means benefiting
under the Plan for any Plan Year during which a Participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation in accordance with Regulation §1.410(b)-3(a). 

(3) Other profit sharing allocations. For a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan with a non-integrated allocation formula,
a uniform points allocation formula, a “prevailing wage contribution” allocation formula, an “age-weighted method” allocation formula, or a “grouping method” allocation formula as
elected in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Section of the Adoption Agreement: 
 (i) The Employer’s contribution shall be
allocated to each Participant’s Account in accordance with the allocation method below that corresponds to the elections in the Adoption Agreement. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information required by the Administrator
to make a proper allocation of the Employer’s contribution for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the allocation shall be made in accordance with the provisions
below. The “gateway contribution” for plans with a cross-tested allocation formula shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Subsection (4) below. 

(ii) If the Employer’s contribution is fixed, the Employer shall allocate the contribution in a set percentage to each Participant. If
the Employer elects to contribute a uniform dollar amount for each Participant, the pro rata allocation shall allocate that uniform dollar amount to each Participant. 

(iii) If the Employer’s contribution is discretionary and non-integrated, the contribution shall be allocated either in the same ratio as
each Participant’s Compensation bears to the total of such Compensation of all Participants, in the same dollar amount to all Participants (per capita), or in the same dollar amount per Hour of Service completed by each Participant. 

(iv) If the Employer’s Contribution is allocated under a uniform points allocation formula, the allocation for each Participant shall be
determined based on the Participant’s total points for the Plan Year, as determined under the Adoption Agreement. A Participant’s allocation of the Employer Contribution is determined by multiplying the Employer Contribution by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the Participant’s total points for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of the points for all Participants for the Plan Year. A Participant shall receive points for each year(s) of age and/or each
Year(s) of Service. In addition, a Participant also may receive points based on his or her Compensation. 
 (v) If the Employer’s
contribution is a “prevailing wage contribution”, it shall be allocated to each Participant who performs services subject to the Service Contract Act, Davis-Bacon Act or similar federal, state, or municipal prevailing wage statutes. The
“prevailing wage contribution” will be an amount equal to the balance of the prevailing wage defined bona fide fringe benefit amount based on the Participant’s employment classification as designated on the prevailing wage
determination appropriate for that classification. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the “prevailing wage contribution” shall be fully Vested. Furthermore, the “prevailing wage contribution” shall not be
subject to any age, service or employment condition requirements set forth in the Adoption Agreement and the Employer shall make such contribution to the Plan as frequently as is required under applicable law. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 24 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (vi) If the Employer’s contribution is allocated according to a “grouping
method,” the Employer may contribute to the Plan on behalf of each of the classifications of Participants set forth in the Adoption Agreement such amount as shall be determined by the Employer. The Employer shall provide the Administrator, if
other than the Employer, with written notification of the amount of the contribution to be allocated to each classification on or before the due date of the Employer’s tax return for the year of allocation, through written instructions from the
Employer to the Administrator. The Employer may elect to specify any number of classifications and a classification may consist of any number of Participants. 

(vii) If the Employer’s contribution is allocated according to an “age-weighting method,” the Employer’s contribution for
the Plan Year shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the same proportion that each such Participant’s total points with respect to such year, bear to the total points awarded to all Participants with respect to such year. The
conditional allocation provided for in the preceding sentence shall become the final allocation for the year only if it is not a Top-Heavy Plan Year; or if the minimum allocation required for Top-Heavy Plan Years is provided to all Employees
eligible to receive such minimum allocation. If any such Employee does not receive the top-heavy minimum allocation, then in lieu of the conditional allocation, the Employer’s contribution shall instead be allocated first to the affected
Employees in an amount equal to their conditional allocation plus any additional amount necessary to provide the top-heavy minimum allocation. 

The remainder of the Employer’s contribution shall then be allocated as provided under the conditional allocation method,
but for this purpose, those Employees who did not receive the top-heavy minimum allocation under the initial conditional allocation shall not be considered. If under the secondary allocation provided in the preceding sentence, an Employee who
received a top-heavy minimum contribution under the conditional allocation no longer receives the same, then the steps outlined in the preceding paragraph and sentence shall be repeated until such time as all affected Employees have been allocated
the top-heavy minimum contribution and the remaining contribution has been allocated, at which time, the allocations for the year shall be final. 

A Participant’s points with respect to any Plan Year shall be computed as follows: 

(A) Multiply the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year by 1%. 

(B) Multiply the product for each Participant as determined in (a) above by the product of: 

1. the factor in Table I in Exhibit A to the Adoption Agreement, such factor to be determined by reference to the Participant’s Normal
Retirement Age, and 
 2. the factor in Table II of Exhibit A to the Adoption Agreement, such factor to be determined by reference to the
number of years remaining from the Participant’s attained age as of the allocation date to his or her Normal Retirement Age. 

The schedule of Age-Weighted Allocation Factors is set forth in Exhibit A to the Adoption Agreement, (which is hereby
incorporated by reference and made a part of the Plan) and shall be based on the interest rate selected in the Adoption Agreement (if no selection is made, 8.5% interest shall be deemed to have been elected). 

3. The resulting number shall be the number of points allocated to the Participant. 

(viii) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocations of the Employer’s
contribution for the year if the Participant is an Eligible Employee at any time during the year and the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement and Section 3.5(h) are satisfied, unless a top-heavy contribution is required pursuant to
Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant completes more than five hundred
(500) Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. 

(4) Gateway contribution. The Employer may make an additional discretionary Employer contribution (“gateway contribution”) as
set forth below (i.e., the minimum allocation gateway requirement described in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(vi)). In applying the provisions of this Subsection (4), the term “Employer contributions” shall also include any
Forfeitures that are allocated to a Participant, other than Forfeitures that are subject to Code §401(m) because they are allocated as a matching contribution. Furthermore, in applying the provisions of this Subsection (4) to a 401(k)
Profit Sharing Plan, the term “Employer contributions” means any Employer Nonelective Contributions, nonelective “ADP test safe harbor contributions,” and, except as otherwise provided in Subsections (4)(ii) and
(iv) below, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and such term excludes any matching contributions. 
 (i) Any “gateway
contribution” made pursuant to this Subsection for a Plan Year will be allocated to each Nonhighly Compensated Participant who receives an allocation of other “Employer contributions,” for such Plan Year. The “gateway
contribution” will be allocated without regard to any allocation conditions otherwise applicable to “Employer contributions” under the Plan. However, Participants who the Administrator disaggregates pursuant to Regulation
§1.410(b)-7(c)(3) because they have not satisfied the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code §410(a) shall not be eligible to receive an allocation of any “gateway contribution” made pursuant to this
Subsection unless such an allocation is necessary to satisfy Code §401(a)(4). 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 25 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (ii) The “gateway contribution” will be allocated pro rata on the basis of
Compensation (as defined in (iii) or (iv) below, whichever is applicable) of each eligible Participant (as described in Subsection (i) above) but in no event will an allocation of the “gateway contribution” exceed the lesser
of: (A) five percent (5%) of Compensation or (B) one-third (1/3) of the highest allocation rate for any Highly Compensated Participant for the Plan Year. Any allocation under the prior sentence will be reduced by the amount of
any other “Employer contributions,” excluding any Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are used to satisfy the ADP test set forth in Section 12.4 or the ACP test set forth in Section 12.6, allocated for the same Plan Year to
such Participant, provided that if an eligible Participant is receiving only a Qualified Nonelective Contribution and such contribution amount equals or exceeds the “gateway contribution,” then the contribution satisfies the “gateway
contribution” requirement as to that Participant. 
 (iii) For allocation purposes under the 5% “gateway contribution” under
(A) of Subsection (ii) above, Compensation means 415 Compensation except that it shall be determined for the Plan Year (rather than the Limitation Year) and shall exclude 415 Compensation paid while an Employee is not a Participant in the
Plan. 
 (iv) For purposes of the 1/3 “gateway contribution” alternative under (B) of Subsection (ii) above, the
Administrator will (A) determine the allocation rate, and (B) allocate the “gateway contribution,” using a Participant’s Compensation, provided the definition of Compensation satisfies Regulation §1.414(s). In addition,
the allocation rate for any Participant is determined by dividing the total “Employer contribution” made on behalf of such Participant by the Participant’s Compensation (as defined in the preceding sentence). However, solely for
purposes of determining the allocation rate of any Nonhighly Compensated Participant, Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are used to satisfy the ADP test set forth in Section 12.4 or the ACP test set forth in Section 12.6, shall not
be taken into account. 
 (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer may increase the “gateway contribution” to satisfy the
provisions of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-9(b)(2)(v)(D) if the plan (for nondiscrimination testing purposes) consists of one or more defined contribution plans and one or more defined benefit plans. 

(c) Gains or losses. Except as otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement or as provided in Section 4.10 with respect to
Participant Directed Accounts, as of each Valuation Date, before allocation of any Employer contributions and Forfeitures, any earnings or losses (net appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund (exclusive of assets segregated for
distribution) shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Participant’s nonsegregated accounts bear to the total of all Participants’ nonsegregated accounts as of such date. Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, the
nonsegregated account will be reduced by any distributions made prior to the Valuation Date. 
 ERISA recapture account.
The Administrator in its discretion may use an “ERISA Recapture Account” to pay non-settlor Plan expenses and may allocate funds in the “ERISA Recapture Account” (or excess funds therein after payment of Plan Expenses) as
earnings or as otherwise permitted by applicable law. The Plan Administrator will exercise its discretion in a reasonable, uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. An “ERISA Recapture Account” is an account designated to receive amounts which
a Plan service provider receives in the form of 12b-1 fees, sub-transfer agency fees, shareholder servicing fees or similar amounts (also known as “revenue sharing”), which are received by the service provider from a source other than the
Plan and which the service provider may remit to the Plan. 
 Late trading and market timing settlement. In the event
the Plan becomes entitled to a settlement from a mutual fund or other investment relating to late trading, market timing or other activities, the Plan Administrator will allocate the settlement proceeds to Participants and Beneficiaries in
accordance with Department of Labor Field Assistance Bulletin 2006-01 or other applicable law. 
 (d) Contracts. Participants’
Accounts shall be debited for any insurance or annuity premiums paid, if any, and credited with any dividends or interest received on Contracts. 

(e) Forfeitures. Forfeitures must be disposed of no later than the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the
Forfeiture occurs. The Employer must direct the Administrator to use Forfeitures to reinstate previously forfeited Account balances of Participants, if any, in accordance with Section 3.5(g), to satisfy any contribution that may be required
pursuant to Section 6.10, or, to pay any Plan expenses. With respect to a Money Purchase Plan, any remaining Forfeitures will be disposed of in accordance with the elections in the Adoption Agreement. With respect to all other plans, the
Employer must direct the Administrator to use any remaining Forfeitures in accordance with any combination of the following methods, including a different method based on the source of such Forfeitures. Forfeitures may be: 

(1) Added to any Employer discretionary contribution (e.g., matching or profit sharing) and allocated in the same manner; 

(2) Used to reduce any Employer contribution (e.g., matching or profit sharing); 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 26 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (3) Added to any Employer matching contribution and allocated as an additional matching
contribution; or 
 (4) Allocated to all Participants in the same proportion that each Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year
bears to the Compensation of all Participants for such year. 
 Notwithstanding (e)(2) above, effective for Plan Years beginning after the
Plan Year in which this Plan document is adopted, Forfeitures may not be used to reduce any Employer contributions which are required pursuant to the Code to be fully Vested when contributed to the Plan (such as QMACs, QNECs and “ADP test safe
harbor contributions” other than QACA “ADP test safe harbor contributions.” 
 If Forfeitures are allocated to
Participants (rather than used to reduce Employer contributions) then the Employer must also direct the Administrator as to which Participants are eligible to share in such allocation. The maximum allocation conditions the Employer may require are
that Participants complete one (1) Year of Service (or Period of Service) and be employed on the last day of the Plan Year in order to share in the allocation of Forfeitures for such Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this is a
standardized Plan, then the maximum allocation conditions are that Participants complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is chosen in the Adoption
Agreement) during the Plan Year or be employed on the last day of the Plan Year. 
 (f) Minimum allocations required for Top-Heavy Plan
Years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee or each Participant, if elected in the
Adoption Agreement, shall be equal to at least three percent (3%) of such Employee’s 415 Compensation for the Plan Year or the calendar year ending within the Plan Year (reduced by contributions and Forfeitures, if any, allocated to each
such Employee in any defined contribution plan included with this Plan in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in Section 9.2(f)). However, if (1) the sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated to
the Participant’s Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top-Heavy Plan Year is less than three percent (3%) of each Key Employee’s 415 Compensation and (2) this Plan is not required to be included in a “required
aggregation group” (as defined in Section 9.2(f)) to enable a defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code §401(a)(4) or 410, the sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s
Combined Account of each Employee entitled to the top-heavy minimum contribution shall be equal to the largest percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee. The minimum allocation required (to the extent
required to be nonforfeitable under Code §416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code §411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D). 

However, for each Employee who is a Participant in a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and a Money Purchase
Plan, the minimum three percent (3%) allocation specified above shall be provided in the Money Purchase Plan unless otherwise elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections). 

If this is an integrated prototype Plan, then for any Top-Heavy Plan Year the Employer’s contribution shall be allocated
as follows and shall still be required to satisfy the other provisions of this Subsection: 
 (1) An amount equal to three percent
(3%) multiplied by each Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all Participants, the amount shall be allocated to each
Participant’s Account in the same proportion that such Participant’s total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year. Notwithstanding any contrary allocation conditions set forth in
this Plan, Participants who are entitled to receive the top-heavy minimum allocation set forth in this Section shall be eligible to share in this first tier allocation. 

(2) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated under subparagraph (1) hereof shall be allocated to each
Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to three percent (3%) multiplied by a Participant’s Excess Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all Participants, each Participant will be allocated a share
of the contribution in the same proportion that such Participant’s Excess Compensation bears to the total Excess Compensation of all Participants for that year. For purposes of this paragraph, in the case of any Participant who has exceeded the
“cumulative permitted disparity limit” described in Section 4.3(b)(2), such Participant’s total Compensation will be taken into account. 

(3) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated under subparagraph (2) hereof shall be allocated to each
Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to 2.7% multiplied by the sum of each Participant’s total Compensation plus Excess Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all Participants, each Participant will be
allocated a share of the contribution in the same proportion that such Participant’s total Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants for that year. For
purposes of this paragraph, in the case of any Participant who has exceeded the “cumulative permitted disparity limit” described in Section 4.3(b)(2), such Participant’s total Compensation rather than Compensation plus Excess
Compensation will be taken into account. 
 Regardless of the preceding, 1.3% shall be substituted for 2.7% above if Excess
Compensation is based on more than 20% and less than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based on less than 100% and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base, then 2.4% shall be substituted for 2.7% above. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 27 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (4) The balance of the Employer’s contributions over the amount allocated above, if any,
shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the same proportion that such Participant’s total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year. 

For each Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and another defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer or an
Affiliated Employer, the minimum three percent (3%) allocation specified above shall be provided as specified in the Adoption Agreement Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections). 

(g) Top-heavy contribution allocation. For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the percentage allocated to the
Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of such Key Employee divided by the 415 Compensation for such Key Employee. 

(h) Participants eligible for top-heavy allocation. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, for any Top-Heavy Plan Year,
the minimum allocations set forth in this Section shall only be allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of all Non-Key Employees, and Key Employees if elected in the Adoption Agreement, who are Participants and who are employed by the
Employer on the last day of the Plan Year (unless otherwise elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections)), including Employees who have (1) failed to complete a Year of Service;
(2) declined to make mandatory contributions (if required) or, in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement, Elective Deferrals to the Plan; or (3) Compensation less than a stated amount. In addition, pursuant to Code §416(i)(4),
Participants whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee representatives under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining shall not be eligible to receive the top-heavy
minimum allocations unless otherwise provided in the collective bargaining agreement. 
 (i) Top-heavy allocation if DB and DC plans
maintained. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any Plan Year in which the Employer maintains both this Plan and a non-frozen defined benefit pension plan included in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in
Section 9.2(f)) which is top-heavy, the Employer will not be required (unless otherwise elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections)) to provide Employees with both the full separate
minimum defined benefit plan benefit and the full separate defined contribution plan top-heavy minimum allocations. In such case, the top-heavy minimum benefits will be provided as elected in the Adoption Agreement and, if applicable, as follows:

 (1) If the 5% defined contribution minimum is elected in the Adoption Agreement: 

(i) The requirements of Section 9.1 will apply except that each Employee who accrues a benefit in the Profit Sharing Plan or Money
Purchase Plan and who accrues a benefit in the Defined Benefit Plan will receive a minimum allocation of five percent (5%) of such Participant’s 415 Compensation from the “applicable defined contribution plan(s).” 

(ii) For each Employee who is a participant only in the Defined Benefit Plan, the Employer will provide a minimum non-integrated benefit equal
to two percent (2%) of such participant’s highest five (5) consecutive year average 415 
 Compensation for each Year of
Service while a participant in such plan, in which the Plan is top-heavy, not to exceed ten (10) such years. 
 (iii) For each Employee
who is a Participant only in this defined contribution plan, the Employer will provide a minimum allocation equal to three percent (3%) of such Participant’s 415 Compensation. 

(2) If the 2% defined benefit minimum is elected in the Adoption Agreement, then for each Employee who is a participant only in the defined
benefit plan, the Employer will provide a minimum non-integrated benefit equal to two percent (2%) of such participant’s highest five (5) consecutive year average of 415 Compensation for each Year of Service while a participant in the
plan, in which the plan is top-heavy, not to exceed ten (10) such years. 
 (j) Matching contributions used to satisfy top-heavy
contribution. Unless otherwise specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections), Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum
contribution requirements of Code §416(c)(2) and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan,
such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the ACP test and other requirements of Code §401(m). 

(k) Contributions under other plans. The Employer may provide, in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and
Other Permitted Elections), that the minimum benefit requirement shall be met in another plan (including another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code §401(k)(12) and matching
contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code §401(m)(11) apply). The Employer must specify the name of the other plan, the minimum benefit that will be provided under such other plan, and the Employees who will receive the
minimum benefit under such other plan. 
 (l) Delay in processing transactions. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the
contrary, all information necessary to properly reflect a given transaction may not be available until after the date specified herein for processing such transaction, in which case the transaction will be reflected when such information is received
and processed. Subject to express limits that may be imposed under the 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 28 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
Code, the processing of any contribution, distribution or other transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer
programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider). The
processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan. 
 (m) 410(b) ratio percentage fail-safe provisions.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this Subsection apply for any Plan Year if, in the volume submitter or non-standardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer elected to apply the 410(b) ratio percentage
fail-safe provisions and the Plan fails to satisfy the “ratio percentage test” due to a last day of the Plan Year allocation condition or an Hours of Service (or months of service) allocation condition. A plan satisfies the “ratio
percentage test” if, on the last day of the Plan Year, the “benefiting ratio” of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are “includible” is at least 70% of the “benefiting ratio” of the Highly Compensated
Employees who are “includible.” The “benefiting ratio” of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees is the number of “includible” Nonhighly Compensated Employees “benefiting” under the Plan divided by the number of
“includible” Employees who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The “benefiting ratio” of the Highly Compensated Employees is the number of Highly Compensated Employees “benefiting” under the Plan divided by the number
of “includible” Highly Compensated Employees. “Includible” Employees are all Employees other than: (1) those Employees excluded from participating in the Plan for the entire Plan Year by reason of the collective bargaining
unit exclusion or the nonresident alien exclusion described in the Code or by reason of the age and service requirements of Article III; and (2) any Employee who incurs a separation from service during the Plan Year and fails to complete at
least 501 Hours of Service (or three (3) months of service if the elapsed time method is being used) during such Plan Year. 

For purposes of this Subsection, an Employee is “benefiting” under the Plan on a particular date if, under the Plan,
the Employee is entitled to an Employer contribution or an allocation of Forfeitures for the Plan Year. 
 If this Subsection
applies and the Hours of Service method is used, then the Administrator will suspend the allocation conditions and expand the group of the “includible” Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants by including the minimum number of
Participants eligible to share in the contribution, beginning first with the “includible” Employees employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year who have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year, then
the “includible” Employees who have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service during the Plan Year, and continuing to suspend the allocation conditions for each “includible” Employee who completed Hours of Service, from
the greatest number of Hours of Service to the least, until the Plan satisfies the “ratio percentage test” for the Plan Year. If two or more “includible” Employees have the same number of Hours of Service, then the Administrator
will suspend the allocation conditions for all such “includible” Employees, irrespective of whether the Plan can satisfy the “ratio percentage test” by accruing benefits for fewer than all such “includible” Employees.
If the Plan for any Plan Year suspends the allocation conditions for an “includible” Employee, then that Employee will share in the allocation for that Plan Year of the Employer contribution and Forfeitures, if any, without regard to
whether the Employee has satisfied the other allocation conditions set forth in this Section. 
 If this Subsection applies
and the elapsed time method is used, then the Administrator will suspend the allocation conditions for the “includible” Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants, beginning first with the “includible” Employees
employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, then the “includible” Employees who have the latest separation from service during the Plan Year, and continuing to suspend the allocation conditions for each
“includible” Employee who incurred an earlier separation from service, from the latest to the earliest separation from service date, until the Plan satisfies the “ratio percentage test” for the Plan Year. If two or more
“includible” Employees have a separation from service on the same day, then the Administrator will suspend the allocation conditions for all such “includible” Employees, irrespective of whether the Plan can satisfy the
“ratio percentage test” by accruing benefits for fewer than all such “includible” Employees. If the Plan for any Plan Year suspends the allocation conditions for an “includible” Employee, then that Employee will share
in the allocation for that Plan Year of the Employer contribution and Forfeitures, if any, without regard to whether the Employee has satisfied the other allocation conditions set forth in this Section. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the portion of the Plan which is not a Code §401(k) or 401(m) plan would fail to satisfy
Code §410(b) if the coverage tests were applied by treating those Participants whose only allocation would otherwise be provided under the top-heavy formula as if they were not currently benefiting under the Plan, then, for purposes of applying
this Subsection (m), such Participants shall be treated as not benefiting. 
 4.4 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS 

(a) Calculation of “annual additions.” 

(1) If a Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan maintained by the “employer,” or a
welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code §419(e)) maintained by the “employer,” or an individual medical benefit account (as defined in Code §415(l)(2)) maintained by the “employer,” or a simplified employee pension (as
defined in Code §408(k)) maintained by the “employer” which provides “annual additions,” the amount of “annual additions” which may be credited to the Participant’s Accounts for any Limitation Year shall not
exceed the lesser of the “maximum permissible amount” or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the “employer” contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Accounts would cause
the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year to exceed the “maximum permissible amount,” the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year will equal the
“maximum permissible amount,” and any amount in excess of the “maximum permissible amount” which would have been allocated to such Participant may be allocated to other Participants. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 29 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (2) Prior to determining the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation
Year, the “employer” may determine the “maximum permissible amount” for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all
Participants similarly situated. 
 (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year the “maximum
permissible amount” for such Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for such Limitation Year. 

(b) “Annual additions” if a Participant is in more than one plan. 

(1) Except as provided in Subsection (c) below, this Subsection applies if, in addition to this Plan, a Participant is covered under
another “employer” maintained qualified defined contribution plan, welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code §419(e)), individual medical benefit account (as defined in Code §415(l)(2)), or simplified employee pension (as defined
in Code §408(k)), which provides “annual additions,” during any Limitation Year. The “annual additions” which may be credited to a Participant’s Accounts under this Plan for any such Limitation Year shall not exceed the
“maximum permissible amount” reduced by the “annual additions” credited to a Participant’s accounts under the other plans and welfare benefit funds, individual medical benefit accounts, and simplified employee pensions for
the same Limitation Year. If the “annual additions” with respect to the Participant under other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds maintained by the “employer” are less than the “maximum permissible
amount” and the “employer” contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s accounts under this Plan would cause the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year to exceed this
limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the “annual additions” under all such plans and welfare benefit funds for the Limitation Year will equal the “maximum permissible amount,” and any amount in
excess of the “maximum permissible amount” which would have been allocated to such Participant may be allocated to other Participants. If the “annual additions” with respect to the Participant under such other defined
contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical benefit accounts and simplified employee pensions in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the “maximum permissible amount,” no amount will be contributed or allocated to
the Participant’s Account under this Plan for the Limitation Year. 
 (2) Prior to determining the Participant’s actual 415
Compensation for the Limitation Year, the “employer” may determine the “maximum permissible amount” for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year,
uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. 
 (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation
Year, the “maximum permissible amount “ for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year. 

(4) If, pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(2), a Participant’s “annual additions” under this Plan and such other plans would result
in an “excess amount” for a Limitation Year, the “excess amount” will be deemed to consist of the “annual additions” last allocated, except that “annual additions” attributable to a simplified employee pension
will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by “annual additions” to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical benefit account, and then by “annual additions” to a plan subject to Code §412, regardless of the
actual allocation date. 
 (5) If an “excess amount” was allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which
coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the “excess amount” attributed to this Plan will be the product of: 
 (i) the
total “excess amount” allocated as of such date, times 
 (ii) the ratio of (A) the “annual additions” allocated to
the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (B) the total “annual additions” allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified defined
contribution plans. 
 (c) Coverage under another plan. If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution
plan maintained by the “employer,” “annual additions” which may be credited to the Participant’s Accounts under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Section 4.4(b), unless the
“employer” provides other limitations in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections). 

(d) Time when “annual additions” credited. An “annual addition” is credited to the Account of a Participant for a
particular Limitation Year if it as allocated to the Participant’s Account under the Plan as of any date within that Limitation Year. However, an amount is not deemed allocated as of any date within a Limitation Year if such allocation is
dependent upon participation in the Plan as of any date subsequent to such date. 
 For purposes of this subparagraph,
“employer” contributions are not deemed credited to a Participant’s Account for a particular Limitation Year unless the contributions are actually made to the Plan no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the period
described in Code §404(a)(6) applicable to the taxable year with or within which the particular Limitation Year ends. In the case of an Employer that is exempt from federal income tax (including a governmental employer), Employer contributions
are treated as credited 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 30 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
to a Participant’s Account for a particular Limitation Year only if the contributions are actually made to the Plan no later than the 15th day of the tenth calendar month following the end
of the calendar year or Fiscal Year (as applicable, depending on the basis on which the Employer keeps its books) with or within which the particular Limitation Year ends. 

(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as follows: 

(1) “Annual additions” means the sum credited to a Participant’s accounts for any Limitation Year of
(a) “employer” contributions, (b) Employee contributions (except as provided below), (c) Forfeitures, (d) amounts allocated to an individual medical benefit account, as defined in Code §415(l)(2), which is part of
a pension or annuity plan maintained by the “employer,” (e) amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined
in Code §419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code §419(e)) maintained by the “employer” and (f) allocations under a simplified employee pension. Except, however, the Compensation percentage limitation
referred to in paragraph (e)(6)(ii) below shall not apply to: (1) any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code §419A(f)(2)) after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an “annual addition,” or
(2) any amount otherwise treated as an “annual addition” under Code §415(l)(1). 
 (i) Restorative payments.
“Annual additions” for purposes of Code §415 and this Section shall not include restorative payments. A restorative payment is a payment made to restore losses to a Plan resulting from actions by a Fiduciary for which there is
reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under the Act or under other applicable federal or state law, where Participants who are similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments. Generally, payments are
restorative payments only if the payments are made in order to restore some or all of the Plan’s losses due to an action (or a failure to act) that creates a reasonable risk of liability for such a breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach
of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). This includes payments to a plan made pursuant to a Department of Labor order, the Department of Labor’s Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or a court-approved
settlement, to restore losses to a qualified defined contribution plan on account of the breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). Payments made to the Plan to make up
for losses due merely to market fluctuations and other payments that are not made on account of a reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under the Act are not restorative payments and generally constitute contributions that are
considered “annual additions.” 
 (ii) Other amounts. “Annual additions” for purposes of Code §415 and this
Section shall not include: (A) The direct transfer of a benefit or employee contributions from a qualified plan to this Plan; (B) Rollover contributions (as described in Code §§401(a)(31), 402(c)(1), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8),
408(d)(3), and 457(e)(16)); (C) Repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan; and (D) Repayments of amounts described in Code §411(a)(7)(B) (in accordance with Code §411(a)(7)(C)) and Code §411(a)(3)(D) or
repayment of contributions to a governmental plan (as defined in Code §414(d)) as described in Code §415(k)(3), as well as Employer restorations of benefits that are required pursuant to such repayments. 

(2) “Defined contribution dollar limitation” means $40,000 as adjusted under Code §415(d). 

(3) “Employer” means, for purposes of this Section, the Employer that adopts this Plan and all Affiliated Employers, except
that for purposes of this Section, the determination of whether an entity is an Affiliated Employer shall be made by applying Code §415(h). 

(4) “Excess amount” means the excess of the Participant’s “annual additions” for the Limitation Year over the
“maximum permissible amount.” 
 (5) “Master or prototype plan” means a plan the form of which is the subject of a
favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service. 
 (6) “Maximum permissible amount” means, except to the extent
permitted under this Plan and Code §414(v), the maximum “annual addition” that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan for any Limitation Year, which shall not exceed the lesser of: 

(i) the “defined contribution dollar limitation,” or 

(ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year. 

The 415 Compensation Limitation referred to in (ii) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after
separation from service (within the meaning of Code §§401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an “annual addition.” 

If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different twelve (12)
consecutive month period, the “maximum permissible amount” will not exceed the “defined contribution dollar limitation” multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short Limitation Year and the
denominator of which is twelve (12). 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 31 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (f) Special rules. 

(1) Aggregation of plans. For purposes of applying the limitations of Code §415, all defined contribution plans (without regard to
whether a plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the “employer” (or a “predecessor employer”) under which the Participant receives “annual additions” are treated as one defined contribution plan. For purposes of
this Section: 
 (i) A former “employer” is a “predecessor employer” with respect to a participant in a plan maintained
by an “employer” if the “employer” maintains a plan under which the participant had accrued a benefit while performing services for the former “employer,” but only if that benefit is provided under the plan maintained
by the “employer.” For this purpose, the “formerly affiliated plan” rules in Regulation §1.415(f)-1(b)(2) apply as if the “employer” and “predecessor employer” constituted a single employer under the
rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately prior to the “cessation of affiliation” (and as if they constituted two, unrelated employers under the rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and
(2) immediately after the “cessation of affiliation”) and “cessation of affiliation” was the event that gives rise to the “predecessor employer” relationship, such as a transfer of benefits or plan sponsorship.

 (ii) With respect to an “employer” of a Participant, a former entity that antedates the “employer” is a
“predecessor employer” with respect to the Participant if, under the facts and circumstances, the “employer” constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity. 

(2) Break-up of an affiliated employer or an affiliated service group. For purposes of aggregating plans for Code §415, a
“formerly affiliated plan” of an “employer” is taken into account for purposes of applying the Code §415 limitations to the “employer,” but the “formerly affiliated plan” is treated as if it had
terminated immediately prior to the “cessation of affiliation.” For purposes of this paragraph, a “formerly affiliated plan” of an “employer” is a plan that, immediately prior to the “cessation of
affiliation,” was actually maintained by one or more of the entities that constitute the “employer” (as determined under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)), and immediately after the
“cessation of affiliation,” is not actually maintained by any of the entities that constitute the “employer” (as determined under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)). For
purposes of this paragraph, a “cessation of affiliation” means the event that causes an entity to no longer be aggregated with one or more other entities as a single “employer” under the employer affiliation rules described in
Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) (such as the sale of a subsidiary outside a controlled group), or that causes a plan to not actually be maintained by any of the entities that constitute the “employer” under the employer
affiliation rules of Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) (such as a transfer of plan sponsorship outside of a controlled group). 

(3) Mid-year aggregation. Two or more defined contribution plans that are not required to be aggregated pursuant to Code §415(f)
and the Regulations thereunder as of the first day of a Limitation Year do not fail to satisfy the requirements of Code §415 with respect to a Participant for the Limitation Year merely because they are aggregated later in that Limitation Year,
provided that no “annual additions” are credited to the Participant’s Account after the date on which the plans are required to be aggregated. 

4.5 ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the “annual additions” (as defined in Section 4.4) are exceeded
for any Participant, then the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2008-50 or any superseding guidance. 

4.6 ROLLOVERS 
 (a) Acceptance of
“rollovers” into the Plan. If elected in the Adoption Agreement and with the consent of the Administrator (such consent must be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner and applied uniformly to all Participants), the Plan may accept a
“rollover,” provided the “rollover” will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. The amounts rolled over shall be separately accounted for in a
“Participant’s Rollover Account.” Furthermore, any Roth Elective Deferrals that are accepted as “rollovers” in this Plan on or after January 1, 2006 shall be separately accounted for. A Participant’s Rollover
Account shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason. For purposes of this Section, the term Participant shall include any Eligible Employee who is not yet a Participant, if, pursuant to the Adoption
Agreement, “rollovers” are permitted to be accepted from Eligible Employees. In addition, for purposes of this Section the term Participant shall also include Former Employees if the Employer and Administrator consent to accept
“rollovers” of distributions made to Former Employees from any plan of the Employer. 
 (b) Treatment of “rollovers”
under the Plan. Amounts in a Participant’s Rollover Account shall be held by the Trustee (or Insurer) pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be withdrawn by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as
elected in the Adoption Agreement and Subsection (c) below. The Trustee (or Insurer) shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value or type of assets transferred, nor to conduct any due diligence with
respect to such assets; provided, however, that such assets are otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee (or Insurer) under the terms of this Plan. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 32 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (c) Distribution of “rollovers.” At such time as the conditions set forth in
the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied, the Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the distribution of up to the entire amount credited to the Rollover Account maintained on behalf of such Participant. Any distribution
of amounts held in a Participant’s Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.6, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code
§§411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, such amounts shall be considered to be part of a Participant’s benefit in determining whether an involuntary
cash-out of benefits may be made without Participant consent. 
 (d) “Rollovers” maintained in a separate account. The
Administrator may direct that “rollovers” made after a Valuation Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain
segregated, invested as part of the general Trust Fund or, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, directed by the Participant. 
 (e)
Limits on accepting “rollovers.” Prior to accepting any “rollovers” to which this Section applies, the Administrator may require the Employee to establish (by providing opinion of counsel or otherwise) that the amounts to
be rolled over to this Plan meet the requirements of this Section. The Employer may instruct the Administrator, operationally and on a nondiscriminatory basis, to limit the source of “rollover” contributions that may be accepted by the
Plan. 
 (f) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply: 

(1) A “rollover” means: (i) amounts transferred to this Plan directly from another “eligible retirement plan;”
(ii) distributions received by an Employee from other “eligible retirement plans” which are eligible for tax-free rollover to an “eligible retirement plan” and which are transferred by the Employee to this Plan within sixty
(60) days following receipt thereof; and (iii) any other amounts which are eligible to be rolled over to this Plan pursuant to the Code or any other federally enacted legislation. 

(2) An “eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a), an individual retirement
annuity described in Code §408(b) (other than an endowment contract), a qualified trust (an employees’ trust described in Code §401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code §501(a)), an annuity plan described in Code §403(a),
an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code §457(b) which is maintained by an eligible employer described in Code §457(e)(1)(A), and an annuity contract described in Code §403(b). 

4.7 PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS 

(a) Transfers into this Plan. With the consent of the Administrator, amounts may be transferred (within the meaning of Code
§414(l)) to this Plan from other tax qualified plans under Code §401(a), provided the plan from which such funds are transferred permits the transfer to be made and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan or
Trust or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. Prior to accepting any transfers to which this Section applies, the Administrator may require an opinion of counsel that the amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of this Section.
The amounts transferred shall be set up in a separate account herein referred to as a “Participant’s Transfer Account.” Furthermore, for vesting purposes, the Participant’s Transfer Account shall be treated as a separate
“Participant’s Account.” 
 (b) Accounting of transfers. Amounts in a Participant’s Transfer Account shall be held
by the Trustee (or Insurer) pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be withdrawn by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as elected in the Adoption Agreement and Subsection (d) below, provided the
restrictions of Subsection (c) below and Section 6.16 are satisfied. The Trustee (or Insurer) shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value or type of assets transferred, nor to conduct any due
diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however, that such assets are otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee (or Insurer) under the terms of this Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, transferred amounts are
not required to be separately accounted for and may be combined with the corresponding Account maintained in this Plan provided all rights, benefits and features and other attributes are identical with respect to each account, or are identical after
the combination and such combination does not result in the impermissible elimination of any Code §411(d)(6) protected benefits. 
 (c)
Restrictions on Elective Deferrals. Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation §1.411(d)-4), amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined in Regulation §1.401(k)-6), including amounts treated as elective
contributions, which are transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-to-plan transfer (other than a direct rollover) shall be subject to the distribution limitations provided for in the Code §401(k) Regulations. 

(d) Distribution of plan-to-plan transfer amounts. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant or the
Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the Participant’s Transfer Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. Any distribution of amounts held in
a Participant’s Transfer Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.6, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code §§411(a)(11) and 417
and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, such amounts shall be considered to be part of a Participant’s benefit in determining whether an involuntary cash-out of benefits may be made without Participant consent. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 33 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (e) Segregation. The Administrator may direct that Employee transfers made after a
Valuation Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain segregated, invested as part of the general Trust Fund or, if elected in
the Adoption Agreement, directed by the Participant. 
 (f) Protected benefits. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a
transfer directly to this Plan from another qualified plan (or a transaction having the effect of such a transfer) shall not result in the elimination or reduction of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit” (as described in
Section 8.1(e)) that may not be eliminated or reduced pursuant to Regulation § 1.411(d)-4. 
 4.8 AFTER-TAX VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE
CONTRIBUTIONS 
 (a) Not permitted in Money Purchase or Profit Sharing Plan. Except as provided in Section 4.8(b) below, this
Plan will not accept after-tax voluntary Employee contributions. If this is an amendment to a Plan that had previously al lowed after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, then this Plan will not accept after-tax voluntary Employee contributions for
Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in which this Plan is adopted by the Employer. 
 (b) After-tax voluntary Employee contributions
allowed in 401(k) Plans. For 401(k) Plans, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferrals may, in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures established by the Administrator, elect to make
after-tax voluntary Employee contributions to this Plan. Such contributions must generally be paid to the Trustee (or Insurer) within a reasonable period of time after being received by the Employer. An
after-tax voluntary Employee contribution is any contribution (other than Roth Elective Deferrals) made to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that is included in the Participant’s gross income in
the year in which made and that is separately accounted for under the Plan. 
 (c) Full vesting. The balance in each
Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason. 

(d) Distribution at any time. A Participant may elect at any time to withdraw after-tax voluntary Employee contributions from such
Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account and the actual earnings thereon in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code
§§411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. If the Administrator maintains sub-accounts with respect to after-tax voluntary Employee contributions (and earnings thereon) which were made on or before a specified date, a Participant
shall be permitted to designate which sub-account shall be the source for the withdrawal. Forfeitures of Employer contributions shall not occur solely as a result of an Employee’s withdrawal of after-tax voluntary Employee contributions. 

In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution under the safe harbor hardship provisions of the Code
§401(k) Regulations from any plan maintained by the Employer, then the Participant shall be barred from making any after-tax voluntary Employee contributions for a period of six (6) months after receipt of the hardship distribution. Any
prior elections to make after-tax voluntary Employee contributions will become void upon the receipt of the hardship distribution that triggers the suspension period of this paragraph. 

(e) Used to provide benefits. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary
is entitled to receive benefits, the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. 

(f) Prior mandatory contributions. To the extent a Participant has previously made mandatory Employee contributions under prior
provisions of this Plan, such contributions will be treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, except that the provisions of Subsection (d) above permitting a distribution at any time shall not apply to mandatory Employee
contributions. 
 4.9 QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS 

(a) Maintenance of existing QVEC Accounts. If this is an amendment to a Plan that previously permitted deductible voluntary Employee
contributions, then each Participant who made “qualified voluntary Employee contributions” within the meaning of Code §219(e)(2) as it existed prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, shall have such contributions held in
a separate Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account which shall be fully Vested at all times. Such contributions, however, shall not be permitted for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986. 

(b) Distribution from QVEC Account. A Participant may, upon written request delivered to the Administrator, make withdrawals from such
Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account. Any distribution shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent
requirements of Code §§411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. 
 (c) Used to provide benefits. At Normal
Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits, the Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or
the Participant’s Beneficiary. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 34 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 4.10 PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS 

(a) Directed investment options allowed. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants may direct the Trustee (or Insurer) as
to the investment of all or a portion of their individual Account balances as set forth in the Adoption Agreement and within limits set by the Employer. Participants may direct the Trustee (or Insurer), in writing (or in such other form which is
acceptable to the Trustee (or Insurer)), to invest their accounts in specific assets, specific funds or other investments permitted under the Plan and the Participant Direction Procedures. That portion of the Account of any Participant that is
subject to investment direction of such Participant will be considered a Participant Directed Account. 
 (b) Establishment of Participant
Direction Procedures. The Administrator will establish Participant Direction Procedures, to be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, setting forth the permissible investment options under this Section, how often changes between
investments may be made, and any other limitations and provisions that the Administrator may impose on a Participant’s right to direct investments. 

(c) Administrative discretion. The Administrator may, in its discretion, include or exclude by amendment or other action from the
Participant Direction Procedures such instructions, guidelines or policies as it deems necessary or appropriate to ensure proper administration of the Plan, and may interpret the same accordingly. 

(d) Allocation of gains or losses. As of each Valuation Date, all Participant Directed Accounts shall be charged or credited with the
net earnings, gains, losses and expenses as well as any appreciation or depreciation in the market value using publicly listed fair market values when available or appropriate as follows: 

(1) to the extent the assets in a Participant Directed Account are accounted for as pooled assets or investments, the allocation of earnings,
gains and losses of each Participant’s Account shall be based upon the total amount of funds so invested in a manner proportionate to the Participant’s share of such pooled investment; and 

(2) to the extent the assets in a Participant Directed Account are accounted for as segregated assets, the allocation of earnings, gains on and
losses from such assets shall be made on a separate and distinct basis. 
 (e) Plan will follow investment directions. Investment
directions will be processed as soon as administratively practicable after proper investment directions are received from the Participant. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Employer, Administrator or Trustee (or Insurer) that investment directions
will be processed on a daily basis, and no guarantee is made in any respect regarding the processing time of an investment direction. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Employer, Administrator or Discretionary Trustee (or Insurer)
reserves the right to not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by the Employer, Administrator or Discretionary Trustee (or Insurer). Furthermore, the processing of any investment transaction may be
delayed for any legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and
correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider) or force majeure. The processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan and considered the applicable Valuation Date for an investment
transaction. 
 (f) Other documents required by directed investments. Any information regarding investments available under the Plan,
to the extent not required to be described in the Participant Direction Procedures, may be provided to Participants in one or more documents (or in any other form, including, but not limited to, electronic media) which are separate from the
Participant Direction Procedures and are not thereby incorporated by reference into this Plan. 
 4.11 INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN 

If the Employer maintains qualified retirement plans that provide for permitted disparity (integration), the provisions of
Section 4.3(b)(2) will apply. 
 4.12 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE 

(a) USERRA. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to
qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code §414(u). Furthermore, loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code §414(u)(4). 

(b) Benefit accrual. If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to apply this Subsection, then effective as of the date specified
in the Adoption Agreement but no earlier than the first day of the 2007 Plan Year, for benefit accrual purposes, the Plan treats an individual who becomes Totally and Permanently disabled or dies while performing “qualified military
service” (as defined in Code §414(u)) with respect to the Employer as if the individual had resumed employment in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of
1994, as amended (USERRA), on the day preceding Total and Permanent Disability and terminated employment on the actual date of Total and Permanent Disability. 

The Plan will determine the amount of after-tax voluntary Employee contributions and Elective Deferrals of an individual
treated as reemployed under this Section for purposes of applying paragraph Code §414(u)(8)(C) on the basis of the individual’s average 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 35 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
actual after-tax voluntary Employee contributions or Elective Deferrals for the lesser of: (1) the 12-month period of service with the Employer immediately prior to “qualified military
service” (as defined in Code §414(u)); or (2) the actual length of continuous service with the Employer. 
 (c) Death
benefits. In the case of a death occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a Participant dies while performing “qualified military service” (as defined in Code §414(u)), the Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to any
additional benefits (other than benefit accruals (unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement) relating to the period of “qualified military service” but including vesting credit for such period and any other ancillary life
insurance or other survivor benefits) provided under the Plan as if the Participant had resumed employment and then terminated employment on account of death. Moreover, the Plan will credit the Participant’s “qualified military
service” as service for vesting purposes, as though the Participant had resumed employment under Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended (USERRA) immediately prior to the Participant’s death. 

4.13 TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM TERMINATED EMPLOYER DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN 

(a) Transferred DB Assets. The Employer may transfer an amount to this Plan from the Employer’s terminated defined benefit plan in
accordance with Code §4980(d)(2)(B). The amounts transferred into this Plan shall be held in a “transferred assets suspension account.” Amounts released from the “transferred assets suspension account” pursuant to the
provisions of this Section shall be allocated in the same manner and to the same Participants that Employer Nonelective Contributions are allocated, as described in Section 4.3. If the Plan does not provide for Nonelective Contributions, then
the amounts released from the “transferred assets suspension account” pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be allocated to each Participant eligible to share in al locations in the same ratio as such Participant’s
Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all Participants eligible to share in allocations. 
 The Employer will
determine, in its discretion, the amount to be released from the “transferred suspension account.” However, the minimum amount that shall be released from the “transferred assets suspension account” for any Plan Year is the
percentage of the account based on the following table: 
  

			
	Years Since Transfer	  	Percentage of Suspense Account
	 0
	  	14.2857%
	 1
	  	16.6667%
	 2
	  	20.0000%
	 3
	  	25.0000%
	 4
	  	33.3333%
	 5
	  	50.0000%
	 6
	  	100.0000%

 (b) Earnings. The amount in the “transferred suspension account” shall be credited with
earnings and losses as of each Valuation Date in accordance with Section 4.3, except that Participants may not direct the investment of amounts in the “transferred suspension account.” Amounts released from the account prior to the
last day of a Plan Year shall not share in such earnings or losses. 
 (c) Annual additions. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to
the contrary, amounts in the “transferred suspension account” shall not be treated as “annual additions” pursuant to Section 4.4 until such amounts are released and allocated to Participants. 

(d) Plan termination. If upon the termination of the Plan any amount credited to the “transferred suspension account” remains
unallocated, then such amount shall be allocated as provided above to the Accounts of Participants as of such date of Plan termination, but limited as to each Participant to avoid allocating exceeding the limitations of Code §415 as set forth
in Section 4.4. Any amount that cannot be allocated to a Participant under the preceding sentence shall be reallocated to remaining Participants, but only to the extent that no Participant receives an amount that exceeds the limitations of Code
§415 as set forth in Section 4.4. The reallocation process will continue until all amounts in the “transferred suspension account” have been reallocated. If all Participants have received the maximum “annual addition”
permitted pursuant to Section 4.4, then any remaining amounts shall revert to the Employer. 
 ARTICLE V 

VALUATIONS 
 5.1 VALUATION OF THE TRUST
FUND 
 The Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer), as of each Valuation Date, to determine the net worth of the assets
comprising the Trust Fund as it exists on the Valuation Date. In determining such net worth, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall value the assets comprising the Trust Fund at their fair market value as of the Valuation Date and may deduct all expenses
for which the Trustee (or Insurer) has not yet been paid by the Employer or the Trust Fund. The Trustee (or Insurer), when determining the net worth of the assets, may update the value of any shares held in a Participant Directed Account by
reference to the number of shares held on behalf of the Participant, priced at the market value as of the Valuation Date. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 36 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 5.2 METHOD OF VALUATION 

In determining the fair market value of securities held in the Trust Fund which are listed on a registered stock exchange, the Administrator
shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer) to value the same at the prices they were last traded on such exchange preceding the close of business on the Valuation Date. If such securities were not traded on the Valuation Date, or if the exchange on which
they are traded was not open for business on the Valuation Date, then the securities shall be valued at the prices at which they were last traded prior to the Valuation Date. Any unlisted security held in the Trust Fund shall be valued at its bid
price next preceding the close of business on the Valuation Date, which bid price shall be obtained from a registered broker or an investment banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than securities for which trading or bid
prices can be obtained, the Trustee, the Administrator (if the Trustee is a directed Trustee), or Insurer may appraise such assets itself (assuming it has the appropriate expertise), or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers for that
purpose and rely on the values established by such appraiser or appraisers. 
 ARTICLE VI 

DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 

6.1 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT 

Every Participant may terminate employment with the Employer and retire for purposes hereof on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or
Early Retirement Date. However, a Participant may postpone the severance of employment with the Employer to a later date, in which event the participation of such Participant in the Plan, including the right to receive allocations pursuant to
Section 4.3, shall continue until such Participant’s Retirement Date. Upon a Participant’s Retirement Date, or if elected in the Adoption Agreement, the attainment of Normal Retirement Date without severance of employment with the
Employer (subject to Sections 6.11 and 12.2(e)), or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the Administrator shall direct the distribution, at the election of the Participant, of the Participant’s entire Vested interest in the Plan in accordance
with Section 6.5. 
 6.2 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH 

(a) 100% vesting on death. Upon the death of a Participant before the Participant’s Retirement Date or other severance of
employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s Combined Account shall, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, become fully Vested. The Administrator shall direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the
distribution of the deceased Participant’s Vested accounts to the Participant’s Beneficiary. 
 (b) Distribution upon death.
Upon the death of a Participant, the Administrator shall direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the distribution of any remaining Vested amounts credited to the accounts of such deceased Participant to such
Participant’s Beneficiary. 
 (c) Determination of death benefit by Administrator. The Administrator may require such proper
proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of the account of a deceased Participant as the Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator’s determination of death and of the right of any
person to receive payment shall be conclusive. 
 (d) Beneficiary designation. Unless otherwise elected in the manner prescribed in
Section 6.6, the Beneficiary of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be the Participant’s surviving Spouse. Except, however, the Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than the Spouse for
the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity if: 
 (1) the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse have validly waived the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity in the manner prescribed in Section 6.6, and the Spouse has waived the right to be the Participant’s Beneficiary, 

(2) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such
effect (and there is no “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Code §414(p) which provides otherwise), 
 (3) the
Participant has no Spouse, or 
 (4) the Spouse cannot be located. 

In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a form satisfactory to the Administrator. A Participant may at
any time revoke a designation of a Beneficiary or change a Beneficiary by filing written (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) notice of such revocation or change with the Administrator. However, the Participant’s Spouse must again
consent in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to any change in Beneficiary unless the original consent acknowledged that the Spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and that the Spouse voluntarily
elected to relinquish such right. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 37 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (e) Beneficiary if no Beneficiary elected by Participant. A Participant may, at any
time, designate a Beneficiary for death benefits, if any, payable under the Plan that are in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity without the waiver or consent of the Participant’s Spouse. In the event no valid designation of
Beneficiary exists, or if the Beneficiary with respect to a portion of a Participant’s death benefit is not alive at the time of the Participant’s death and no contingent Beneficiary has been designated, then such portion of the death
benefit will be paid in the following order of priority, unless the Employer specifies a different order of priority in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections), to: 

(1) The Participant’s surviving Spouse; (2) The Participant’s issue, per stirpes; 

(3) The Participant’s surviving parents, in equal shares; or 

(4) The Participant’s estate. 

If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant, but dies prior to distribution of the death benefit, the death benefit
will be paid to the Beneficiary’s “designated Beneficiary” (or if there is no “designated Beneficiary,” to the Beneficiary’s estate). For purposes of these provisions, and with respect to any Beneficiary designations,
adopted children shall be treated as children. 
 (f) Divorce revokes spousal Beneficiary designation. Notwithstanding anything in
this Section to the contrary, unless otherwise elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections), if a Participant has designated the Spouse as a Beneficiary, then a divorce decree that relates
to such Spouse shall revoke the Participant’s designation of the Spouse as a Beneficiary unless the decree or a “qualified domestic relations order” (within the meaning of Code §414(p)) provides otherwise or a subsequent
Beneficiary designation is made. 
 (g) Simultaneous death of Participant and Beneficiary. If a Participant and his or her Beneficiary
should die simultaneously, or under circumstances that render it difficult or impossible to determine who predeceased the other, then unless the Participant’s Beneficiary designation otherwise specifies, the Administrator will presume
conclusively that the Beneficiary predeceased the Participant. 
 (h) Slayer statute. The Administrator may apply slayer statutes, or
similar rules which prohibit inheritance by a person who murders someone from whom he or she stands to inherit, under applicable state laws without regard to federal pre-emption of such state laws. 

(i) Insured death benefit. If the Plan provides an insured death benefit and a Participant dies before any insurance coverage to which
the Participant is entitled under the Plan is effected, the death benefit from such insurance coverage shall be limited to the premium which was or otherwise would have been used for such purpose. 

(j) Plan terms control. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any Contract issued hereunder, the
Plan provisions shall control. 
 6.3 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY 

In the event of a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability prior to the Participant’s Retirement Date or other severance of
employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s Combined Account shall, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, become fully Vested. In the event of a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability, the Participant’s entire Vested
interest in the Plan will be distributable and may be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.7. 
 6.4 DETERMINATION OF
BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION 
 (a) Payment on severance of employment. If a Participant’s employment with the Employer and any
Affiliated Employer is severed for any reason other than death, Total and Permanent Disability, or attainment of the Participant’s Retirement Date, then such Participant shall be entitled to such benefits as are provided herein. 

Distribution of the funds due to a Terminated Participant shall be made on the occurrence of an event which would result in the distribution
had the Terminated Participant remained in the employ of the Employer (upon the Participant’s death, Total and Permanent Disability, Early or Normal Retirement). However, at the election of the Participant, the Administrator shall direct that
the entire Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account be payable to such Terminated Participant provided the conditions, if any, set forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied. Any distribution under this paragraph
shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code §§411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. 

Regardless of whether distributions in kind are permitted, in the event the amount of the Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s
Combined Account equals or exceeds the fair market value of any insurance Contracts, the Trustee (or Insurer), when so directed by the Administrator and agreed to by the Terminated Participant, shall assign, transfer, and set over to such Terminated
Participant all Contracts on such Terminated Participant’s life in such form or with such endorsements, so that the settlement options and forms of payment are 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 38 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
consistent with the provisions of Section 6.5. In the event that the Terminated Participant’s Vested portion does not at least equal the fair market value of the Contracts, if any, the
Terminated Participant may pay over to the Trustee (or Insurer) the sum needed to make the distribution equal to the value of the Contracts being assigned or transferred, or the Trustee (or Insurer), pursuant to the Participant’s election, may
borrow the cash value of the Contracts from the Insurer so that the value of the Contracts is equal to the Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account and then assign the Contracts to the Terminated Participant. 

Notwithstanding the above, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if the value of a Terminated Participant’s Vested benefit
derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000 (or such lower amount as elected in the Adoption Agreement), the Administrator shall direct that the entire Vested benefit be paid to such Participant in a single lump-sum as
soon as practical without regard to the consent of the Participant, provided the conditions, if any, set forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied. A Participant’s Vested benefit shall not include (1) qualified voluntary employee
contributions within the meaning of Code §72(o)(5)(B) and (2) if selected in the Conditions for Distributions Upon Severance of Employment Section of the Adoption Agreement, the Participant’s Rollover Account. If a mandatory
distribution is made pursuant to this paragraph and such distribution is greater than $1,000 and the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the Participant in a
“direct rollover” in accordance with Section 6.15 or to receive the distribution directly, then the Administrator shall transfer such amount to an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a) or an individual
retirement annuity described in Code §408(b) designated by the Administrator. However, if the Participant elects to receive or make a “direct rollover” of such amount, then the Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer) to
cause the entire Vested benefit to be paid to such Participant in a single lump sum, or make a “direct rollover” pursuant to Section 6.15, provided the conditions, if any, set forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied. The
Administrator may establish a uniform and nondiscriminatory procedure as to whether a Participant who fails to make an Affirmative Election with respect to a mandatory distribution of $1,000 or less is treated as having made a “direct
rollover” election. For purposes of determining whether the $1,000 threshold set forth in this paragraph is met, the mandatory distribution includes amounts in a Participant’s Rollover Account. For purposes of determining whether the
$5,000 threshold in this paragraph is met, a Participant’s Rollover Account is taken into account unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement. Furthermore, the Administrator may apply this paragraph by treating a Participant’s Roth
Elective Deferral Account separately from the Participant’s other Accounts. 
 (b) Vesting schedule. The Vested portion of any
Participant’s Account shall be a percentage of such Participant’s Account determined on the basis of the Participant’s number of Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the elapsed time method is elected) according to the vesting
schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement. However, a Participant’s entire interest in the Plan shall be non-forfeitable upon the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age (if the Participant is employed by the Employer on or after such
date). 
 (c) EGTRRA matching vesting schedule. If the Employer maintained a vesting schedule for matching contributions that did not
comply with Code §411(a)(2) as in effect prior to the enactment of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, then the matching contribution vesting schedule selected in the Adoption Agreement shall apply to Participants who
complete an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, unless a provision was adopted to have the vesting schedule apply to all Participants. However, if specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special
Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections), the matching contribution vesting schedule set forth in the Adoption Agreement shall only apply to the portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to matching contributions made after
December 31, 2001 and matching contributions made prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001 will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule then in effect. 

(d) PPA Employer Nonelective profit sharing vesting schedule. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, if the 

Employer maintained a vesting schedule for Employer Nonelective profit sharing contributions that did not comply with Code §411(a)(2) as
in effect prior to the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, then the vesting schedule selected in the Adoption Agreement for Employer Nonelective profit sharing contributions shall apply to Participants who complete an Hour of Service in
a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, unless a provision was adopted to have the vesting schedule apply to all Participants. However, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer Nonelective profit sharing contribution vesting
schedule set forth in the Adoption Agreement shall only apply to the portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to such contributions made after December 31, 2006 and contributions made prior to such date will vest in accordance
with the vesting schedule then in effect. 
 (e) Top-heavy vesting schedule. For any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the minimum top-heavy
vesting schedule elected by the Employer in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections) will automatically apply to the Plan. The minimum top-heavy vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the
meaning of Code §411(a)(7) except those attributable to Employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code §416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became top-heavy. Further, no decrease in a
Participant’s Vested percentage shall occur in the event the Plan’s status as top-heavy changes for any Plan Year. However, this Subsection does not apply to the Account balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after
the Plan has initially become top-heavy and the Vested percentage of such Employee’s Participant’s Account shall be determined without regard to this Section 6.4(e). Furthermore, pursuant to Code §416(i)(4), Participants whose
employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee representatives under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining will not be subject to this Subsection unless otherwise provided
in the collective bargaining agreement. 
 If in any subsequent Plan Year the Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, then unless
a specific Plan amendment is made to provide otherwise, the Administrator will continue to use the vesting schedule in effect while the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 39 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (f) 100% vesting on partial or full Plan termination. Upon the complete discontinuance
of the Employer’s contributions to the Plan (if this is a profit sharing plan) or upon any full or partial termination of the Plan, all amounts then credited to the Account of any affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and shall not
thereafter be subject to Forfeiture. 
 (g) No reduction in Vested percentage due to change in vesting schedule. If this is an amended
or restated Plan, then notwithstanding the vesting schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Vested percentage of a Participant’s Account shall not be less than the Vested percentage attained as of the later of the Effective Date or
adoption date of this amendment and restatement. The computation of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage of such Participant’s interest in the Plan shall not be reduced as the result of any direct or indirect amendment to this
Article, or due to changes in the Plan’s status as a Top-Heavy Plan. Furthermore, if the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended (including a change in the calculation of Years of Service or Periods or Service), then the amended schedule will
only apply to those Participants who complete an Hour of Service after the effective date of the amendment. 
 (h) Continuation of old
schedule if 3 Years of Service. If the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended, or if the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed
amended by an automatic change to a top-heavy vesting schedule, then each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the elapsed time method is elected) as of the expiration date of the election period may
elect to have such Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. If a Participant fails to make such election, then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The
Participant’s election period shall commence on the adoption date of the amendment, or deemed adoption date, and shall end sixty (60) days after the latest of: 

(1) the adoption date, or deemed adoption date, of the amendment, 

(2) the effective date of the amendment, or 

(3) the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from the Employer or Administrator. 

(i) Excludable service for vesting. In determining Years of Service or Periods of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan, Years
of Service or Periods of Service shall be excluded as elected in the Adoption Agreement. For this purpose, a predecessor plan is described in Regulation §1.411(a)-5(b)(3). 

6.5 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 
 (a)
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. 
 (1) Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Participant who is married on the Annuity
Starting Date and who does not die before the Annuity Starting Date shall receive the value of all Plan benefits in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Joint and Survivor Annuity is an annuity that commences immediately and shall be equal
in value to a single life annuity. Such joint and survivor benefits following the Participant’s death shall continue to the Spouse during the Spouse’s lifetime at a rate equal to either fifty percent (50%), seventy-five percent
(75%) (or, sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) if the Insurer used to provide the annuity does not offer a joint and seventy-five percent (75%) survivor annuity), or one hundred percent (100%) of the rate at which such benefits
were payable to the Participant. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, a joint and fifty percent (50%) survivor annuity shall be considered the designated qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the normal form of payment for the
purposes of this Plan. However, the Participant may, without spousal consent, elect an alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity, which alternative shall be equal in value to the designated qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. An unmarried Participant
shall receive the value of such Participant’s benefit in the form of a life annuity. Such unmarried Participant, however, may elect to waive the life annuity. The election must comply with the provisions of this Section as if it were an
election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity by a married Participant, but without fulfilling the spousal consent requirement. The Participant may elect to have any annuity provided for in this Section distributed upon the attainment of the
“earliest retirement age” under the Plan. The “earliest retirement age” is the earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive 

retirement benefits. 
 (2) Any
election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity must be made by the Participant in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) during the election period and be consented to in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) by
the Participant’s Spouse. If the Spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the Spouse’s legal guardian, even if such guardian is the Participant, may give consent. Such election shall designate a Beneficiary (or a form of benefits)
that may not be changed without spousal consent (unless the consent of the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without the requirement of further consent by the Spouse). Such Spouse’s consent shall be irrevocable and must
acknowledge the effect of such election and be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. Such consent shall not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the required consent cannot be obtained
because there is no Spouse, the Spouse cannot be located, or other circumstances that may be prescribed by Regulations. The election made by the Participant and consented to by such Participant’s Spouse may be revoked by the Participant in
writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) without the consent of the Spouse at any time during the election period. A revocation of a prior election shall cause the Participant’s benefits to be distributed as a Joint and Survivor
Annuity. The number of revocations shall not be limited. Any new election must comply with the requirements of this paragraph. A former Spouse’s waiver shall not be binding on a new Spouse. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 40 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (3) The election period to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be the one-hundred
eighty (180) (ninety (90) for Plan 
 Years beginning before January 1, 2007) day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date.

 (4) For purposes of this Section and Section 6.6, Spouse or surviving Spouse means the Spouse or surviving Spouse of the Participant,
provided that a former Spouse will be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse and a current Spouse will not be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order” as described in
Code §414(p). 
 (5) With regard to the election, except as otherwise provided herein, the Administrator shall, in accordance with
Regulation §1.417(a)(3)-1, provide to the Participant no less than thirty (30) days and no more than one-hundred eighty (180) (ninety (90) for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007) days before the Annuity Starting
Date a written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) explanation of: 
 (i) the terms and conditions of the qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity, and, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the “qualified optional survivor annuity” that is payable in lieu of the qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, 

(ii) the Participant’s right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, 

(iii) the right of the Participant’s Spouse to consent to any election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and 

(iv) the right of the Participant to revoke such election, and the effect of such revocation. 

(6) Any distribution provided for in this Section may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required by Code
§417(a)(3) is given provided the following requirements are satisfied: 
 (i) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that
the Participant has a right to a period of thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider whether to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity and to elect (with spousal consent) a form of distribution other than a Joint and Survivor
Annuity; 
 (ii) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or,
if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the seven (7) day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; 

(iii) the Annuity Starting Date is after the time that the explanation of the Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant.
However, the Annuity Starting Date may be before the date that any affirmative distribution election is made by the Participant and before the date that the distribution is permitted to commence under (iv) below; and 

(iv) distribution in accordance with the affirmative distribution election does not commence before the expiration of the seven (7) day
period that begins the day after the explanation of the Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant. 
 (b) Alternative
forms of distributions. In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) above not to receive the benefit in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of a life
annuity, the Administrator, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the distribution to a Participant or Beneficiary any amount to which the Participant or Beneficiary is entitled under the Plan in one or more of the following
methods which are permitted pursuant to the Adoption Agreement. 
 (1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property, provided that if a
distribution of property is permitted, it shall be limited to property that is specifically allocated and identifiable with respect to such Participant. 

(2) Partial withdrawals. 
 (3)
Payments over a period certain in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual cash installments. The period over which such payment is to be made shall not extend beyond the earlier of the Participant’s life expectancy (or the joint life
expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary). Once payments have begun, a Participant may elect to accelerate the payments (reduce the term and increase payments). 

(4) Purchase of or providing an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending
beyond the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s designated
Beneficiary). 
 (c) Consent to distributions. Benefits may not be paid without the Participant’s and the Participant’s
Spouse’s consent if the present value of the Participant’s Joint and Survivor Annuity derived from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds $5,000 and the benefit is “immediately distributable.” However, spousal consent is not
required if the distribution will be made in the form of a qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the benefit is “immediately distributable.” A benefit is “immediately distributable” if any part of the benefit could be
distributed to the Participant (or surviving Spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age or age 62. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 41 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the value of the Participant’s benefit
derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000, then the Administrator will distribute such benefit in a lump-sum. No distribution may be made under the preceding sentence after the Annuity Starting Date unless the
Participant and the Participant’s Spouse consent in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to such distribution. Any consent required under this paragraph must be obtained not more than one-hundred eighty (180) (ninety
(90) for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007) days before commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2). 

For purposes of this Subsection, the Participant’s benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions shall not
include: (1) the Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account, and (2) if selected in the Conditions for Distributions Upon Severance of Employment Section of the Adoption Agreement, the Participant’s Rollover
Account. 
 (d) Obtaining consent. The following rules will apply with respect to the consent requirements set forth in Subsection
(c): 
 (1) No consent shall be valid unless the Participant has received a general description of the material features and an explanation
of the relative values of the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code §417; 

(2) The Participant must be informed of the right, if any, to defer receipt of the distribution, and for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2007 a description of the consequences of failing to defer any distribution. If a Participant fails to consent, it shall be deemed an election to defer the commencement of payment of any benefit. However, any election to defer the
receipt of benefits shall not apply with respect to distributions that are required under Section 6.8; 
 (3) Notice of the rights
specified under this paragraph shall be provided no less than thirty (30) days and no more than 
 one-hundred eighty (180) (ninety
(90) for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007) days before the Annuity Starting Date; 
 (4) Written (or such other form as
permitted by the IRS) consent of the Participant to the distribution must not be made before the Participant receives the notice and must not be made more than one-hundred eighty (180) (ninety (90) for Plan Years beginning before
January 1, 2007) days before the Annuity Starting Date; and 
 (5) No consent shall be valid if a significant detriment is imposed under
the Plan on any Participant who does not consent to the distribution. 
 (e) Required minimum distributions (Code §401(a)(9)).
Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the distribution of a Participant’s benefits, whether under the Plan or through the purchase of an annuity Contract, shall be made in accordance with the requirements of
Section 6.8. 
 (f) Annuity Contracts. All annuity Contracts under this Plan shall be non-transferable when distributed.
Furthermore, the terms of any annuity Contract purchased and distributed to a Participant or Spouse shall comply with all of the requirements of this Plan. 

(g) TEFRA 242(b)(2) election. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to distributions made in accordance with Plan Section
6.8(a)(4). 
 (h) Distribution from partially Vested Account. If a distribution is made to a Participant who has not severed
employment and who is not fully Vested in the Participant’s Account, and the Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such Account, then at any relevant time the Participant’s Vested portion of the Account will be equal to an
amount (“X”) determined by the formula: 
 X = P (AB plus D) - D 

For purposes of applying the formula: P is the Vested percentage at the relevant time, AB is the Account balance at the
relevant time, D is the amount of distribution, and the relevant time is the time at which, under the Plan, the Vested percentage in the Account cannot increase. 

(i) Transition rules. 
 (1)
Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous Subsections of this Section must be given the opportunity to elect to have such prior Subsections apply if
such Participant is credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least ten (10) years of vesting service when he or she
separated from service. 
 (2) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour
of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his or her
benefits paid in accordance with Subsection (4) below. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 42 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (3) The respective opportunities to elect (as described in Subsections (1) and
(2) above) must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants. 

(4) Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Subsection (2) above and any Participant who does not elect under Subsection (1) or
who meets the requirements of Subsection (1) except that such Participant does not have at least ten (10) years of vesting service when he or she separates from service, shall have his or her benefits distributed in accordance with all of
the following requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a life annuity: 
 (i) If benefits in the form of a life
annuity become payable to a married Participant who: 
 (A) begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal Retirement Age; or

 (B) dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for the Employer; or 

(C) begins to receive payments on or after the “qualified early retirement age”; or 

(D) separates from service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the “qualified early retirement age”) and after
satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits; 

then such benefits will be received under this Plan in the form of a qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected
otherwise during the election period. The election period must begin at least six (6) months before the Participant attains “qualified early retirement age” and end not more than one-hundred eighty (180) (ninety (90) days
for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007) before the commencement of benefits. Any election hereunder will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. 

(ii) A Participant who is employed after attaining the “qualified early retirement age” will be given the opportunity to elect,
during the election period, to have a survivor annuity payable on death. If the Participant elects the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than the payments which would have been made to the Spouse under the qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day before his or her death. Any election under this provision will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. The election period begins on the later of
(A) the 90th day before the Participant attains the “qualified early retirement age,” or (B) the date on which Participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates employment. 

(iii) For purposes of this Subsection, the “qualified early retirement age” means the latest of: (A) the earliest date, under
the Plan, on which the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits, (B) the first day of the 120th month beginning before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or (C) the date the Participant begins participation. 

(j) Qualified optional survivor annuity 

(1) Right to elect “qualified optional survivor annuity.” Notwithstanding the preceding, effective with respect to Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 2007 and prior to the date this Plan is adopted, the Plan satisfied the “qualified optional survivor annuity” provisions set forth in this Subsection. A Participant who elected to waive the qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity form of benefit was entitled to elect the “qualified optional survivor annuity” at any time during the applicable election period. Furthermore, the written explanation of the Joint and Survivor Annuity explains the
terms and conditions of the “qualified optional survivor annuity.” 
 (2) Definition of “qualified optional survivor
annuity.” 
 (i) General. For purposes of this Article, the term “qualified optional survivor annuity” means an
annuity: 
 (A) For the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s Spouse which is equal to the
“applicable percentage” of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse, and 

(B) Which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the Participant. 

Such term also includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity described in the preceding sentence. 

(ii) Applicable percentage. For purposes of this Subsection, the “applicable percentage” is based on the survivor annuity
percentage (i.e., the percentage which the survivor annuity under the Plan’s qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity bears to the 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 43 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse). If the survivor annuity percentage is less than seventy-five percent (75%), then the “applicable
percentage” is seventy-five percent (75%); otherwise, the “applicable percentage” is fifty percent (50%). 
 6.6 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
UPON DEATH 
 (a) Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA). Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Vested
Participant who dies before the Annuity Starting Date and who has a surviving Spouse shall have the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity paid to the surviving Spouse. The Participant’s Spouse may direct that payment of the Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity commence within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death. If the Spouse does not so direct, payment of such benefit will commence at the time the Participant would have attained the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.
However, the Spouse may elect a later commencement date. Any distribution to the Participant’s Spouse shall be subject to the rules specified in Section 6.8. 

(b) Election to waive QPSA. Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity before the Participant’s death must be made
by the Participant in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) during the election period and shall require the Spouse’s irrevocable consent in the same manner provided for in Section 6.5(a)(2). Further, the Spouse’s
consent must acknowledge the specific non-Spouse Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the non-Spouse Beneficiary need not be acknowledged, provided the consent of the Spouse acknowledges that the Spouse has the right to limit consent only to
a specific Beneficiary and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such right. 
 (c) Time to waive QPSA. The election period
to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall begin on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and end on the date of the Participant’s death. An earlier waiver (with spousal consent) may be made provided a
written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) explanation of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity is given to the Participant and such waiver becomes invalid at the beginning of the Plan Year in which the Participant turns age 35. In the event
a Participant separates from service prior to the beginning of the election period, the elect ion period shall begin on the date of such separation from service. 

(d) QPSA notice. With regard to the election, the Administrator shall provide each Participant within the applicable election period,
with respect to such Participant (and consistent with Regulations), a written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) explanation of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity containing comparable information to that required pursuant to
Section 6.5(a)(5). For the purposes of this paragraph, the term “applicable period” means, with respect to a Participant, whichever of the following periods ends last: 

(1) The period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year
preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; 
 (2) A reasonable period after the individual becomes a Participant; 

(3) A reasonable period ending after the Plan no longer fully subsidizes the cost of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity with respect to the
Participant; or 
 (4) A reasonable period ending after Code §401(a)(11) applies to the Participant. 

For purposes of applying this Subsection, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated events described in (2), (3) and
(4) is the end of the two (2) year period beginning one (1) year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one (1) year after that date. In the case of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year
in which age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within the two (2) year period beginning one (1) year prior to separation and ending one (1) year after separation. If such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the
Employer, the “applicable period” for such Participant shall be redetermined. 
 (e) Pre-REA. The Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity provided for in this Section shall apply only to Participants who are credited with an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984. Participants who are not credited with an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984, shall be
provided with rights to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in accordance with Section 303(e)(2) of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. 

(f) Consent. If the value of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed
$5,000, the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such amount to the Participant’s Spouse in a single lump-sum as soon as practicable. No distribution may be made under the preceding sentence after the Annuity Starting Date unless the
Spouse consents in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS). If the value exceeds $5,000, an immediate distribution of the entire amount may be made to the surviving Spouse, provided such surviving Spouse consents in writing (or in
such other form as permitted by the IRS) to such distribution. Any consent required under this paragraph must be obtained not more than one-hundred eighty (180) days (ninety (90) days for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007)
before commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2). 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 44 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (g) Alternative forms of distribution. Death benefits may be paid to a
Participant’s Beneficiary in one of the following optional forms of benefits subject to the rules specified in Section 6.8 and the elections made in the Adoption Agreement. Such optional forms of distributions may be elected by the
Participant in the event there is an election to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, and for any death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. However, if no optional form of distribution was elected by the Participant
prior to death, then the Participant’s Beneficiary may elect the form of distribution. 
 (1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in
property that is allocated to the Accounts of the Participant at the time of the distribution. 
 (2) Partial withdrawals. 

(3) Payment in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual cash installments over a period to be determined by the Participant or the
Participant’s Beneficiary. In order to provide such installment payments, the Administrator may (A) segregate the aggregate amount thereof in a separate, federally insured savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and
loan association, money market certificate or other liquid short-term security or (B) purchase a nontransferable annuity Contract for a term certain (with no life contingencies) providing for such payment. After periodic installments commence,
the Beneficiary shall have the right to reduce the period over which such periodic installments shall be made, and the cash amount of such periodic installments shall be adjusted accordingly. 

(4) In the form of an annuity over the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. 

(5) If death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity are to be paid to the surviving Spouse, such benefits may be paid
pursuant to (1), (2) or (3) above, or used to purchase an annuity so as to increase the payments made pursuant to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. 

(h) Required minimum distributions (Code §401(a)(9)). Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, distributions upon
the death of a Participant shall comply with the requirements of Section 6.8. 
 (i) Payment to a child. For purposes of this
Section, any amount paid to a child of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the surviving Spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving Spouse when the child reaches the age of majority. 

(j) Voluntary Contribution Account. In the event that less than one hundred percent (100%) of a Participant’s interest in the
Plan is distributed to such Participant’s Spouse, the portion of the distribution attributable to the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account shall be in the same proportion that the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account
bears to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan. 
 (k) TEFRA 242(b)(2) election. The provisions of this Section shall not
apply to distributions made in accordance with Section 6.8(a)(4). 
 6.7 TIME OF DISTRIBUTION 

Except as limited by Section 6.8, whenever a distribution is to be made, or a series of payments are to commence, the distribution or
series of payments may be made or begun as soon as practicable. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, unless a Participant otherwise elects, payments of benefits under the Plan will begin not later than the sixtieth (60th) day
after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occurs: (a) the date on which the Participant attains the earlier of age 65 or the Normal Retirement Age specified herein; (b) the tenth (10th) anniversary
of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (c) the date the Participant terminates service with the Employer. The failure of a Participant and, if applicable, the Participant’s Spouse, to request a
distribution shall be deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of payment of any benefit until the time otherwise permitted under the Plan. 

6.8 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS 
 (a)
General rules 
 (1) Effective Date. Subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements set forth in Plan Section 6.5,
the requirements of this Section shall apply to any distribution of a Participant’s interest in the Plan and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan. 

(2) Requirements of Treasury Regulations incorporated. All distributions required under this Section will be determined and made in
accordance with the Regulations under Code §401(a)(9) and the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Code §401(a)(9)(G). 

(3) Limits on distribution periods. As of the first “distribution calendar year,” distributions to a Participant may only be
made in accordance with the selections made in the Form of Distributions Section of the Adoption Agreement. If such distributions are not made in a single-sum, then they may only be made over one of the following periods: (i) the life of the
Participant, (ii) the 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 45 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
joint lives of the Participant and a “designated Beneficiary,” (iii) a period certain not extending beyond the “life expectancy” of the Participant, or (iv) a period
certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a “designated Beneficiary.” 
 (4)
TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) elections. 
 (i) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, other than the Spouse’s
right of consent afforded under the Plan, distributions may be made on behalf of any Participant, including a five percent (5%) owner, who has made a designation in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal
Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences): 
 (A)
The distribution by the Plan is one which would not have disqualified such Plan under Code §401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984. 

(B) The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest in the Plan is being
distributed or, if the Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant. 
 (C) Such designation was in writing, was signed by
the Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984. 
 (D) The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as
of December 31, 1983. 
 (E) The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which
distribution will commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of priority. 

(ii) A distribution upon death will not be covered by the transitional rule of this Subsection unless the information in the designation
contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Participant. 
 (iii)
For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Participant, or the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of
distribution under which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in (i)(A) and (i)(E) of this Subsection. 

(iv) If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code §401(a)(9) and the Regulations
thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet
distributed which would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code §401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder, but for the Section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such
distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not
named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly
or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). 
 (v) In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over
from one plan to another plan, the rules in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-8, Q&A-14 and Q&A-15, shall apply. 
 (b) Time and manner
of distribution 
 (1) Required beginning date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be
distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s “required beginning date.” 
 (2) Death of Participant
before distributions begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows as elected in the Distributions Upon Death Section
of the Adoption Agreement (or if no election is made, then the Beneficiary may elect either the lifetime method or the five-year method): 

(i) Lifetime method (Spouse). If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary,” then, except as otherwise provided herein, distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of
the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 46 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (ii) Lifetime method (non-Spouse). If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not
the Participant’s sole “designated Beneficiary,” then, except as provided in Section 6.8(b)(3) below, distributions to the “designated Beneficiary” will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately
following the calendar year in which the Participant died. 
 (iii) Five-year method. If there is no “designated
Beneficiary” as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death or if otherwise elected pursuant to the Adoption Agreement with respect to a “designated Beneficiary,” the Participant’s entire
interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

(iv) Death of Spouse. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated Beneficiary” and
the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this Section 6.8(b)(2), other than Section 6.8(b)(2)(i), will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. 

For purposes of this Section 6.8(b)(2) and Section 6.8(b)(3), unless Section 6.8(b)(2)(iv) applies,
distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s “required beginning date.” If Section 6.8(b)(2)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse
under Section 6.8(b)(2)(i). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s “required beginning date” (or to the Participant’s surviving
Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Section 6.8(b)(2)(i)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 

(3) Forms of distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance
company or in a single sum on or before the “required beginning date,” as of the first “distribution calendar year” distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 6.8(c) and 6.8(d) and only in a form of distribution
provided in Section 6.5 or 6.6, as applicable. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code
§401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. 
 (c) Required minimum distributions during Participant’s lifetime 

(1) Amount of required minimum distribution for each “distribution calendar year.” During the Participant’s lifetime, the
minimum amount that will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” is the lesser of the following, as elected in the Form of Distributions Section of the Adoption Agreement: 

(i) the quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account balance” by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime
Table set forth in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the “distribution calendar year”; or 

(ii) if the Participant’s sole “designated Beneficiary” for the “distribution calendar year” is the
Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account balance” by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and
Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the “distribution calendar year.” 
 (2)
Lifetime required minimum distributions continue through year of Participant’s death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 6.8(c) beginning with the first “distribution calendar year” and up
to and including the “distribution calendar year” that includes the Participant’s date of death. 
 (d) Required minimum
distributions after Participant’s death 
 (1) Death on or after date distributions begin. 

(i) Participant survived by “designated Beneficiary.” If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and
there is a “designated Beneficiary,” the minimum amount that will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the
“Participant’s account balance” by the longer of the remaining “life expectancy” of the Participant or the remaining “life expectancy” of the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary,” determined as
follows: 
 (A) The Participant’s remaining “life expectancy” is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of
death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 
 (B) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole
“designated Beneficiary,” the remaining “life expectancy” of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age
as of the Spouse’s birthday in that year. For “distribution calendar years” after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining “life expectancy” of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the
surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 47 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (C) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole
“designated Beneficiary,” the “designated Beneficiary’s” remaining “life expectancy” is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for
each subsequent year. 
 (ii) No “designated Beneficiary.” If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin
and there is no “designated Beneficiary” as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the
Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account balance” by the Participant’s remaining “life expectancy” calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death,
reduced by one for each subsequent year. 
 (2) Death before date distributions begin. 

(i) Participant survived by “designated Beneficiary.” Except as provided in Sections 6.8(b)(2) and 6.8(b)(3), if the
Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a “designated Beneficiary,” the minimum amount that will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the Participant’s death is the
quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account balance” by the remaining “life expectancy” of the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary,” determined as provided in Section 6.8(d)(1). 

(ii) No “designated Beneficiary.” If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no
“designated Beneficiary” as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing
the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 
 (iii) Death of surviving Spouse before distributions to surviving Spouse are
required to begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated Beneficiary,” and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions are
required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Section 6.8(b)(2)(i), this Section 6.8(d)(2) will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. 

(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions apply: 

(1) “Designated Beneficiary” means the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan and is the “designated
Beneficiary” under Code §401(a)(9) and Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-4. 
 (2) “Distribution calendar year” means a
calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first “distribution calendar year” is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains
the Participant’s “required beginning date.” For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first “distribution calendar year” is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under
Section 6.8(b). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first “distribution calendar year” will be made on or before the Participant’s “required beginning date.” The required minimum distribution
for other “distribution calendar years,” including the required minimum distribution for the “distribution calendar year” in which the Participant’s “required beginning date” occurs, will be made on or before
December 31 of that “distribution calendar year.” 
 (3) “Life expectancy” means the life expectancy as computed by
use of the Single Life Table in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9. 
 (4) “Participant’s account balance” means the
Participant’s account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the “distribution calendar year” (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or
Forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of the dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. For this purpose, the Administrator may
exclude contributions that are allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date, but that are not actually made during the valuation calendar year. The account balance for the valuation calendar
year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the “distribution calendar year” if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year. 

(5) “Required beginning date” means, except as otherwise elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and
Other Permitted Elections), with respect to any Participant, April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which the Participant retires, except that
benefit distributions to a “5-percent owner” must commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2. 

(6) “5-percent owner” means a Participant who is a 5-percent owner as defined in Code §416 at any time during the Plan Year
ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2. Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent owner under this Section they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a 5-percent owner in a
subsequent year. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 48 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (f) Waiver of 2009 required distributions 

(1) Suspension of RMDs unless otherwise elected by Participant. This paragraph does not apply if the Employer elected options a., b., or
c. at the WRERA – RMD Waivers for 2009 Section of the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan relating to required minimum distributions under Code §401(a)(9), a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been
required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code §401(a)(9)(H) (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (i) equal to the “2009
RMDs” or (ii) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the “2009 RMDs”) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or “life expectancy”) of the Participant, the
joint lives (or joint “life expectancy”) of the Participant and the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary,” or for a period of at least 10 years (“Extended 2009 RMDs”) , did not receive those distributions for 2009
unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence were given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence.

 (2) Continuation of RMDs unless otherwise elected by Participant. This paragraph applies if the Employer elected option b. at the
WRERA – RMD Waivers for 2009 Section of the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan relating to required minimum distributions under Code §401(a)(9), a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to
receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code §401(a)(9)(H) (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (i) equal to the “2009 RMDs”
or (ii) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the “2009 RMDs”) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or “life expectancy”) of the Participant, the joint lives
(or joint “life expectancy”) of the Participant and the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary,” or for a period of at least 10 years (“Extended 2009 RMDs”), did not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the
Participant or Beneficiary choose not to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence were given the opportunity to elect to stop receiving the distributions described in the preceding sentence. 

(3) Direct rollovers. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan relating to required minimum distributions under Code §401(a)(9),
and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, certain additional distributions in 2009, as elected by the Employer in the WRERA – RMD Waivers for 2009 Section of the Adoption Agreement, were treated as eligible
rollover distributions. If no election was made by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, then a direct rollover was offered only for distributions that would have been eligible rollover distributions without regard to Code §401(a)(9)(H). 

6.9 DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT INDIVIDUAL 

If, in the opinion of the Administrator, a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to a distribution is not able to care for his or her affairs
because of a mental condition, a physical condition, or by reason of age, then the Administrator shall direct the distribution to the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s guardian, conservator, trustee, custodian (including under a Uniform
Transfers or Gifts to Minors Act) or to his or her attorney-in-fact or to other legal representative, upon furnishing evidence of such status satisfactory to the Administrator. The Administrator and the Trustee (or Insurer) do not have any liability
with respect to payments so made and neither the Administrator nor the Trustee (or Insurer) has any duty to make inquiry as to the competence of any person entitled to receive payments under the Plan. 

6.10 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN 

In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the
Participant’s attainment of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of the Administrator to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount so distributable may, in the sole
discretion of the Administrator, either be treated as a Forfeiture or be paid directly to an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code §408(b). In addition, if the Plan
provides for mandatory distributions and the amount to be distributed to a Participant or Beneficiary does not exceed $1,000, then the amount distributable may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, either be treated as a Forfeiture, or be
paid directly to an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code §408(b) at the time it is determined that the whereabouts of the Participant or the Participant’s
Beneficiary cannot be ascertained. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to the Forfeiture, such benefit shall be restored, first from Forfeitures, if any, and then from an additional Employer contribution if necessary.
Upon Plan termination, the portion of the distributable amount that is an “eligible rollover distribution” as defined in Section 6.15(b)(1) may be paid directly to an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a) or an
individual retirement annuity described in Code §408(b). However, regardless of the preceding, a benefit that is lost by reason of escheat under applicable state law is not treated as a Forfeiture for purposes of this Section nor as an
impermissible forfeiture under the Code. 
 6.11 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION 

If elected in the Adoption Agreement, at such time as the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied, then the
Administrator, at the election of a Participant who has not severed employment with the Employer, shall direct the distribution of up to the entire Vested amount then credited to the Accounts as elected in the Adoption Agreement maintained on behalf
of such Participant. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall include an Employee who has an Account balance in the Plan. In the event that the Administrator makes such a distribution, the Participant shall continue to be eligible to
participate in the Plan on the same basis as any other Employee. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5, including, but not 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 49 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code §§411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. The Plan may, however, make a partial distribution pursuant to this Section
regardless of whether partial distributions are otherwise permitted pursuant to the Adoption Agreement. Furthermore, if an in-service distribution is permitted from more than one account type, the Administrator may determine any ordering of a
Participant’s in-service distribution from such accounts. 
 6.12 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP 

(a) Hardship events. For Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Plans (except to the extent Section 12.10 applies), if elected in the
Adoption Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the distribution to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to the lesser of 100% of the Vested interest of the Accounts selected in the Adoption Agreement,
valued as of the last Valuation Date or the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall include an Employee who has an Account balance in the Plan. Any
distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the Account from which the distribution is made shall be
reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if the distribution is for an immediate and heavy financial need. The Administrator will determine whether there is an immediate and heavy financial need based on the facts
and circumstances. An immediate and heavy financial need includes, but is not limited to, a distribution for one of the following: 
 (1)
Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care (as defined in Code §213(d)); 
 (2) Costs directly related to the purchase
(excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; 
 (3) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the
Participant’s deceased parent, Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code §152, and without regard to Code §152(d)(1)(B)); 

(4) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary
education for the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code §152, and without regard to Code §§152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)); 

(5) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s principal residence or foreclosure on the
mortgage on that residence; or 
 (6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for
the casualty deduction under Code §165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income). 
 (b)
Beneficiary-based distribution. If elected in Adoption Agreement, then effective as of the date specified in the Adoption Agreement, but no earlier than August 17, 2006, a Participant’s hardship event includes an immediate and heavy
financial need of the Participant’s “primary Beneficiary under the Plan,” that would constitute a hardship event if it occurred with respect to the Participant’s Spouse or dependent as defined under Code §152 (such hardship
events being limited to educational expenses, funeral expenses and certain medical expenses). For purposes of this Section, a Participant’s “primary Beneficiary under the Plan” is an individual who is named as a Beneficiary under the
Plan (by the Participant or pursuant to Section 6.2(d)) and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the Participant’s Account balance under the Plan upon the Participant’s death. 

(c) Other limits and conditions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, no distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section from the
Participant’s Account until such Account has become fully Vested. Furthermore, if a hardship distribution is permitted from more than one Account, the Administrator may determine any ordering of a Participant’s hardship distribution from
such Accounts. 
 (d) Distribution rules apply. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner which is
consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code §§411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. 

6.13 SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN PROFIT SHARING PLANS 

(a) The provisions of this Section apply to a Participant in a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan to the extent elected in the
Adoption Agreement. However, unless otherwise permitted pursuant to Regulation §1.411(d)-4, this Section shall not apply with respect to amounts that are transferred directly or indirectly (i.e., other than by a rollover) to this Plan from a
defined benefit plan, money purchase pension plan, target benefit plan, or stock bonus or profit sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code §§401(a)(11) and 417. 

(b) If an election is made to not offer life annuities as a form of distribution, then a Participant shall be prohibited from electing benefits
in the form of a life annuity and the Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of Section 6.5 shall not apply. 
 (c) If an election is
made to offer life annuities as a form of distribution but not as the normal form of distribution, then the Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of Section 6.5 shall not apply if a Participant does not elect an annuity form of distribution.
Furthermore, Subsection (e) shall not apply if a Participant elects an annuity form of distribution. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 50 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (d) Notwithstanding anything in Sections 6.2 and 6.6 to the contrary, upon the death of a
Participant, the automatic form of distribution will be a lump-sum rather than a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Furthermore, the Participant’s Spouse will be the Beneficiary of the Participant’s entire Vested interest in the
Plan unless an election is made to waive the Spouse as Beneficiary. The other provisions in Section 6.2 shall be applied by treating the death benefit in this Subsection as though it is a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. 

(e) Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section, the provisions of Sections 6.2 and 6.5 regarding spousal consent shall be
inoperative with respect to this Plan. 
 (f) If a distribution is one to which Code §§401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such
distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under Regulation §1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that: 

(1) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after the
notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and 
 (2)
the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. 
 6.14 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION 

All benefits provided to a Participant in this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any Alternate Payee under a “qualified
domestic relations order.” Furthermore, unless otherwise elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections), a distribution to an Alternate Payee shall be permitted if such distribution is
authorized by a “qualified domestic relations order,” even if the affected Participant has not reached the “earliest retirement age.” For the purposes of this Section, “qualified domestic relations order” and
“earliest retirement age” shall have the meanings set forth under Code §414(p). 
 Effective as of April 6, 2007, a
domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements for a “qualified domestic relations order” will not fail to be a “qualified domestic relations order”: (i) solely because the order is issued after, or
revises, another domestic relations order or “qualified domestic relations order”; or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order is issued, including issuance after the Annuity Starting Date or after the Participant’s
death. 
 6.15 DIRECT ROLLOVERS 
 (a)
Right to direct rollover. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a “distributee’s” election under this Section, a “distributee” may elect, at the time and in the manner
prescribed by the Administrator, to have an “eligible rollover distribution” paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the “distributee” in a “direct rollover.” However, if less than the
entire amount of the “eligible rollover distribution” is being paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan,” then the Administrator may require that the amount paid directly to such plan be at least $500. Furthermore, the
Administrator may apply this Section by treating a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account separately from the Participant’s other Accounts. 

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply: 

(1) Eligible rollover distribution. An “eligible rollover distribution” means any distribution described in Code
§402(c)(4) and generally includes any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the “distributee,” except that an “eligible rollover distribution” does not include: any distribution that is one of a
series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the “distributee” or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the “distributee” and the
“distributee’s” “designated Beneficiary,” or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code §401(a)(9); any hardship distribution; the
portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and any other distribution reasonably expected to total
less than $200 during a year. For purposes of the $200 rule, a distribution from a designated Roth account and a distribution from other accounts under the Plan may be treated as made under separate plans. In addition, Section 6.8(f) applies
with respect to distributions made in 2009. 
 Notwithstanding the above, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an
“eligible rollover distribution” merely because the portion consists of after-tax voluntary Employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to: 

(i) a traditional individual retirement account or annuity described in Code §408(a) or (b) (a “traditional IRA”) 

(ii) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, a Roth individual account or annuity described in Code §408A (a “Roth
IRA”), or 
 (iii) a qualified defined contribution plan or an annuity contract described in Code §401(a) or Code §403(b),
respectively, that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred (and earnings thereon), including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is
not so includible. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 51 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (2) Eligible retirement plan. An “eligible retirement plan” is a
“traditional IRA,” for distributions made after December 31, 2007, a “Roth IRA,” a qualified trust (an employees’ trust) described in Code §401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code §501(a), an annuity plan
described in Code §403(a), an eligible plan under Code §457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision and which agrees to separately account
for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, and an annuity contract described in Code §403(b), that accepts the “distributee’s” “eligible rollover distribution.” The definition of “eligible retirement
plan” shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is an Alternate Payee. If any portion of an “eligible rollover distribution” is attributable to payments or distributions
from a designated Roth account, an “eligible retirement plan” with respect to such portion shall include only another designated Roth account of the individual from whose account the payments or distributions were made, or a Roth IRA of
such individual. A “direct rollover” of a distribution from a Roth Elective Deferral Account (other than an “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution” (as defined in Section 12.11)) will only be made to another Roth Elective
Deferral Account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code §402A(e)(1) or to a Roth IRA described in Code §408A, and only to the extent that the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code §402(c). In the case of a
“distributee” who is a non-Spouse designated Beneficiary, (i) the “direct rollover” may be made only to a traditional or Roth individual retirement account or an annuity described in Code §408(b) (“IRA”) that
is established on behalf of the designated non-Spouse Beneficiary and that will be treated as an inherited IRA pursuant to the provisions of Code §402(c)(11), and (ii) the determination of any required minimum distribution required under
Code §401(a)(9) that is ineligible for rollover shall be made in accordance with IRS Notice 2007-7, Q&A 17 and 18. 
 (3)
Distributee. A “distributee” includes an Employee or Former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or Former Employee’s surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or Former Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the
Alternate Payee, are “distributees” with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse. 
 (4) Direct rollover. A
“direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the “eligible retirement plan” specified by the “distributee.” 

(c) Participant notice. A Participant entitled to an “eligible rollover distribution” must receive a written explanation of
the right to a “direct rollover,” the tax consequences of not making a “direct rollover,” and, if applicable, any available special income tax elections. The notice must be provided within the same thirty (30) –
one-hundred eighty (180) day timeframe applicable to the Participant consent notice as set forth in Section 6.5(d)(3). The “direct rollover” notice must be provided to all Participants, unless the total amount the Participant
will receive as a distribution during the calendar year is expected to be less than $200. 
 (d) Non-Spouse Beneficiary rollover right.
For distributions after December 31, 2009, and unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, for distributions after December 31, 2006, a non-Spouse Beneficiary who is a “designated Beneficiary” under Code
§401(a)(9)(E) and the Regulations thereunder, by a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer (“direct rollover”), may roll over all or any portion an “eligible rollover distribution” to an IRA the Beneficiary establishes for
purposes of receiving the distribution. 
 (1) Certain requirements not applicable. Any distribution made prior to January 1,
2010 is not subject to the “direct rollover” requirements of Code §401(a)(31) (including Code §401(a)(31)(B), the notice requirements of Code §402(f) or the mandatory withholding requirements of Code §3405(c)). 

(2) Trust Beneficiary. If the Participant’s named Beneficiary is a trust, the Plan may make a direct rollover to an IRA on behalf
of the trust, provided the trust satisfies the requirements to be a “designated Beneficiary.” 
 6.16 RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS
TRANSFERRED FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN 
 Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional
form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employee’s retirement, death, Total and Permanent Disability, or severance from employment, and prior to Plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not available with
respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code §414(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code
§401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to after-tax voluntary Employee contributions or to a direct or indirect rollover contribution). Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, effective with
respect to Plan Years beginning after June 30, 2008, a Participant may not obtain an in-service distribution with respect to such transferred amounts prior to the earlier of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age or attainment of age 62.

 6.17 CORRECTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS 

Nothing in this Article shall preclude the Administrator from making a distribution to a Participant, to the extent such distribution is made
to correct a qualification defect in accordance with the corrective procedures under the IRS’ Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System or any other voluntary compliance programs established by the IRS or the Department of Labor. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 52 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 6.18 QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTIONS AND HEART ACT 

(a) Qualified reservist distribution defined. A “qualified reservist distribution” is any distribution to an individual who is
ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001, if: (1) the distribution is from amounts attributable to elective deferrals in a 401(k) plan; (2) the individual was (by reason of being a member of a reserve component, as
defined in section 101 of title 37, United States Code) ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period; and (3) the Plan makes the distribution during the period beginning on the date of such
order or call, and ending at the close of the active duty period. 
 (b) Death benefits. In the case of a death occurring on or after
January 1, 2007, if a Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code §414(u)), the Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals (unless otherwise
elected in the Adoption Agreement) relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan as if the Participant had resumed employment and then terminated employment on account of death. Moreover, the Plan will credit the
Participant’s qualified military service as service for vesting purposes, as though the Participant had resumed employment under Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended (USERRA) immediately prior to the
Participant’s death. 
 (c) Military Differential Pay. For years beginning after December 31, 2008: (1) an individual
receiving Military Differential Pay is treated as an Employee of the Employer making the payment; (2) the Military Differential Pay is treated as 415 Compensation ( and Compensation unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement); and
(3) the Plan is not treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code §414(u)(1)(C) (or corresponding Plan provisions, including, but not limited to, Plan provisions related to the ADP or ACP test) by reason of
any contribution or benefit which is based on the Military Differential Pay. The Administrator operationally may determine, for purposes of the provisions described in Code §414(u)(1)(C), whether to take into account any Elective Deferrals, and
if applicable, any matching contributions, attributable to Military Differential Pay. 
 Subsection (c)(3) above applies only if all
Employees of the Employer performing service in the uniformed services described in Code §3401(h)(2)(A) are entitled to receive Military Differential Pay on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to participate in a retirement plan
maintained by the Employer, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms (taking into account Code §410(b)(3), (4), and (5)). 

(d) Deemed Severance. Notwithstanding Subsection (c)(1) above, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant performs service in
the uniformed services (as defined in Code §414(u)(12)(B)) on active duty for a period of more than 30 days, the Participant will be deemed to have a severance from employment solely for purposes of eligibility for distribution of amounts not
subject to Code §412. However, the Plan will not distribute such a Participant’s Account on account of this deemed severance unless the Participant specifically elects to receive a benefit distribution hereunder. If a Participant elects to
receive a distribution on account of this deemed severance, then the individual may not make an Elective Deferral or after-tax voluntary Employee contribution during the six (6) month period beginning on the date of the distribution. If a
Participant would be entitled to a distribution on account of a deemed severance, and a distribution on account of another Plan provision (such as a “qualified reservist distribution” as defined in Subsection (a) above), then the other
Plan provision will control and the six (6) month suspension will not apply. 
 ARTICLE VII 

TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN 
 7.1 BASIC
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE 
 (a) Application of Article. The provisions of this Article, other than Sections 7.6 and 7.15,
shall not apply to this Plan if a separate trust agreement is being used. Furthermore, the provisions of this Article, other than Sections 7.5, 7.6 and 7.15, shall not apply if the Plan is fully insured. If the Employer has appointed two or more
Trustees to hold Plan assets, then each Trustee shall be the Trustee only with respect to those Plan assets specifically deposited by the Employer in the Trust Fund for which such Trustee is the trustee. References in the Plan to the
responsibilities, power or duties of the Trustee and any other provisions in the Plan relating to the Trustee shall be interpreted as applying to each Trustee only with respect to the assets of the Trust Fund for which such Trustee is the Trustee.
Each Trustee shall have no responsibility for, or liability with respect to, any of the Plan assets other than the assets for which it serves as Trustee. 

(b) Duty to collect contributions. The Trustee is obligated to collect any amounts owed to the Trust, except as otherwise provided in
Section 7.3(c), even if such amounts are owed by the Employer, unless another person or entity has been designated with such duty in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections) or other written
agreement (including a designation made pursuant to Section 7.3(c)). In determining how to discharge any duty to collect contributions, the Trustee should weigh the value of the Plan assets involved, the likelihood of a successful recovery, and
the expenses expected to be incurred. 
 (c) Reliance on Administrator’s directions. The Trustee will credit and distribute the
Trust Fund as directed by the Administrator. The Trustee is not obligated to inquire as to whether any payee or distributee is entitled to any payment or whether the distribution is proper or within the terms of the Plan, or whether the manner of
making any payment or distribution is proper. The Trustee is accountable only to the Administrator for any payment or distribution made by it in good faith on the order or direction of the Administrator. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 53 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (d) Directions by others. In the event that the Trustee shall be directed by a
Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures if the Plan permits Participant directed investments), the Employer, or an Investment Manager or other agent appointed by the Employer with respect to the investment of any or all Plan
assets, the Trustee shall have no liability with respect to the investment of such assets, but shall be responsible only to execute such investment instructions as so directed. 

(1) The Trustee shall be entitled to rely fully on the written (or other form acceptable to the Administrator and the Trustee, including but
not limited to, voice recorded) instructions of a Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures), the Employer, or any Fiduciary or nonfiduciary agent of the Employer, in the discharge of such duties, and shall not be liable for any
loss or other liability resulting from such direction (or lack of direction) of the investment of any part of the Plan assets. 
 (2) The
Trustee may delegate the duty of executing such instructions to any nonfiduciary agent, which may be an affiliate of the Trustee or any Plan representative. 

(3) The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion,
deems such direction improper by virtue of applicable law. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or expense that may result from the Trustee’s refusal or failure to comply with any direction from the Participant. 

(4) Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the Participant’s directions shall be borne by the Participant’s Directed
Account, unless paid by the Employer. 
 (5) Notwithstanding anything herein above to the contrary, the Trustee shall not invest any portion
of a Participant’s Directed Account in “collectibles” within the meaning of Code §408(m). 
 (e) Records. The
Trustee will maintain records of receipts and disbursements and furnish to the Employer and/or Administrator for each Plan Year a written annual report pursuant to Section 7.9. 

(f) Employment of bank or trust company. The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to the terms of its usual and customary
bank agency agreement, under which the duties of such bank or trust company shall be of a custodial, clerical and record-keeping nature. 

(g) Payment of expenses. The Trustee may employ and pay from the Trust Fund reasonable compensation to agents, attorneys, accountants
and other persons to advise the Trustee as in its opinion may be necessary. The Trustee may delegate to any agent , attorney, accountant or other person selected by it any non-Trustee power or duty vested in it by the Plan, and the Trustee may act
or refrain from acting on the advice or opinion of any such person. 
 7.2 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF DISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE 

(a) Discretionary authority. This Section applies if the Employer, in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer
and the Trustee, designates the Trustee to administer all or a portion of the trust as a Discretionary Trustee. If so designated, then the Trustee has the discretion and authority to invest, manage, and control those Plan assets except, however,
with respect to those assets which are subject to the investment direction of a Participant (if Participant directed investments are permitted), or an Investment Manager, the Administrator, or other agent appointed by the Employer. The exercise of
any investment discretion hereunder shall be consistent with the “funding policy and method” determined by the Employer. 
 (b)
Duties. The Trustee shall, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, invest and reinvest the Trust Fund to keep the Trust Fund invested without distinction between principal and income and in such securities or property, real or personal,
wherever situated, as the Trustee shall deem advisable, including, but not limited to, common or preferred stocks, open-end or closed-end mutual funds, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any interest therein.
The Trustee shall at all times in making investments of the Trust Fund consider, among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs of the Plan on the basis of information furnished by the Employer. In making such investments, the Trustee
shall not be restricted to securities or other property of the character expressly authorized by the applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard to any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all
times this Plan may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust. The Trustee shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the
circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. 

(c) Powers. The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory authority, including the Act, and other
provisions of this Plan, shall have the following powers and authorities to be exercised in the Trustee’s sole discretion: 
 (1) To
purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same. In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained; 

(2) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the
Trustee, by private contract or at public auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition,
with or without advertisement; 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 54 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (3) To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies
or powers of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in,
corporate reorganizations or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to
stocks, bonds, securities, or other property; 
 (4) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the Trustee’s own
name, or in the name of a nominee or in a street name provided such securities or other property are held on behalf of the Plan by (i) a bank or trust company, (ii) a broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
or a nominee of such broker or dealer, or (iii) a clearing agency as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 

(5) To invest in a common, collective, or pooled trust fund (the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference) maintained by any
Trustee (or any affiliate of such Trustee) hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100 (as modified by Rev. Rul. 2011-1 or any subsequent guidance), all or such part of the Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem advisable, and the part of the Trust Fund
so transferred shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of the common, collective, or pooled trust fund which contemplate the commingling for investment purposes of such trust assets with trust assets of other trusts. The name of the trust
fund may be specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections). The Trustee may withdraw from such common, collective, or pooled trust fund all or such part of the Trust Fund as the Trustee may
deem advisable; 
 (6) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the
Trustee shall deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part, of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to see
to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing; 
 (7) To accept and retain
for such time as it may deem advisable any securities or other property received or acquired by it as 
 Trustee hereunder, whether or not
such securities or other property would normally be purchased as investments hereunder; 
 (8) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any
and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted; 

(9) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration (provided such arbitration does not apply to qualification issues nor to Participants or
Beneficiaries) any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings; 

(10) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation, and such agents or counsel may or may not be
an agent or counsel for the Employer; 
 (11) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the Trust Fund any annuity or
other Contracts (on the life of any Participant, or in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) Plan), on the life of any person in whom a Participant has an insurable interest, or on the joint lives of a Participant and any person in
whom the Participant has an insurable interest) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise, at any time or from time to time, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such annuity, or other Contracts; to collect, receive, and
settle for the proceeds of all such annuity, or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof; 
 (12) To invest
funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable rate of interest or in cash or cash balances without liability for interest thereon, including the specific authority to invest in any type of deposit of the Trustee (or of
a financial institution related to the Trustee); 
 (13) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations;

 (14) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options are traded on and purchased through a national securities exchange
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities exchange, are guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of whether such options are covered;

 (15) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations
including the specific authority to make deposit into any savings accounts or certificates of deposit of the Trustee (or a financial institution related to the Trustee); 

(16) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any other qualified employee pension benefit trust
created by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 55 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
investments and carry joint accounts on behalf of this Plan and Trust and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided shares or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets
of the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests; and 
 (17) To do all such acts and exercise all such rights and
privileges, although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan. 
 (d)
Appointment of Investment Manager or others. The Trustee may appoint, at its option, an Investment Manager, investment adviser, or other agent to provide direction to the Trustee with respect to the investment of any or all of the Plan
assets. Such appointment shall be in writing and shall specifically identify the Plan assets with respect to which the Investment Manager or other agent shall have the authority to direct the investment. 

7.3 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF NONDISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE 

(a) No discretionary powers. This Section applies if the Employer, in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer
and the Trustee, designates the Trustee to administer all or a portion of the trust as a nondiscretionary Trustee. If so designated, then the Trustee shall have no discretionary authority to invest, manage, or control those Plan assets, but must act
solely as a Directed Trustee of those Plan assets. A nondiscretionary Trustee, as Directed Trustee of the Plan funds it holds, is authorized and empowered, by way of limitation, with the powers, rights and duties set forth herein and in
Section 7.14, each of which the nondiscretionary Trustee exercises solely as Directed Trustee in accordance with the direction of the party which has the authority to manage and control the investment of the Plan assets. If no directions are
provided to the Trustee, the Employer will provide necessary direction. Furthermore, the Employer and the nondiscretionary Trustee may, in writing, limit the powers of the nondiscretionary Trustee to any combination of powers listed within this
Section. The party which has the authority to manage and control the investment of the Plan assets shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence,
and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. 

(b) Powers. The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory authority, including the Act, and other
provisions of this Plan, shall have the following powers and authorities: 
 (1) To invest the assets, without distinction between principal
and income, in securities or property, real or personal, wherever situated, including, but not limited to, common or preferred stocks, open-end or closed-end mutual funds, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or
any interest therein. In making such investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities or other property of the character expressly authorized by the applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard to
any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times this Plan may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust; 
 (2) To purchase,
or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same. In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained; 

(3) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the
Trustee, by private contract or at public auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition,
with or without advertisement; 
 (4) At the direction of the party which has the authority or discretion, to vote upon any stocks, bonds, or
other securities; to give general or special proxies or powers of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or
to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate powers, and pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of
an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property; 
 (5) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in
the Trustee’s own name, or in the name of a nominee or in a street name provided such securities or other property are held on behalf of the Plan by (i) a bank or trust company, (ii) a broker or dealer registered under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer, or (iii) a clearing agency as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 

(6) To invest in a common, collective, or pooled trust fund (the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference) maintained by any
Trustee (or any affiliate of such Trustee) hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100 (as modified by Rev. Rul. 2011-1 or any subsequent guidance), all or such part of the Trust Fund as the party which has the authority to manage and control the
investment of the assets shall deem advisable, and the part of the Trust Fund so transferred shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of the common, collective, or pooled trust fund which contemplate the commingling for investment purposes
of such trust assets with trust assets of other trusts. The name of the trust fund may be specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections); 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 56 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (7) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such amount, and upon such terms
and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part, of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee
shall be bound to see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing; 
 (8)
To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted; 

(9) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration (provided such arbitration does not apply to qualification issues nor to Participants or
Beneficiaries) any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings; 

(10) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation, and such agent or counsel may or may not be
an agent or counsel for the Employer; 
 (11) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the Trust Fund any annuity or
other Contracts (on the life of any Participant, or in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) Plan), on the life of any person in whom a Participant has an insurable interest, or on the joint lives of a Participant and any person in
whom the Participant has an insurable interest) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise, at the direction of the person with the authority to do so, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such annuity or other Contracts; to
collect, receive, and settle for the proceeds of all such annuity or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof; 

(12) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable rate of interest or in cash or cash balances
without liability for interest thereon, including the specific authority to invest in any type of deposit of the Trustee (or of a financial institution related to the Trustee); 

(13) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations; 

(14) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options are traded on and purchased through a national securities exchange
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities exchange, are guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of whether such options are covered;

 (15) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations
including the specific authority to make deposit into any savings accounts or certificates of deposit of the Trustee (or a financial institution related to the Trustee); and 

(16) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any other qualified employee pension benefit trust
created by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint accounts on behalf of this Plan and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided shares or interests in such
investments or accounts or any pooled assets of the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests. 
 (c) The Trustee
shall have no responsibility to enforce the collection from the Employer of any contribution to the Plan or determine the correctness of the amount or timing any contribution. The Employer is responsible for transmitting contributions to the Trustee
at such times and in such manner as is mutually agreed upon by the Employer and the Trustee and as required by the Plan and applicable law. Further, the Employer represents and warrants that it either has responsibility as a “named
fiduciary” (as defined in Act §402(a)(2)) or has properly delegated the responsibility to a Plan fiduciary, other than the nondiscretionary Trustee, for determining the correctness, amount and timing of contributions and for the collection
of contributions. 
 7.4 POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN 

The Employer may appoint a Custodian of the Plan assets. A Custodian has the same powers, rights and duties as a nondiscretionary Trustee. Any
reference in the Plan to a Trustee also is a reference to a Custodian unless the context of the Plan indicates otherwise. A limitation of the Trustee’s liability by Plan provision also acts as a limitation of the Custodian’s liability. The
Custodian will be protected from any liability with respect to actions taken pursuant to the direction of the Trustee, Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager, a named Fiduciary or other third party with authority to provide direction to
the Custodian. The resignation or removal of the Custodian shall be made in accordance with Section 7.11 as though the Custodian were a Trustee. 

7.5 LIFE INSURANCE 
 (a) Permitted
insurance. The Trustee (or Insurer), in accordance with nondiscriminatory operational procedures of the Administrator, shall ratably apply for, own, and pay all premiums on Contracts on the lives of the Participants or, in the case of a Profit
Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) Plan), on the life of a member of the Participant’s family or on the joint lives of a Participant and a member of the Participant’s family. Furthermore, if a Contract is purchased on the joint lives of the
Participant and another person and such other person predeceases the Participant, then the Contract may not be maintained under this Plan. Any initial or 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 57 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
additional Contract purchased on behalf of a Participant shall have a face amount of not less than $1,000, an amount set forth in the Administrator’s procedures, or the limitation of the
Insurer, whichever is greater. If a life insurance Contract is to be purchased for a Participant, then the aggregate premium for ordinary life insurance for each Participant must be less than 50% of the aggregate contributions and Forfeitures
allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account. For purposes of this limitation, ordinary life insurance Contracts are Contracts with both non-decreasing death benefits and non-increasing premiums. If term insurance or universal life insurance
is purchased, then the aggregate premium must be 25% or less of the aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account. If both term insurance and ordinary life insurance are purchased, then the premium for
term insurance plus one-half of the premium for ordinary life insurance may not in the aggregate exceed 25% of the aggregate Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account. Notwithstanding the preceding,
the limitations imposed herein with respect to the purchase of life insurance shall not apply, in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) Plan), to the portion of the Participant’s Account, other than the Participant’s
Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account, that has accumulated for at least two (2) Plan Years or to the entire Participant’s Account if the Participant has been a Participant in
the Plan for at least five (5) years. In addition, amounts transferred to this Plan in accordance with Section 4.6(f)(1)(ii) or (iii) and a Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account may be used to purchase Contracts without
limitation. Thus, amounts that are not subject to the limitations contained herein may be used to purchase life insurance on any person in whom a Participant has an insurable interest or on the joint lives of a Participant and any person in whom the
Participant has an insurable interest, and without regard to the amount of premiums paid to purchase any life insurance hereunder. 
 (b)
Contract conversion at retirement. Subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Sections 6.5 and 6.6 (if applicable), the Trustee (or Insurer) must distribute the Contracts to the Participant or convert the entire value of the Contracts at
or before retirement into cash or provide for a periodic income so that no portion of such value may be used to continue life insurance protection beyond the date on which benefits commence. 

(c) Limitations on purchase. Notwithstanding anything herein above to the contrary, amounts credited to a Participant’s Qualified
Voluntary Employee Contribution Account pursuant to Section 4.9, shall not be applied to the purchase of life insurance Contracts. Furthermore, no life insurance Contracts shall be required to be obtained on an individual’s life if, for
any reason (other than the nonpayment of premiums) the Insurer will not issue a Contract on such individual’s life. 
 (d) Proceeds
payable to Plan. The Trustee (or Insurer) will be the owner of any life insurance Contract purchased under the terms of this Plan. The Contract must provide that the proceeds will be payable to the Trustee (or Insurer); however, the Trustee ( or
Insurer) shall be required to pay over all proceeds of the Contract to the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary” in accordance with the distribution provisions of Article VI. A Participant’s Spouse will be the “designated
Beneficiary” pursuant to Section 6.2, unless a qualified election has been made in accordance with Sections 6.5 and 6.6 of the Plan, if applicable. Under no circumstances shall the Trust retain any part of the proceeds that are in excess
of the cash surrender value immediately prior to death. However, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall not pay the proceeds in a method that would violate the requirements of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984, as stated in Article VI of the Plan, or Code
§401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any insurance Contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control. 

(e) No responsibility for act of Insurer. The Employer, the Administrator and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the validity of
the provisions under a Contract issued hereunder or for the failure or refusal by the Insurer to provide benefits under such Contract. The Employer, Administrator and the Trustee are also not responsible for any action or failure to act by the
Insurer or any other person which results in the delay of a payment under the Contract or which renders the Contract invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part. 

7.6 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS 
 (a)
Permitted loans. The Trustee (or the Administrator if the Trustee is a nondiscretionary Trustee or if loans are treated as Participant directed investments) may, in the Trustee’s (or, if applicable, the Administrator’s) sole
discretion, make loans to Participants or Beneficiaries. If loans are permitted, then the following shall apply: (1) loans shall be made available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis; (2) loans shall not
be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Participants; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest; (4) loans shall be adequately secured; and (5) loans
shall provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time. Furthermore, no Participant loan shall exceed the Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan. For purposes of this Section, the term Participant shall include any Eligible
Employee who is not yet a Participant, if, pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, “rollovers” are permitted to be accepted from Eligible Employees. 

(b) Prohibited assignment or pledge. An assignment or pledge of any portion of a Participant’s interest in the Plan and a loan,
pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance Contract purchased under the Plan, shall be treated as a loan under this Section. 
 (c)
Spousal consent. If the Vested interest of a Participant is used to secure any loan made pursuant to this Section, then the written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) consent of the Participant’s Spouse shall be required in a
manner consistent with Section 6.5(a), provided the spousal consent requirements of such Section apply to the Plan. Such consent must be obtained within the one-hundred eighty (180) (ninety (90) for Plan Years beginning before
January 1, 2007) day period prior to the date the loan is made. A new consent shall be required if the Vested interest of a Participant is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal or other revision of the loan. However, unless the loan
program established pursuant to this Section provides otherwise, no spousal consent shall be required under this paragraph if the total interest subject to the security is not in excess of $5,000. If a valid spousal consent has been 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 58 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
obtained in accordance with this Subsection, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the portion of the Participant’s Vested Account balance used as a security interest held
by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of the Account balance payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of
the loan. If less than 100% of the Participant’s Vested Account balance (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving Spouse, then the Account balance shall be adjusted by first reducing the Vested Account
balance by the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving Spouse. 
 (d)
Loan program. The Administrator shall be authorized to establish a Participant loan program to provide for loans under the Plan. The loan program shall be established in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation §2550.408(b)-1(d)(2)
providing for loans by the Plan to parties-in-interest under said Plan, such as Participants or Beneficiaries. In order for the Administrator to implement such loan program, a separate written document forming a part of this Plan must be adopted,
which document shall specifically include, but need not be limited to, the following: 
 (1) the identity of the person or positions
authorized to administer the Participant loan program; 
 (2) a procedure for applying for loans; 

(3) the basis on which loans will be approved or denied; 

(4) limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans offered; 

(5) the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate of interest; 

(6) the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and 

(7) the events constituting default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan assets in the event such default. 

(e) Loan default. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if a Participant or Beneficiary defaults on a loan made
pursuant to this Section that is secured by the Participant’s interest in the Plan, then a Participant’s interest may be offset by the amount subject to the security to the extent there is a distributable event permitted by the Code or
Regulations. 
 (f) Loans subject to Plan terms. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if this is an amendment and
restatement of an existing Plan, any loans made prior to the date this amendment and restatement is adopted shall be subject to the terms of the Plan in effect at the time such loan was made. 

7.7 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 

If there is more than one Trustee, then the responsibilities of each Trustee may be specified by the Employer and accepted in writing by each
Trustee. If no such delegation is made by the Employer, then the Trustees may allocate the responsibilities among themselves, in which event the Trustees shall notify the Employer and the Administrator in writing of such action and specify the
responsibilities of each Trustee. Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of powers, if there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign papers on
their behalf. 
 7.8 TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES 

The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as set forth in the Trustee’s fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or
as agreed upon in writing by the Employer and the Trustee. However, an individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time compensation from the Employer shall not receive compensation from this Plan. In addition, the Trustee shall be
reimbursed for any reasonable expenses, including reasonable counsel fees incurred by it as Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid or advanced by the Employer. All taxes of any kind whatsoever that may
be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the Trust Fund. 

7.9 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE 
 (a)
Annual report. Within a reasonable period of time after the later of the Anniversary Date or receipt of the Employer’s contribution for each Plan Year, the Trustee, or its agent, shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written
statement of account with respect to the Plan Year for which such contribution was made setting forth: 
 (1) the net income, or loss, of the
Trust Fund; 
 (2) the gains, or losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon sales or other disposition of the assets; (3) the increase, or
decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund; 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 59 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (4) all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and 

(5) such further information as the Trustee and/or Administrator deems appropriate. 

(b) Employer approval of report. The Employer, promptly upon its receipt of each such statement of account, shall acknowledge receipt
thereof in writing and advise the Trustee and/or Administrator of its approval or disapproval thereof. Failure by the Employer to disapprove any such statement of account within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof shall be deemed an
approval thereof. The approval by the Employer of any statement of account shall be binding on the Employer and the Trustee as to all matters contained in the statement to the same extent as if the account of the Trustee had been settled by judgment
or decree in an action for a judicial settlement of its account in a court of competent jurisdiction in which the Trustee, the Employer and all persons having or claiming an interest in the Plan were parties. However, nothing contained in this
Section shall deprive the Trustee of its right to have its accounts judicially settled if the Trustee so desires. 
 7.10 AUDIT 

(a) Duty to engage accountant. If an audit of the Plan’s records shall be required by the Act and the regulations thereunder for
any Plan Year, the Administrator shall engage on behalf of all Participants an independent qualified public accountant for that purpose. Such accountant shall, after an audit of the books and records of the Plan in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards, within a reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year, furnish to the Administrator and the Trustee a report of the audit setting forth the accountant’s opinion as to whether any statements, schedules or lists, that
are required by Act §103 or the Secretary of Labor to be filed with the Plan’s annual report, are presented fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently. 

(b) Payment of fees. All auditing and accounting fees shall be an expense of and may, at the election of the Employer, be paid from the
Trust Fund. 
 (c) Information to be provided to Administrator. If some or all of the information necessary to enable the
Administrator to comply with Act §103 is maintained by a bank, insurance company, or similar institution, regulated, supervised, and subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency, then it shall transmit and certify the accuracy
of that information to the Administrator as provided in Act §103(b) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the Plan Year or such other date as may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary of Labor. 

7.11 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE 

(a) Trustee resignation. Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, a Trustee may resign at any time by delivering
to the Employer, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of resignation. 
 (b) Trustee removal.
Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, the Employer may remove a Trustee at any time by delivering to the Trustee, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of such Trustee’s
removal. 
 (c) Appointment of successor. Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any Trustee, a successor may be
appointed by the Employer; and such successor, upon accepting such appointment in writing and delivering same to the Employer, shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the predecessor as if such successor
had been originally named as a Trustee herein. Until such a successor is appointed, any remaining Trustee or Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of the Plan. 

(d) Appointment of successor prior to removal of predecessor. The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to the death,
resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee. In the event a successor is so designated by the Employer and accepts such designation, the successor shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the
predecessor as if such successor had been originally named as Trustee herein immediately upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of the predecessor. 

(e) Trustee’s statement upon cessation of being Trustee. Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases to serve as such, the Trustee shall
furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account with respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual or entity served as Trustee. This statement shall be either (i) included as part of the annual
statement of account for the Plan Year required under Section 7.9 or (ii) set forth in a special statement. Any such special statement of account should be rendered to the Employer no later than the due date of the annual statement of
account for the Plan Year. The procedures set forth in Section 7.9 for the approval by the Employer of annual statements of account shall apply to any special statement of account rendered hereunder and approval by the Employer of any such
special statement in the manner provided in Section 7.9 shall have the same effect upon the statement as the Employer’s approval of an annual statement of account. No successor to the Trustee shall have any duty or responsibility to
investigate the acts or transactions of any predecessor who has rendered all statements of account required by Section 7.9 and this subparagraph. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 60 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 7.12 TRANSFER OF INTEREST 

Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee at the direction of the Administrator shall transfer the interest, if
any, of a Participant to another trust forming part of a pension, profit sharing, or stock bonus plan that meets the requirements of Code §401(a), provided that the trust to which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made and
further provided that the terms of the transferee plan properly allocates the funds in each account to a transferee account that preserves all the required features and restrictions applicable to such account under this Plan. However, the transfer
of amounts from this Plan to a nonqualified foreign trust is treated as a distribution and the transfer of assets and liabilities from this Plan to a plan that satisfies Section 1165 of the Puerto Rico Code is also treated as distribution from
the transferor plan. 
 7.13 TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION 

To the extent permitted by the Code and the Act, the Employer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all claims,
losses, damages, expenses and liabilities the Trustee may incur in the exercise and performance of the Trustee’s powers and duties hereunder, unless the same are determined to be due to gross negligence or willful misconduct. 

7.14 EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY 

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.15, the Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold “qualifying employer securities “
and “qualifying employer real property,” as those terms are defined in the Act. However, no more than one hundred percent (100%), in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Plan, or ten percent (10%), in the case of a Money Purchase
Plan, of the fair market value of all the assets in the Trust Fund may be invested in “qualifying employer securities” and “qualifying employer real property.” 

Any such investment shall only be made upon written direction of the Employer who shall be solely responsible for the propriety of such
investment, except to the extent Participants direct the investment of their Accounts in such investment. Additional directives regarding the purchase, sale, or retention of such securities may be addressed in a funding policy, statement of
investment policy, or other separate procedures or documents governing the investment of Plan assets. In the event of any conflicts between the Plan document and a separate investment trust agreement, the Plan document shall prevail. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Plan does not permit Participants to direct the investment of their Elective Deferral Accounts, then the
Trustee shall only be permitted to acquire or hold “qualifying employer securities” and “qualifying employer real property” to the extent permitted under Act §407. 

7.15 DIVESTMENT OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES 

(a) Application of Section. This Section only applies to a Plan that is an “applicable defined contribution plan.” Except as
provided herein or in Regulations, an “applicable defined contribution plan” means a defined contribution plan that holds employer securities (within the meaning of Regulation §1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(3)) that are publicly traded (within
the meaning of Regulation §1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(5)). An “applicable defined contribution plan” does not include a one-participant plan, as defined in Code §401(a)(35)(E)(iv) or an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) as
defined in Code §4975(e)(7) if: (1) the ESOP holds no contributions (or related earnings) that are (or were ever) subject to Code §§401(k) or 401(m); and (2) the ESOP is a separate plan, for purposes of Code §414(l),
from any other defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan maintained by the same employer or employers. Except as provided in Regulation §1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(2)(iv) or in Code §401(a)(35)(F)(ii) (relating to certain controlled
groups), the Plan is treated as holding publicly traded Employer securities if any Employer corporation, or any member of a controlled group of corporations which includes such Employer corporation (as defined in Code §401(a)(35)(F)(iii)) has
issued a class of stock which is a “publicly traded Employer security.” 
 (b) Effective date. The provisions of Code
§401(a)(35) generally apply to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006. However, the effective date of the provisions relating to Regulation §1.401(a)(35)-1 are applicable to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

 (c) Rule applicable to Elective Deferrals, Employee contributions and rollovers. If any portion of an “applicable
individual’s” account attributable to Elective Deferrals, after-tax voluntary Employee contributions or rollover contributions is invested in publicly-traded Employer securities, then, except as otherwise provided herein, the
“applicable individual” may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities, and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options which satisfy the requirements of Subsection (e). For purposes of this Section, an
“applicable individual” means: (1) a Participant; (2) an Alternate Payee who has an account under the Plan; or (3) a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant. 

(d) Rule applicable to Employer contributions. If any portion of an “applicable individual’s” account attributable to
Employer contributions (other than Elective Deferrals) is invested in publicly-traded Employer securities, then, except as otherwise provided herein, the “applicable individual” may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities,
and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options which satisfy the requirements of Subsection (e) below. 
 (1)
Definition of “Applicable individual.” For purposes of this Subsection, an “applicable individual” means: (i) a Participant who has completed at least three (3) Years of Service; (ii) an Alternate Payee who
has an account under the Plan with respect to a 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 61 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
Participant who has completed at least three (3) Years of Service; or (iii) a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant. For this purpose, a Participant completes three (3) Years of
Service on the last day of the vesting computation period provided for under the Plan that constitutes the completion of the third year of service under Code §411(a)(5). However, if the Plan uses the elapsed time method of crediting service for
vesting purposes (or the Plan provides for immediate vesting without using a vesting computation period or the elapsed time method of determining vesting), a Participant completes three (3) years of service on the day immediately preceding the
third anniversary of the Participant’s date of hire. 
 (2) Definition of “publicly traded Employer security.” For
purposes of this Section, a “publicly traded Employer security” means a security which is traded on a national securities exchange that is registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1935 or which is traded on a
foreign national securities exchange that is officially recognized, sanctioned, or supervised by a governmental authority and the security is deemed by the securities and Exchange commission as having a “ready market” under SEC Rule 14c3-1
(17 CFR 240.15c3). In addition, if the Employer, or any member of a controlled group of corporations (as described in Regulation §1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(2)(iv)(A) which includes the Employer, has issued a class of stock which is a publicly traded
employer security, and the Plan hold employer securities which are not publicly traded Employer securities, then the Plan shall be treated as holding publicly traded Employer securities. 

(3) Three-year phase-in applicable to Employer contributions. For Employer securities acquired with Employer contributions (other than Elective
Deferrals) during a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, the rule described in this Subsection only applies to the percentage of the Employer securities (applied separately for each class of securities) as follows: 

 

					
	 Plan Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2007
	  	 	33	  
	 2008
	  	 	66	  
	 2009
	  	 	100	  

 (4) Exception to phase-in for certain age 55 Participants. The 3-year phase-in rule in paragraph
(3) above does not apply to a Participant who has attained age 55 and who has completed at least three (3) years of service (as defined in paragraph (1) above before the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2005. 

(e) Investment options. For purposes of this Section, other investment options must include not less than three (3) investment
options, other than Employer securities, to which the individual who the right to divest under Subsections (c) or (d) may direct the proceeds from the divestment of Employer securities. Each of the three (3) investment options must be
diversified and have materially different risk and return characteristics. For this purpose, investment options that constitute a broad range of investment alternatives within the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation
§2550.404c–1(b)(3) are treated as being diversified and having materially different risk and return characteristics. 
 (f)
Restrictions or conditions on investments in Employer securities. The Plan must provide reasonable divestment and reinvestment opportunities at least quarterly. Furthermore, except as permitted by Regulation §1.401(a)(35)-1(e), the Plan
may not impose restrictions or conditions on the investment of Employer securities which the Plan does not impose on the investment of other Plan assets. 

ARTICLE VIII 
 AMENDMENT,
TERMINATION AND MERGERS 
 8.1 AMENDMENT 

(a) General rule on Employer amendment. The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend this Plan subject to the limitations of
this Section. However, any amendment that affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee (or Insurer) or Administrator may only be made with the Trustee’s (or Insurer’s) or Administrator’s written consent. Any such
amendment shall become effective as provided therein upon its execution. The Trustee (or Insurer) shall not be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment affects the duties of the Trustee (or Insurer) hereunder. 

(b) Permissible amendments. The Employer may amend the Plan to accomplish any of the following items without affecting reliance on the
opinion or advisory letter: (1) change the choice of options in the Adoption Agreement, (2) add any appendix to the Adoption Agreement that is specifically permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan (e.g., Appendix A to the Adoption
Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections)); (3) amend administrative trust or custodial provisions in the case of a volume submitter or non-standardized Plan and make more limited amendments in the case of a standardized
Plan such as the name of the Plan, Employer, Trustee or Custodian, (4) add certain sample or model amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service or other required good-faith amendments which specifically provide that their adoption will
not cause the Plan to be treated as an individually designed plan, (5) add or change provisions permitted under the Plan and/or specify or change the effective date of a provision as permitted under the Plan, (6) add a list of any
“Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” which must be preserved, (7) conform to the requirements of Act Section 402(a) (relating to named fiduciaries), Act Section 503 (relating to claims procedures), or DOL Field Assistance
Bulletin 2008-01 (relating to the duty to collect delinquent contributions), (8) adjust the limitations under Code §§415, 402(g), 401(a)(17) and 414(q)(1)(B) to reflect annual cost-of-living increases, and (9) change the
prototype sponsor’s or volume submitter practitioner’s name. An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the minimum 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 62 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
funding requirement under Code §412(c) (or for Plan Years beginning on or before December 31, 2007, Code §412(d)), will no longer participate in this prototype or volume submitter
Plan and this Plan will be considered to be an individually designed plan for purposes of reliance. 
 (c) Sponsoring organization/volume
submitter practitioner amendments. The Employer (and every Participating Employer) expressly delegates authority to the sponsoring organization of this prototype Plan or volume submitter practitioner, the right to amend the Plan by submitting a
copy of the amendment to each Employer (and Participating Employer) who has adopted this prototype or volume submitter plan, after first having received a ruling or favorable determination from the Internal Revenue Service that the prototype or
volume submitter Plan as amended qualifies under Code §401(a) (unless a ruling or determination is not required by the IRS). For purposes of this Section, the mass submitter shall be recognized as the agent of the sponsor. If the sponsor does
not adopt any amendment made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be identical to, or a minor modifier of, the mass submitter plan. 

(d) Impermissible amendments. No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or permits any part of the Trust Fund (other
than such part as is required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates; or causes any reduction in the amount
credited to the account of any Participant; or causes or permits any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become property of the Employer. 

(e) Anti-cutback restrictions. No Plan amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer
or similar transaction) shall be effective if it eliminates or reduces any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit” or adds or modifies conditions relating to “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” which results in a further
restriction on such benefits (even if the amendment merely adds a restriction or condition that is permitted under the vesting rules in Code §§411(a)(3) – (11)) unless such “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are
preserved in operation with respect to benefits accrued as of the later of the adoption date or effective date of the amendment. Notwithstanding the preceding, “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” may be eliminated or reduced to the
extent permitted by Code §412(d)(2) or Regulations (including Regulation §§1.411(d)-3 and 1.411(d)-4) or other IRS guidance. For purposes of this Subsection, a plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s
“Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing a “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit.” “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits”
are benefits described in Code §411(d)(6)(A), early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit. The preceding shall not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to
receive payment of his or her Account under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For this purpose,
a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if the single-sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the
Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. 
 8.2 TERMINATION 

(a) Termination of Plan. The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate the Plan by delivering to the Trustee (or Insurer)
and Administrator written notice of such termination. Upon any full or partial termination or upon the complete discontinuance of the Employer’s Contributions to the Plan (in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan), all amounts credited to the
affected Participants’ Combined Accounts shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to Forfeiture. 
 (b)
Distribution of assets. Upon the full termination of the Plan, the Employer shall direct the distribution of the assets to Participants in a manner that is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, except that no
Participant or spousal consent is required. Distributions to a Participant shall be made in cash (or in property if permitted in the Adoption Agreement) or through the purchase of irrevocable nontransferable deferred commitments from the Insurer.
Except as permitted by Regulations, the termination of the Plan shall not result in the reduction of “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” as described in Section 8.1(e). In addition, to the extent Section 6.13 (Special Rule for
Certain Profit Sharing Plans) could apply to all or a portion of the assets, then, subject to Section 12.2, the Administrator will direct the distribution of assets to Participants in a lump-sum distribution. Such distribution will be made as soon
as reasonable after the Plan termination, regardless of: (1) the amount of the Participant’s Vested Account balance; (2) the Participant’s age; and (3) whether the Participant consents to the distribution. Furthermore, to
the extent a distribution is required to be made pursuant to this Section and the Participant does not consent to such distribution, then the Administrator may make a direct distribution to an individual retirement account described in Code
§408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code §408(b). 
 (c) Abandoned plan. If the Employer, in accordance
with DOL guidance, abandons the Plan, then the Trustee (or Insurer) or other party permitted to take action as a qualified terminal administrator (QTA), may terminate the Plan in accordance with applicable DOL and IRS regulations and other guidance.

 8.3 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS 

This Plan may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or liabilities may be transferred to any other plan only if the benefits which
would be received by a Participant of this Plan, in the event of a termination of the plan immediately after such transfer, merger or consolidation, are at least equal to the benefits the Participant would have received if the Plan had terminated
immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation and such transfer, merger or consolidation does not otherwise result in the elimination or reduction of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” as described in
Section 8.1(e). 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 63 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 ARTICLE IX 

TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS 
 9.1 TOP-HEAVY
PLAN REQUIREMENTS 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, for any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the
special vesting requirements of Code §416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan and the special minimum allocation requirements of Code §416(c) pursuant to Section 4.3(f) of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the
Plan, the minimum allocation shall be an Employer Nonelective Contribution and, if no vesting schedule has been selected in the Adoption Agreement or the selection is invalid, shall be subject to the 6 Year Graded vesting schedule described in the
Adoption Agreement. 
 Notwithstanding the above, the Top-Heavy Plan Year requirements of this Article and Code §416 shall not apply in
any Plan Year in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code §401(k)(12) or §401(k)(13) and matching contributions meet the requirements of Code §401(m)(11) or
§401(m)(12). 
 9.2 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS 

(a) Definition of Top-Heavy Plan. This Plan shall be a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exists: 

(1) if the “top-heavy ratio” for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any “required
aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group”; 
 (2) if this Plan is a part of a “required aggregation
group” but not part of a “permissive aggregation group” and the “top-heavy ratio” for the group of plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or 

(3) if this Plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” and part of a “permissive aggregation group” and the
“top-heavy ratio” for the “permissive aggregation group” exceeds sixty percent (60%). 
 (b) Top-heavy ratio.
“Top-heavy ratio” means, with respect to a “determination date”: 
 (1) If the Employer maintains one or more defined
contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code §408(k))) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the “determination date” has or has
had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this Plan alone or for the “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group” as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of
all Key Employees as of the “determination date” (including any part of any Account balance distributed in the 1-year period ending on the “determination date”) (5-year period ending on the “determination date” in the
case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or Total and Permanent Disability) , and the denominator of which is the sum of all Account balances (including any part of any Account balance distributed in the
1-year period ending on the “determination date”) (5-year period ending on the “determination date” in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or Total and Permanent Disability),
both computed in accordance with Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder. 
 Both the numerator and denominator of the
top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the “determination date,” but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder. 

(2) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer
maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the “determination date” has or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any “required aggregation group” or
“permissive aggregation group” as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (1) above,
and the “present value” of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the “determination date,” and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the
aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with (1) above, and the “present value” of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all participants as of the
“determination date,” all determined in accordance with Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any
distribution of an accrued benefit made in the 1-year period ending on the “determination date” (5-year period ending on the “determination date” in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from
employment, death or Total and Permanent Disability). 
 (3) For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of Account balances and
the “present value” of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the “determination date,” except as provided in Code §416 and the
Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant (i) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 64 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
a prior year, or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the 1-year period ending on the
“determination date” will be disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code §416 and the Regulations
thereunder. Deductible Employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When aggregating plans the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the
“determination dates” that fall within the same calendar year. 
 The accrued benefit of a participant other than a
Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more
rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code §411(b)(1)(C). 
 (c) Determination date.
“Determination date” means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, “determination date” means the last day of that Plan Year. 

(d) Permissive aggregation group. “Permissive aggregation group” means the “required aggregation group” of plans
plus any other plan or plans of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer which, when considered as a group with the “required aggregation group,” would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code §§401(a)(4) and 410. 

(e) Present value. “Present value” means the present value based only on the interest and mortality rates specified in
Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections). 
 (f) Required aggregation group.
“Required aggregation group” means: (1) each qualified plan of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the Plan Year containing the
“determination date” or any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer which enables a plan described in (l) to
meet the requirements of Code §401(a)(4) or 410. 
 (g) Valuation Date. Valuation Date means the date elected by the Employer in
the Adoption Agreement as of which Account balances or accrued benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the “top-heavy ratio.” 

ARTICLE X 
 MISCELLANEOUS

 10.1 EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS 
 (a)
Method of adoption. Any organization may become the Employer hereunder by executing the Adoption Agreement in a form satisfactory to the Trustee (or Insurer), and it shall provide such additional information as the Trustee (or Insurer) may
require. The consent of the Trustee (or Insurer) to act as such shall be signified by its execution of the Adoption Agreement or a separate agreement (including, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, a separate trust agreement). 

(b) Separate affiliation. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the affiliation of the Employer and the participation of its 

Participants shall be separate and apart from that of any other employer and its participants hereunder. 

10.2 PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS 
 This Plan
shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment of any Participant or Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant
or Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such discharge shall have upon the Employee as a
Participant of this Plan. 
 10.3 ALIENATION 

(a) General rule. Subject to the exceptions provided below and as otherwise permitted by the Code and the Act, no benefit which shall be
payable to any person (including a Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate,
sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no such benefit shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it be subject to
attachment or legal process for or against such person, and the same shall not be recognized except to such extent as may be required by law. 

(b) Exception for loans. Subsection (a) shall not apply to the extent a Participant or Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan by
reason of a loan made pursuant to Section 7.6. At the time a distribution is to be made to or for a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit, such portion of the amount to be distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid to
the Plan, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness. Prior to making a payment, however, the Participant or Beneficiary must be given notice by the Administrator that such indebtedness is to be so paid in whole or part from the
Participant’s interest in the Plan. If the Participant or Beneficiary does not agree that the indebtedness is a valid claim against the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to a review of the
validity of the claim in accordance with procedures provided in Section 2.10. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 65 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (c) Exception for QDRO. Subsection (a) shall not apply to a “qualified
domestic relations order” defined in Code §414(p), and those other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated by the Administrator under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. The Administrator shall establish a
written procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of
a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan. 
 (d) Exception for certain debts to
Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section to the contrary, an offset to a Participant’s accrued benefit against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order, or decree
issued, or a settlement entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, shall be permitted in accordance with Code §§401(a)(13)(C) and (D). 

10.4 PLAN COMMUNICATIONS, INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION 

(a) Applicable law. This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the Code, the Act and the laws of the state or
commonwealth in which the Employer’s (or if there is a corporate Trustee, the Trustee’s, or if the Plan is fully insured, the Insurer’s) principal office is located (unless otherwise designated in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement
(Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections)), other than its laws respecting choice of law, to the extent not pre-empted by federal law. 

(b) Administrator’s discretion/nondiscriminatory administration. The Administrator has total and complete discretion to interpret
and construe the Plan and to determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan. Any determination the Administrator makes under the Plan is final and binding upon any affected person. The Administrator
must exercise all of its Plan powers and discretion, and perform all of its duties in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. 
 (c)
Communications. All Participant or Beneficiary notices, designations, elections, consents or waivers must be made in a form the Administrator (or, as applicable, the Trustee or Insurer) specifies or otherwise approves. Any person entitled to
notice under the Plan may waive the notice or shorten the notice period unless such actions are contrary to applicable law. 
 (d)
Evidence. Anyone, including the Employer, required to give data, statements or other information relevant under the terms of the Plan (“evidence”) may do so by certificate, affidavit, document or other form which the person to act
in reliance may consider pertinent, reliable and genuine, and to have been signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties. The Administrator, Trustee and Insurer are protected fully in acting and relying upon any evidence described under
the immediately preceding sentence. 
 (e) Plan terms binding. The Plan is binding upon all parties, including but not limited to, the
Employer, Trustee, Insurer, Administrator, Participants and Beneficiaries. 
 (f) Parties to litigation. Except as otherwise provided
by applicable law, a Participant or a Beneficiary is not a necessary party or required to receive notice of process in any court proceeding involving the Plan, the Trust or any Fiduciary. Any final judgment (not subject to further appeal) entered in
any such proceeding will be binding upon all parties, including the Employer, the Administrator, Trustee, Insurer, Participants and Beneficiaries. 

(g) Fiduciaries not insurers. The Trustee, Administrator and the Employer in no way guarantee the Plan assets from loss or depreciation.
The Employer does not guarantee the payment of any money which may be or becomes due to any person from the Plan. The liability of the Employer, the Administrator and the Trustee to make any distribution from the Trust at any time and all times is
limited to the then available assets of the Trust. 
 (h) Construction/severability. The Plan, the Adoption Agreement, the Trust and
all other documents to which they refer, will be interpreted consistent with and to preserve tax qualification of the Plan under Code §401(a) and tax exemption of the Trust under Code §501(a) and also consistent with the Act and other
applicable law. To the extent permissible under applicable law, any provision which a court (or other entity with binding authority to interpret the Plan) determines to be inconsistent with such construction and interpretation, is deemed severed and
is of no force or effect, and the remaining Plan terms will remain in full force and effect. 
 (i) Uniformity. All provisions of this
Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner. 
 (j) Headings. The headings and subheadings of this
Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof. 
 10.5 GENDER, NUMBER AND TENSE

 Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used
in another gender in all cases where they would so apply; whenever any words are used herein in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever
any words are used herein in the past or present tense, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 66 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 10.6 LEGAL ACTION 

In the event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust and/or Plan established hereunder to which the Trustee (or Insurer),
the Employer or the Administrator may be a party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the Trustee (or Insurer), the Employer or the Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any and all
costs, attorney’s fees, and other expenses pertaining thereto incurred by them for which they shall have become liable. 
 10.7 PROHIBITION AGAINST
DIVERSION OF FUNDS 
 (a) General rule. Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted by law, it shall be
impossible by operation of the Plan or of the Trust, by termination of either, by power of revocation or amendment, by the happening of any contingency, by collateral arrangement or by any other means, for any part of the corpus or income of any
Trust Fund maintained pursuant to the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries. 

(b) Mistake of fact. In the event the Employer shall make a contribution under a mistake of fact pursuant to Act §403(c)(2)(A), the
Employer may demand repayment of such contribution at any time within one (1) year following the time of payment and the Trustee (or Insurer) shall return such amount to the Employer within the one (1) year period. Earnings of the Plan
attributable to the contributions may not be returned to the Employer but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned. 

(c) Contribution conditioned on deductibility. Except as specifically stated in the Plan, any contribution made by the Employer to the
Plan (if the Employer is not tax-exempt) is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by the Employer under the Code and, to the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Employer may, within one (1) year following a final
determination of the disallowance, whether by agreement with the Internal Revenue Service or by final decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, demand repayment of such disallowed contribution and the Trustee (or Insurer) shall return such
contribution within one (1) year following the disallowance. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned. 

10.8 EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE 

The Employer, Administrator and Trustee, and their successors, shall not be responsible for the validity of any Contract issued hereunder or
for the failure on the part of the Insurer to make payments provided by any such Contract, or for the action of any person which may delay payment or render a Contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part. 

10.9 INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE 

Except as otherwise agreed upon in writing between the Employer and the Insurer, an Insurer which issues any Contracts hereunder shall not have
any responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of this Plan. The Insurer shall be protected and held harmless in acting in accordance with any written direction of the Administrator or Trustee, and shall have no
duty to see to the application of any funds paid to the Trustee, nor be required to question any actions directed by the Administrator or Trustee. Regardless of any provision of this Plan, the Insurer shall not be required to take or permit any
action or allow any benefit or privilege contrary to the terms of any Contract which it issues hereunder, or the rules of the Insurer. 
 10.10 RECEIPT
AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS 
 Any payment to any Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, Beneficiary, or to any guardian
or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee (or Insurer) and the Employer. 

10.11 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER 
 Whenever
the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority. 

10.12 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY 

The “named Fiduciaries” of this Plan are (a) the Employer, (b) the Administrator, (c) the Trustee (if the Trustee has
discretionary authority as elected in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Trustee), and (d) any Investment Manager appointed hereunder. The Employer may, however, modify the preceding sentence to add or
remove named Fiduciaries. The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan including, but not limited to, any agreement allocating or delegating
their responsibilities, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. In general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the contributions provided for under the Plan; and shall

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 67 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan’s “funding policy and method”; and to amend the elective provisions of the
Adoption Agreement or terminate, in whole or in part, the Plan. The Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically described in the Plan. If the Trustee has discretionary
authority, it shall have the sole responsibility of management of the assets held under the Trust, except those assets, the management of which has been assigned to an Investment Manager or Administrator, who shall be solely responsible for the
management of the assets assigned to it, all as specifically provided in the Plan. Each named Fiduciary warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan,
authorizing or providing for such direction, information or action. Furthermore, each named Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or action of another named Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan, and is not required under the
Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action. It is intended under the Plan that each named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under
the Plan. No named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value. Any person or group may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity. 

10.13 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, pursuant to an application for qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for
filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan or an amendment to the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of Treasury may prescribe, the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service or the
Commissioner’s delegate should determine that the Plan does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan under Code §§401 and 501, and such determination is not contested, or if contested, is finally upheld, then if the Plan is a new
plan, it shall be void ab initio and all amounts contributed to the Plan, by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one (1) year and the Plan shall terminate, and the Trustee (or Insurer) shall be discharged from all further
obligations. If the disqualification relates to a Plan amendment, then the Plan shall operate as if it had not been amended. If the Employer’s Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan will no longer participate in this prototype
or volume submitter plan and will be considered an individually designed plan. 
 10.14 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, benefits under this Plan shall be paid, subject to Sections 6.11, 6.12 and 12.10, only upon death,
Total and Permanent Disability, normal or early retirement, severance of employment, or termination of the Plan. 
 10.15 ELECTRONIC MEDIA 

The Administrator may use any electronic medium to give or receive any Plan notice, communicate any Plan policy, conduct any written Plan
communication, satisfy any Plan filing or other compliance requirement and conduct any other Plan transaction to the extent permissible under applicable law. A Participant or a Participant’s Spouse, to the extent authorized by the
Administrator, may use any electronic medium to make or provide any Beneficiary designation, election, notice, consent or waiver under the Plan, to the extent permissible under applicable law. Any reference in this Plan to a “form,” a
“notice,” an “election,” a “consent,” a “waiver,” a “designation,” a “policy” or to any other Plan-related communication includes an electronic version thereof as permitted under applicable
law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Participant or Beneficiary notices and consent that are required pursuant to the Code must satisfy Regulation §1.401(a)-21. 

10.16 PLAN CORRECTION 
 The Administrator
in conjunction with the Employer may undertake such correction of Plan errors as the Administrator deems necessary, including correction to preserve tax qualification of the Plan under Code §401(a) or to correct a fiduciary breach under the
Act. Without limiting the Administrator’s authority under the prior sentence, the Administrator, as it determines to be reasonable and appropriate, may undertake correction of Plan document, operational, demographic and Employer eligibility
failures under a method described in the Plan or under the IRS Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (“EPCRS”) or any successor program to EPCRS. The Administrator, as it determines to be reasonable and appropriate, also may
undertake or assist the appropriate Fiduciary or Plan official in undertaking correction of a fiduciary breach, including correction under the DOL Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program (“VFC”) or any successor program to VFC. If the Plan
is a 401(k) Plan, to correct an operational error, the Administrator may require the Trustee (or Insurer) to distribute from the Plan Elective Deferrals or Vested matching contributions, including earnings, where such amounts result from an
operational error other than a failure of Code §415, Code §402(g), or a failure of the ADP or ACP tests. Furthermore, the Employer may make corrective contributions pursuant to this Section regardless of whether the Plan otherwise permits
such contribution source. In addition, the Plan is authorized to recover benefits from Participants or Beneficiaries that have been improperly distributed. 

10.17 NONTRUSTEED PLANS 
 If the Plan is
funded solely with Contracts, then notwithstanding Sections 10.7 and 10.13, no Contract will be purchased under the Plan unless such Contract or a separate definite written agreement between the Employer and the Insurer provides that no value under
Contracts providing benefits under the Plan or credits determined by the Insurer (on account of dividends, earnings, or other experience rating credits, or surrender or cancellation credits) with respect to such Contracts may be paid or returned to
the Employer or diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, any contribution made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the
contribution. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 68 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 If this Plan is funded by individual Contracts that provide a Participant’s benefit
under the Plan, such individual Contracts shall constitute the Participant’s Account balance. If this Plan is funded by group Contracts, under the group annuity or group insurance Contract, premiums or other consideration received by the
Insurer must be allocated to Participants’ Accounts under the Plan. 
 ARTICLE XI 

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS 
 11.1 ELECTION
TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the consent of the Employer and Trustee (or
Insurer), any Employer may adopt the Employer’s Plan and all of the provisions hereof, and participate herein and be known as a Participating Employer, by a properly executed document evidencing said intent and will of such Participating
Employer (a participation agreement). In the event a Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer, then the provisions of Article XIV shall apply rather than the provision of this Article XI. 

11.2 REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS 

(a) Permissible variations of participation agreement. The participation agreement must identify the Participating Employer and the
covered Employees and provide for the Participating Employer’s signature. In addition, in the participation agreement, the Employer shall specify which elections, if any, the Participating Employer can modify, and any restrictions on the
modifications. Any such modification shall apply only to the Employees of that Participating Employer. The Participating Employer shall make any such modification by selecting the appropriate option on its participation agreement to the
Employer’s Adoption Agreement. To the extent that the participation agreement does not permit modification of an election, any attempt by a Participating Employer to modify the election shall have no effect on the Plan and the Participating
Employer is bound by the Plan terms as selected by the Employer. If a Participating Employer does not make any permissible participation agreement election modifications, then with regard to any election, the Participating Employer is bound by the
Adoption Agreement terms as completed by the “lead Employer.” Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, if a standardized Plan is being used, then the elections available to Participating Employers must be limited to the
elections available to the Employer in order to ensure the Plan, by design, satisfies the minimum coverage requirements of Code §410(b) and the nondiscrimination requirements of Code §401(a)(4). 

(b) Holding and investing assets. The Trustee (or Insurer) may, but shall not be required to, commingle, hold and invest as one Trust
Fund all contributions made by Participating Employers, as well as all increments thereof. However, the assets of the Plan shall, on an ongoing basis, be available to pay benefits to all Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan without regard
to the Employer or Participating Employer who contributed such assets. 
 (c) Payment of expenses. Unless the Employer otherwise
directs, any expenses of the Plan which are to be paid by the Employer or borne by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating Employer in the same proportion that the total amount standing to the credit of all Participants employed by such
Employer bears to the total standing to the credit of all Participants. 
 11.3 DESIGNATION OF AGENT 

Each Participating Employer shall be deemed to be a part of this Plan; provided, however, that with respect to all of its relations with the
Trustee (or Insurer) and Administrator for purposes of this Plan, each Participating Employer shall be deemed to have designated irrevocably the Employer as its agent. Unless the context of the Plan clearly indicates otherwise, the word
“Employer” shall be deemed to include each Participating Employer as related to its adoption of the Plan. 
 11.4 EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS 

In the event an Employee is transferred between Participating Employers, accumulated service and eligibility shall be carried with the Employee
involved. No such transfer shall effect a severance of employment hereunder, and the Participating Employer to which the Employee is transferred shall thereupon become obligated hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same manner as was the
Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred. 
 11.5 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES 

For volume submitter or non-standardized Adoption Agreements, if elected by a Participating Employer in its participation agreement, then to
the extent permitted under Code §411(d)(6), effective with respect to Plan Years beginning in and after the Plan Year in which the provisions of this Plan are adopted, any contribution and/or Forfeiture subject to allocation during each Plan
Year shall be determined and allocated separately by each Participating Employer, and shall be allocated only among the Participants eligible to share in the contribution and Forfeiture allocation of the Employer or Participating Employer making the
contribution or by which the forfeiting Participant was employed. Alternatively (if so elected), and with respect to standardized Adoption Agreements, any contribution or Forfeiture subject to allocation during each Plan Year shall be allocated
among all Participants of all Participating Employers in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. However, if a Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer then any contributions made by such Participating Employer will only be
allocated among the Participants eligible to share in the contribution and Forfeiture allocation of the Participating Employer. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 69 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 On the basis of the information furnished by the Administrator, the Trustee (or Insurer)
shall keep separate books and records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer hereunder and as to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Employer. The Trustee (or Insurer) may, but need not, register Contracts
so as to evidence that a particular Participating Employer is the interested Employer hereunder, but in the event of an Employee transfer from one Participating Employer to another, the employing Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee (or
Insurer) thereof. 
 11.6 AMENDMENT 

Any Participating Employer hereby authorizes the Employer to make amendments on its behalf, unless otherwise agreed among all affected parties.
If a Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer (due to the transition period under Code §410(b)( 6)(C)), then amendment of this Plan by the Employer at any time when there shall be a Participating Employer shall, unless otherwise
agreed to by the affected parties, only be by the written action of each and every Participating Employer and with the consent of the Trustee (or Insurer) where such consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan. 

11.7 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION 

Except in the case of a standardized Plan, any Participating Employer that is an Affiliated Employer shall be permitted to discontinue or
revoke its participation in the Plan at any time. At the time of any such discontinuance or revocation, satisfactory evidence thereof and of any applicable conditions imposed shall be delivered to the Trustee (or Insurer). The Trustee (or Insurer)
shall thereafter transfer, deliver and assign Contracts and other Trust Fund assets allocable to the Participants of such Participating Employer to such new trustee (or insurer) or custodian as shall have been designated by such Participating
Employer, in the event that it has established a separate qualified retirement plan for its employees provided, however, that no such transfer shall be made if the result is the elimination or reduction of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected
benefits” as described in Section 8.1(e). If no successor is designated, the Trustee (or Insurer ) shall retain such assets for the Employees of said Participating Employer pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof. In no such event
shall any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund as it relates to such Participating Employer be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of such Participating Employer. 

11.8 ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY 
 The
Administrator shall have authority to make any and all necessary rules or regulations, binding upon all Participating Employers and all Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this Article. 

11.9 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE 

If any Participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part from making a contribution which it would otherwise have made under the Plan by
reason of having no current or accumulated earnings or profits, or because such earnings or profits are less than the contribution which it would otherwise have made, then, pursuant to Code §404(a)(3)(B), so much of the contribution which such
Participating Employer was so prevented from making may be made, for the benefit of the participating employees of such Participating Employer, by other Participating Employers who are members of the same affiliated group within the meaning of Code
§1504 to the extent of their current or accumulated earnings or profits, except that such contribution by each such other Participating Employer shall be limited to the proportion of its total current and accumulated earnings or profits
remaining after adjustment for its contribution to the Plan made without regard to this paragraph which the total prevented contribution bears to the total current and accumulated earnings or profits of all the Participating Employers remaining
after adjustment for all contributions made to the Plan without regard to this paragraph. 
 A Participating Employer on behalf of whose
employees a contribution is made under this paragraph shall not be required to reimburse the contributing Participating Employers. 

ARTICLE XII 
 CASH OR
DEFERRED PROVISIONS 
 Except as specifically provided elsewhere in this Plan, the provisions of this Article shall apply with respect
to any 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan regardless of any provisions in the Plan to the contrary. 
 12.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION

 (a) Permitted contributions. For each Plan Year, the Employer will (or may with respect to any discretionary contributions)
contribute to the Plan: 
 (1) The amount of the total salary deferral elections of all Participants made pursuant to Section 12.2(a),
which amount shall be deemed Elective Deferrals, plus 
 (2) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a matching contribution equal to the
percentage, if any, specified in the Adoption Agreement of the Elective Deferrals of each Participant eligible to share in the allocations of the matching contribution, which amount shall be deemed an Employer matching contribution or Qualified
Matching Contribution as elected in the Adoption Agreement, plus 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 70 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (3) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a discretionary amount determined each year by the
Employer, which amount if any, shall be deemed an Employer Nonelective Contribution, or a “prevailing wage contribution” as set forth in the Adoption Agreement, which amount shall be an Employer Nonelective Contribution or an Elective
Contribution as elected in the Adoption Agreement, plus 
 (4) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution in a discretionary amount determined by
the Employer. 
 (5) Regardless of any provision in the Plan to the contrary, Employees whose employment is governed by a collective
bargaining agreement between the Employer and “employee representatives” under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining shall be eligible to participate in this Plan to the extent of employment covered by such
agreement provided the agreement provides for coverage in the Plan. The contributions and allocations under this Plan shall be those set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, which is hereby incorporated by reference. For this purpose, the
term “employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer. The provisions of this Subsection only apply if no more than two
percent (2%) of the Employees covered pursuant to the agreement are professionals as defined in Regulation §1.410(b)-9. 
 (b)
Timing and form of contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer is not a tax-exempt entity, then the Employer’s contributions for any Fiscal Year may generally not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a deduction to
the Employer under the provisions of Code §404. However, to the extent necessary to provide the top-heavy minimum allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even if it exceeds current or accumulated net profit or the amount that is
deductible under Code §404. Subject to the consent of the Trustee (or Insurer), the Employer may make its contribution to the Plan in the form of property, provided such contribution does not constitute a prohibited transaction under the Code
or the Act. The decision to make a contribution of property is subject to the general fiduciary rules under the Act. 
 12.2 PARTICIPANT’S SALARY
DEFERRAL ELECTION 
 (a) Salary deferral elections. Each Participant may elect to defer a portion of Compensation which would have
been received in the Plan Year, but for the salary deferral election, subject to the limitations of this Section and the Adoption Agreement. A salary deferral election (or modification of an earlier election) may not be made with respect to
Compensation which is currently available on or before the date the Participant executed such election, or if later, the later of the date the Employer adopts this cash or deferred arrangement or the date such arrangement first became effective. Any
elections made pursuant to this Section, including a modification or termination of an election, shall become effective as soon as is administratively feasible following the receipt of such election by the Administrator. Furthermore, if the Employer
elects in the Adoption Agreement to apply the Automatic Contribution Arrangement provisions, then in the event a Participant fails to make an Affirmative Election, such Participant shall be deemed to have made a salary deferral election in
accordance with the provisions selected in the Adoption Agreement and such other procedures that the Administrator may establish and apply in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. 

Regardless of the definition of Compensation selected in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator may adopt a uniform policy
for purposes of determining the amount of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals of excluding “non-cash Compensation.” For purposes of this Section, “non-cash Compensation” means tips, fringe benefits, and other items of
Compensation not regularly paid in cash or cash equivalents, or for which the Employer does not or may not have the ability to withhold Elective Deferrals in cash for the purpose of transmitting the Elective Deferrals to the Plan pursuant to the
Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement. Additionally, the Employer may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, permit different salary deferral elections for different items of Compensation (e.g., a separate salary deferral election for
bonuses), and may exclude for purposes of calculating Elective Deferrals one or more items of irregular pay (e.g., car allowance). 

If elected in the Adoption Agreement, effective as of the date specified in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may make a
salary deferral election to have Roth Elective Deferrals contributed to the Plan. Roth Elective Deferrals are includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and must be irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferrals by the
Participant in the Salary Deferral Agreement (or if applicable, in the Automatic Deferral provisions of the Plan). 
 The
amount by which Compensation is reduced shall be that Participant’s Elective Deferrals and shall be treated as an Employer contribution and allocated to that Participant’s Elective Deferral Account. If the Plan permits Roth Elective
Deferral contributions, then a Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals shall be allocated to the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account and a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals shall be allocated to the Participant’s
Roth Elective Deferral Account. Except in the case of an “in-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution” made pursuant to Section 12.11, Elective Deferrals contributed to the Plan as one type, either Roth Elective Deferrals or Pre-Tax Elective
Deferrals, may not later be reclassified as the other type. 
 Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
Participants may not make Elective Deferrals with respect to amounts that are not 415 Compensation. However, for this purpose, 415 Compensation is not limited to the annual compensation limit of Code §401(a)(17). Furthermore, for purposes of
this Section, the annual dollar limitation of Code §401(a)(17) ($200,000 as adjusted) shall not apply except that the Administrator may elect to apply such limit as part of the salary deferral election procedures established hereunder. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 71 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 Once made, a Participant’s election to reduce Compensation shall remain in effect until
modified or terminated. The Administrator shall establish procedures setting forth the conditions on modifications of an election. However, Participants must be permitted to modify elections at least once each Plan Year. Furthermore, terminations
may be made at any time. 
 (b) Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA). If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer maintains a
Plan with Automatic Deferral provisions as an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) and the following provisions will apply: 

(1) Participants subject to EACA. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect which Participants are subject to the EACA Automatic
Deferral on the “EACA Effective Date” thereof which may include some or all current Participants or may be limited to those Employees who become Participants after the EACA Effective Date. The “EACA Effective Date” means the date
on which the EACA goes into effect, either as to the overall Plan or as to an individual Participants as the context requires. An EACA becomes effective as to the Plan as of the date the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement. A
Participant’s “EACA Effective Date” is as soon as practicable after the Participant is subject to Automatic Deferrals under the EACA, consistent with: (i) applicable law; and (ii) the objective of affording the Participant a
reasonable period of time after receipt of the EACA notice to make an Affirmative Election (and, if applicable, an investment election). 

(2) Uniformity. The Automatic Deferral percentage must be a uniform percentage of Compensation. However, the Plan does not violate the
uniform Automatic Deferral percentage requirement merely because the Plan applies any of the following provisions: 
 (i) Years of
participation. The Automatic Deferral percentage varies based on the number of Plan Years the Participant has participated in the Plan while the Plan has applied EACA provisions; 

(ii) No reduction from prior percentage. The Plan does not reduce a deferral percentage that, immediately prior to the EACA’s
effective date was higher (for any Participant) than the Automatic Deferral percentage; 
 (iii) Applying statutory limits. The Plan
limits the Automatic Deferral amount so as not to exceed the limits of Code §401(a)(17), 402(g) (determined without regard to Age 50 Catch-Up Deferrals), or 415; 

(iv) No Automatic Deferrals during hardship suspension. The Plan does not apply the Automatic Deferral during a period of suspension,
under the Plan’s hardship distribution provisions, of Participant’s right to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan following a hardship distribution; or 

(v) Disaggregated groups. The Plan applies different default percentages to different groups if the groups can be disaggregated under
Regulation §1.401(k)-1(b)(4). 
 (3) EACA notice. The Administrator annually will provide a notice to each Participant covered by
the EACA provisions (including, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, Participants who made an Affirmative Election) within a reasonable period of time prior to each Plan Year the Employer maintains the Plan as an EACA (“EACA Plan Year”).

 (i) Deemed reasonable notice/new Participant. The Administrator is deemed to provide timely notice if the Administrator provides
the EACA notice at least thirty (30) days and not more than ninety (90) days prior to the beginning of the EACA Plan Year. 
 (ii)
Mid-year notice/new Participant or Plan. If: (A) an Employee becomes eligible to make Elective Deferrals in the Plan during an EACA Plan Year but after the Administrator has provided the annual EACA notice for that Plan Year; or
(B) the Employer adopts mid-year a new Plan as an EACA, the Administrator must provide the EACA notice no later than the date the Employee becomes eligible to make Elective Deferrals. However, if it is not practicable for the notice to be 

provided on or before the date an Employee becomes a Participant, then the notice will nonetheless be treated as provided timely if it is
provided as soon as practicable after that date and the Employee is permitted to elect to defer from all types of Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan earned beginning on that date. 

(iii) Content. The EACA notice must provide comprehensive information regarding the Participants’ rights and obligations under the
Plan and must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant in accordance with applicable law. 
 (4) EACA
permissible withdrawal. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who has Automatic Deferrals under the EACA may elect to withdraw all the Automatic Deferrals (and allocable earnings) under the provisions of this Subsection. Any
distribution made pursuant to this Section will be processed in accordance with normal distribution provisions of the Plan. 
 (i) Amount.
If a Participant elects a permissible withdrawal under this Subsection, then the Plan must make a distribution equal to the amount (and only the amount) of the Automatic Deferrals made under the EACA (adjusted for allocable gains and losses to
the date of the distribution). The Plan may separately account for Automatic Deferrals, in which case the entire account will be distributed. If the Plan does not separately account for the Automatic Deferrals, then the Plan must determine earnings
or losses in a manner similar to the refund of Excess Contributions. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 72 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (ii) Fees. Notwithstanding the above, the Administrator may reduce the permissible
distribution amount by any generally applicable fees. However, the Plan may not charge a greater fee for distribution under this Section than applies to other distributions. The Administrator may adopt a policy regarding charging such fees
consistent with this paragraph. 
 (iii) Timing. The Participant may make an election to withdraw the Automatic Deferrals under the
EACA no later than ninety (90) days, or such shorter period as specified in the Adoption Agreement, after the date of the first Automatic Deferral under the EACA. For this purpose, the date of the first Automatic Deferral is the date that the
Compensation subject to the Automatic Deferral otherwise would have been includible in the Participant’s gross income. For this purpose, EACAs under the Plan are aggregated, except that the mandatory disaggregation rules of Code §410(b)
apply. In addition, a Participant’s withdrawal right is not restricted due to the Participant making an Affirmative Election during the ninety (90) day period (or shorter period as specified in the Adoption Agreement). 

(iv) Rehired Employees. For purposes of paragraph (iii) above, an Employee who for an entire Plan Year did not have contributions
made pursuant to a default election under the EACA will be treated as having not had such contributions for any prior Plan Year as well. 

(v) Effective date of the withdrawal election. The effective date of the permissible withdrawal will be as soon as practicable, but in
no event later than the earlier of (A) the pay date of the second payroll period beginning after the election is made, or (B) the first pay date that occurs at least thirty (30) days after the election is made. The election will also
be deemed to be an Affirmative Election to have no Elective Deferrals made to the Plan. 
 (vi) Related matching contributions. The
Administrator will not take any Elective Deferrals withdrawn pursuant to this Section into account in computing and allocating matching contributions. If the Employer has already allocated matching contributions to the Participant’s Account
with respect to Elective Deferrals being withdrawn pursuant to this Subsection (4), then such matching contributions, as adjusted for gains and losses, must be forfeited. 

(vii) Treatment of withdrawals. With regard to Elective Deferrals withdrawn pursuant to this Subsection, (A) the Administrator will
disregard such Elective Deferrals in the Actual Deferral Percentage Test (if applicable); (B) the Administrator will disregard such Elective Deferrals for purposes of the limitation on Elective Deferrals under Code 

§402(g); (C) such Elective Deferrals are not subject to the consent requirements of Code §401(a)(11) or 417. The Administrator
will disregard any matching contributions forfeited under paragraph (vi) above in the ACP Test (if applicable). 
 (viii) Effect of
Affirmative Election. A Participant’s Affirmative Election continues in effect until the Participant subsequently revokes or modifies his or her Salary Deferral Agreement, or the Affirmative Election expires. A Participant who makes an
Affirmative Election is not thereafter subject to the Automatic Deferral or to any scheduled increases thereto, even if the Participant later revokes the Affirmative Election or the Affirmative Election, unless the Participant is subject to the
EACA. In addition, a Participant who is subject to the EACA provisions who revokes his or her Affirmative Election or whose Affirmative Election expires, will be deemed to have made an Affirmative Election to have no Elective Deferrals made to the
Plan. 
 (c) Catch-Up Contributions. If selected in the Adoption Agreement, all Employees who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals
under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the taxable year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the dollar limitations of, Code §414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year. The
limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code §414(v)(2)(C). Such Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required
limitations of Code §§402( g) and 415. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code §401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason
of the making of such Catch-Up Contributions (but Catch-Up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan). If
selected in the Adoption Agreement, Catch-Up Contributions shall not be treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of applying any Employer matching contributions. Such option cannot be selected if the Plan elects to follow the safe harbor
provisions of Section 12.8. 
 (d) Full vesting. The balance in each Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified
Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account shall be fully Vested at all times and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 73 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (e) Distribution restrictions. Amounts held in a Participant’s Elective Deferral
Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account may only be distributable as provided in (4) below or as provided under the other provisions of this Plan, but in no event prior to the earlier of
the following events or any other events permitted by the Code or Regulations: 
 (1) the Participant’s severance of employment
(regardless of when the severance of employment occurred), Total and Permanent Disability, or death; 
 (2) the Participant’s attainment
of age 59 1/2; 
 (3) the proven financial hardship of the Participant, subject to the limitations of Section 12.10(d) (or, for a volume
submitter plan, Section 6.12); 
 (4) the termination of the Plan without the existence at the time of Plan termination of another
defined contribution plan or the establishment of a successor defined contribution plan by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer within the period ending twelve months after distribution of all assets from the Plan maintained by the Employer. For
this purpose, a defined contribution plan does not include an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or 409(a)), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code §408(k)), a SIMPLE individual retirement account
plan (as defined in Code §408(p)), a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code §403(b), or a plan that is described in Code §457(b) or (f). A distribution that is made because of this paragraph (4) must be made in
a lump-sum; 
 (5) the Participant’s call to active duty after September 11, 2001, because of the Participant’s status as a
member of a reserve component, for a period of at least 180 days or for an indefinite period, i.e., a “qualified reservist distribution” within the meaning of Section 6.18; or 

(6) a Participant’s service in the uniformed services while on active duty for a period of at least 30 days, i.e., a “deemed
distribution” within the meaning of Section 6.18. 
 (f) Code §402(g) dollar limit. A Participant’s Elective
Deferrals made under this Plan and all other plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan during any calendar year shall not exceed the dollar limitation imposed by Code §402(g) , as in effect at the beginning of such
calendar year, except to the extent permitted under Section 12.2(c) and Code §414(v), if applicable. The limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code §402(g)(4). For this purpose,
“elective deferrals” means, with respect to a calendar year, the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code
§401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension (as defined in Code §408(k)(6)), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code §408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code §457, any plans described under Code
§501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code §403(b) pursuant to a salary deferral agreement. 

(g) Excess Deferrals. If a Participant has Excess Deferrals for a taxable year, the Participant may, not later than March 1st
following the close of such taxable year, notify the Administrator in writing of such excess and request that the Participant’s Elective Deferrals under this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the Participant. In such event, the
Administrator shall direct the distribution of such excess amount (and any “income” allocable to such excess amount) to the Participant not later than the first April 15th following the close of the Participant’s taxable year.
Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Deferrals and “income” shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Deferrals and “income.” The amount distributed shall not exceed the Participant’s
Elective Deferrals under the Plan for the taxable year. Any distribution on or before the last day of the Participant’s taxable year must satisfy each of the following conditions: 

(1) the Participant shall designate the distribution as Excess Deferrals; 

(2) the distribution must be made after the date on which the Plan received the Excess Deferrals; and 

(3) the Plan must designate the distribution as a distribution of Excess Deferrals. 

Regardless of the preceding, if a Participant has Excess Deferrals solely from Elective Deferrals made under this Plan or any
other plan maintained by the Employer, a Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrator of such excess amount and the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such Excess Deferrals in a manner consistent with the provisions of
this Subsection. 
 For the purpose of this Subsection, “income” means the amount of income or loss allocable to a
Participant’s Excess Deferrals , which amount shall be allocated in the same manner as income or losses are allocated pursuant to Section 4.3(c). For taxable years after 2007, the Administrator may not distribute “income”
allocable to Excess Deferrals for the period between the end of the Participant’s taxable year in which the Excess Deferral occurred and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”). 

Notwithstanding the above, for any years in which a Participant makes both Roth Elective Deferrals and Pre-Tax Elective
Deferrals, the distribution of any Excess Deferrals for such year shall be made, as operationally determined by the Administrator, from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account or Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account.
Matching contributions which relate to Excess Elective Deferrals (regardless of whether such Excess Elective Deferrals are Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals) shall be treated as a Forfeiture. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 74 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 Any distribution of Excess Deferrals made pursuant to this Subsection shall
be made first from unmatched Elective Deferrals (regardless of whether they are attributable to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals) and, thereafter, from Elective Deferrals which are matched. Matching contributions which relate to
Excess Deferrals that are distributed pursuant to this Section 12.2(g) shall be treated as a Forfeiture to the extent required pursuant to Code §401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder. 

(h) Coordination with ADP test. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant’s Excess Deferrals shall be reduced, but not below
zero, by any distribution and/or recharacterization of Excess Deferrals pursuant to Section 12.5(b) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the taxable year of the Participant. 

(i) Suspension due to hardship or deemed severance. In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution pursuant to
Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(3) from any other plan maintained by the Employer or from the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account pursuant to Section 12.10, or has received a distribution on account of deemed severance on account of
qualified military service from this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer, then such Participant shall not be permitted to elect to have Elective Deferrals contributed to the Plan for a period of six (6) months following the
receipt of the distribution. Furthermore, any provisions of the Plan providing for the reduction of the dollar limitation under Code §402(g) for the Participant’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the hardship distribution
was made shall no longer apply. Upon the expiration of the suspension period, a Participant’s prior Affirmative Election will no longer apply unless the Employer provides otherwise in the Plan’s administrative procedures. 

(j) Distributable based on other terms of Plan. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant shall be entitled to
receive benefits, the fair market value of the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account shall be used to provide benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. 

(k) Adjustment due to anticipated failure of ADP test. If during a Plan Year, it is projected that the aggregate amount of Elective
Deferrals to be allocated to all Highly Compensated Participants under this Plan would cause the Plan to fail the tests set forth in Section 12.4, then the Administrator may automatically reduce the Elective Deferrals of affected Highly
Compensated Participants, beginning with the Highly Compensated Participant who has the highest actual deferral ratio until it is anticipated the Plan will pass the tests or until the actual deferral ratio equals the actual deferral ratio of the
Highly Compensated Participant having the next highest actual deferral ratio. This process may continue until it is anticipated that the Plan will satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Alternatively, the Employer may specify a
maximum percentage of Compensation that may be deferred by Highly Compensated Participants (and any such limitation shall be a Plan-imposed limit for purposes of determining Catch-up Contributions). 

(l) Procedures must be established. The Employer and the Administrator shall establish procedures necessary to implement the salary
deferral elections provided for herein. Such procedures may contain limits on salary deferral elections such as limiting elections to whole percentages of Compensation or to equal dollar amounts per pay period that an election is in effect. 

12.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES 

(a) Separate accounting. The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the name of each Participant to which the
Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or other Valuation Date, all amounts allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein. 

(b) Contributions. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information required by the Administrator to make a proper
allocation of Employer contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the Administrator shall allocate contributions as follows: 

(1) With respect to Elective Deferrals made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(1), to each Participant’s Elective Deferral Account in an
amount equal to each such Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year. 
 (2) With respect to the Employer matching contribution made
pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2), to each Participant’s Account, or Participant’s Qualified Matching Contribution Account, as elected in the Adoption Agreement, in accordance with Section 12.1(a)(2). 

Except, however, in order to be entitled to receive any Employer matching contribution, a Participant must satisfy the
conditions for sharing in the Employer matching contribution as set forth in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (3) With respect to the Employer
Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(3), to each Participant’s Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3(b)(2) or (3) (including the “gateway contribution” pursuant to
Section 4.3(b)(4)), whichever is applicable. 
 (4) With respect to the Employer Qualified Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to
Section 12.1(a)(4), to each Participant’s Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account in the same ratio as each Participant’s Compensation bears to the total of such Compensation of all Participants. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 75 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (c) Elective Deferrals not taken into account for Non-Key Employees. Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the required minimum allocation pursuant to Section 4.3(f) such Non-Key Employee’s Elective Deferrals shall not be taken into account. In
addition, unless otherwise specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted Elections), Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution
requirements of Code §416(c)(2) and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other
plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the ACP test and other requirements of Code §401(m). 

(d) Elective Deferrals not conditioned on service during a year. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participants who
terminated employment during the Plan Year shall share in the Elective Deferral contributions made by the Employer for the year of termination without regard to the Hours of Service credited. 

(e) Conditions for sharing in contributions/allocations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (other than Sections 3.5(h),
4.3(f) and 12.3(f)), Participants shall only share in the allocations of the Employer matching contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2), the Employer Nonelective Contributions made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(3), the Employer
Qualified Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(4), and Forfeitures as provided in the Adoption Agreement. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to share in the allocation of
the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant completes more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or is
employed on the last day of the Plan Year. 
 (f) Code §410(b) fail-safe. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the
contrary, if, in the volume submitter or non-standardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer elected to apply the 410(b) ratio percentage fail-safe provisions, then the provisions of Section 4.3(m) shall apply.
Furthermore, if the Plan includes Employer matching contributions subject to ACP testing, then Section 4.3(m) shall be applied separately to the Code §401(m) portion of the Plan. 

12.4 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS 

(a) ADP test. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Subsection applies if the prior year testing method is elected in the Adoption
Agreement. The “Actual Deferral Percentage” (hereinafter ADP) for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees (hereinafter “HCEs”) for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were
Nonhighly Compensated Employees (hereinafter “NHCEs”) for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: 
 (1) The
ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or 

(2) The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ADP for
Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for Participants who are “HCEs” does not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were “NHCEs” in the prior
Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points. 
 Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of applying the foregoing
tests with respect to the first Plan Year (as defined in Regulation §1.401(k)-2(c)(2)) in which the Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferrals, the ADP for the prior year’s “NHCEs” shall be the greater of three
percent (3%) or the current Plan Year’s ADP for these Participants. However, the provisions of this paragraph may not be used if the Plan is a successor plan or is otherwise prohibited from using such provisions pursuant to Regulation
§1.401(k)-2(c)(2). 
 (b) Current year testing method. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the current year testing method is
elected in the Adoption Agreement, or if no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, and for any Plan Year for which the Employer has either reserved the right to make a nonelective “ADP test safe harbor contribution” pursuant to
Section 12.8 or amended the Plan to make an “ADP test safe harbor contribution,” the ADP tests in (a)(1) and (a)(2) above shall be applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are “HCEs” with
the current Plan Year’s ADP (rather than the prior Plan Year’s ADP) for Participants who are “NHCEs” for the current Plan Year. Once made, the Employer can elect prior year testing for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used
current year testing for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a
plan using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the transition period described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(ii). 

(c) Determination of “HCEs” and “NHCEs.” A Participant is an “HCE” for a particular Plan Year if the
Participant meets the definition of an “HCE” in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is an “NHCE” for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the definition of an “HCE” in effect for that
Plan Year. 
 (d) Calculation of ADP. For the purposes of this Section and Section 12.5, ADP means, for a specific group of
Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of (1) the amount of Employer contributions actually paid over to the Plan on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to
(2) the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 76 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
for such Plan Year. Employer contributions on behalf of any Participant shall include: (1) any Elective Deferrals made pursuant to the Participant’s salary deferral election (including
Excess Deferrals of “HCEs”), but excluding (i) Excess Deferrals of “NHCEs” that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made under the plan or plans of this Employer and (ii) Elective Deferrals that are taken into account
in the ACP tests set forth in Section 12.6 (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferrals); and (2) except as provided in Subsections (f) and (g), at the election of the Employer,
Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions to the extent such contributions are not used to satisfy the ACP test. 

The actual deferral ratio for each Participant and the ADP for each group shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of
one percent. Furthermore, Elective Deferrals allocated to each Highly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferral Account shall not be reduced by Excess Deferrals to the extent such excess amounts are made under this Plan or any other plan
maintained by the Employer. 
 (e) Participants taken into account. For purposes of this Section and Section 12.5, a Highly
Compensated Participant and a Nonhighly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee eligible to make salary deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 for the Plan Year. Such Participants who fail to make Elective Deferrals shall be treated for
ADP purposes as Participants on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are made. If a Participant has no 414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year, then such Participant is disregarded for purposes of calculating the ADP test. 

(f) Contributions taken into account. For purposes of determining the ADP and the amount of Excess Contributions pursuant to
Section 12.5, only Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions contributed to the Plan prior to the end of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate
shall be considered. A Participant’s Elective Deferrals are only taken into account for purposes of determining the ADP for a Plan Year if allocated to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account as of a date within that Plan Year and are
only made with respect to Compensation that would have either been received by the Participant in the Plan Year (but for the salary deferral election) or is attributable to services performed by the Participant in the Plan Year and would have been
paid within two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the close of the Plan Year (but for the salary deferral election). 
 (g) Targeted
contributions. Notwithstanding the preceding, for Plan Years beginning in 2006 (or if earlier, the date the final 401(k) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan), Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account in
determining the ADP for a Plan Year for an “NHCE” to the extent such contributions exceed the product of that “NHCE’s” 414(s) Compensation and the greater of five percent (5%) or two (2) times the Plan’s
“representative contribution rate.” Any Qualified Nonelective Contribution taken into account under an ACP test under Regulation §1.401(m)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the “representative contribution rate” for
purposes of Regulation §1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v)(B)), is not permitted to be taken into account for purposes of this paragraph (including the determination of the “representative contribution rate” under this Section). For purposes of this
Subsection: 
 (1) The Plan’s “representative contribution rate” is the lowest “applicable contribution rate” of any
eligible “NHCE” among a group of eligible “NHCEs” that consists of half of all eligible “NHCEs” for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest “applicable contribution rate” of any eligible “NHCE” in
the group of all eligible “NHCEs” for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year), and 

(2) The “applicable contribution rate” for an eligible “NHCE” is the sum of the Qualified Matching Contributions taken into
account under Subsection (d) for the eligible “NHCE” for the Plan Year and the Qualified Nonelective Contributions made for the eligible “NHCE” for the Plan Year, divided by the eligible “NHCE’s” 414(s)
Compensation for the same period. 
 Notwithstanding the above, Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are made in
connection with an Employer’s obligation to pay prevailing wages under the Davis-Bacon Act (46 Stat. 1494), Public Law 71-798, Service Contract Act of 1965 (79 Stat. 1965), Public Law 89-286, or similar legislation can be taken into account for
a Plan Year for an “NHCE” to the extent such contributions do not exceed 10 percent (10%) of that “NHCE’s” 414(s) Compensation. 

Qualified Matching Contributions may only be used to calculate the ADP to the extent that such Qualified Matching Contributions
are matching contributions that are not precluded from being taken into account under the ACP test for the Plan Year under the rules of Regulation §1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii). 

Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account to determine the ADP to
the extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other ADP test, any ACP test, or the requirements of Regulation §1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3 or 1.401(k)-4. Thus, for example, matching contributions that are made
pursuant to Regulation §1.401(k)-3(c) cannot be taken into account under the ADP test. Similarly, if a plan switches from the current year testing method to the prior year testing method pursuant to Regulation §1.401(k)-2(c), Qualified
Nonelective Contributions that are taken into account under the current year testing method for a year may not be taken into account under the prior year testing method for the next year. 

(h) Aggregation with other plans. In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code §401(a)(4), 401(k), or 410(b) only if
aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the ADP of Employees as if all such
plans were a single plan. If more than ten percent (10%) of the Employer’s “NHCEs” are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 77 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
§1.401(k)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the “NHCEs” ADP for the prior year will be made in accordance with such Regulations, if the Employer has elected in the Adoption
Agreement to use the prior year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code §401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method. 

(i) ADP if multiple plans. The ADP for any Participant who is an “HCE” for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective
Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two (2) or more arrangements
described in Code §401(k), that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a
single arrangement for purposes of determining such “HCE’s” actual deferral ratio. If an “HCE” participates in two or more arrangements described in Code §401(k) of the Employer that have different plan years, all
Elective Deferrals made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before 2006 (or if earlier, the Plan Year prior to the date the final 401(k) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan),
if the plans have different Plan Years, then all such arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily
disaggregated under Regulations under Code §401(k). 
 (j) Disaggregation and otherwise excludable Employees. Notwithstanding
anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 12.5 may be applied separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each “plan” within the meaning of Regulation
§1.401(k)-6. Furthermore, the provisions of Code §401(k)(3)(F) may be used to exclude from consideration all Nonhighly Compensated Employees who have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code §410(a)(1)(A). For
purposes of applying this provision, the Administrator may use any effective date of participation that is permitted under Code §410(b) provided such date is applied on a consistent and uniform basis to all Participants. 

(k) “HCEs” as sole Eligible Employees. If, for the applicable year for determining the ADP of the “NHCEs” for a Plan
Year, there are no eligible “NHCEs,” then the Plan is deemed to satisfy the ADP test for the Plan Year. 
 12.5 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL
PERCENTAGE TESTS 
 (a) Authority to correct. In the event the Plan does not satisfy one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.4, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions or, if the current year testing method is being used, the Employer shall make contributions pursuant to the options set forth below or any combination thereof. 

(b) Corrective distribution and/or recharacterization. On or before the close of the following Plan Year (or with respect to
recharacterization as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, on or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of each Plan Year), the Highly Compensated Participant allocated the largest amount of Elective Deferrals shall
have a portion of such Elective Deferrals (and “income” allocable to such amounts) distributed (and/or, at the Participant’s election, recharacterized as an after-tax voluntary Employee contribution pursuant to Section 4.8) until
the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed, or until the amount of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals equals the Elective Deferrals of the Highly Compensated Participant having the next largest amount of Elective Deferrals
allocated. This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed. However, in the event the Plan permits Catch-Up Contributions, then any “HCE” who is eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions
pursuant to Section 12.2(c) shall have any amount that would have otherwise been distributed pursuant to this Section recharacterized as a Catch-Up Contribution (up to the maximum catch-up dollar limitation). Any distribution and/or
recharacterization of Excess Contributions shall be made in the following order: 
 (1) With respect to the distribution of Excess
Contributions, such distribution: 
 (i) shall be made first from unmatched Elective Deferrals used in the ADP and, thereafter,
simultaneously from such Elective Deferrals which are matched and matching contributions which relate to such Elective Deferrals (if the matching contributions are used in the ADP). Matching contributions which are not used in the ADP but which
relate to Elective Deferrals that are distributed pursuant to this Subsection shall be forfeited unless the related matching contributions are distributed as Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to Section 12.7; 

(ii) shall be made, as operationally determined by the Administrator, from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account or the
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, to the extent both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the Plan Year; 

(iii) shall be adjusted for “income”; and 

(iv) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Contributions (and “income”). 

(2) With respect to the recharacterization of Excess Contributions as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to (a) above, such
recharacterized amounts: 
 (i) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which the last of those Highly Compensated Participants with
Excess Contributions to be recharacterized is notified of the recharacterization and the tax consequences of such recharacterization; 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 78 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
(ii) shall not exceed the amount of Elective Deferrals on behalf of any Highly Compensated Participant for any Plan Year; 

(iii) shall be treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions for purposes of Code §401(a)(4) and Regulation §1.401(k)-1(b).
However, for purposes of Sections 4.3(f) and 9.2 (top-heavy rules), recharacterized Excess Contributions continue to be treated as Employer contributions that are Elective Deferrals. Excess Contributions (and “income” attributable to such
amounts) recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions shall continue to be nonforfeitable and subject to the same distribution rules provided for in Section 12.2(d); and 

(iv) are not permitted if the amount recharacterized plus after-tax voluntary Employee contributions actually made by such Highly Compensated
Participant exceed the maximum amount of after-tax voluntary Employee contributions (determined prior to application of Section 12.6) that such Highly Compensated Participant is permitted to make under the Plan in the absence of
recharacterization. 
 (3) Any distribution and/or recharacterization of less than the entire amount of Excess Contributions shall be treated
as a pro rata distribution and/or recharacterization of Excess Contributions and “income.” 
 (4) For the purpose of this Section,
“income” means the income or losses allocable to Excess Contributions, which amount shall be determined and allocated, at the discretion of the Administrator, using any of the methods set forth below. The method must be used consistently
for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year. However, effective for Plan Years after December 31, 2007, the Administrator will not calculate and distribute “income” for the period between
the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess Contribution and prior to the date of the distribution (the “gap period”). 
 (i)
Method of allocating “income.” The Administrator may use any reasonable method for computing the “income” allocable to Excess Contributions, provided that the method does not violate Code §401(a)(4), is used
consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating “income” to Participant’s Accounts. A Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for
computing the “income” allocable to Excess Contributions merely because the “income” allocable to Excess Contributions is determined on a date that is no more than seven (7) days before the distribution. 

(ii) Alternative method of allocating Plan Year income. The Administrator may allocate “income” to Excess Contributions for
the Plan Year by multiplying the “income” for the Plan Year allocable to the Elective Deferrals and other amounts taken into account under this Section (including contributions made for the Plan Year), by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Excess Contributions for the Employee for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the sum of the: 
 (A) Account balance
attributable to Elective Deferrals and other contributions taken into account under this Section as of the beginning of the Plan Year, and 

(B) Any additional amount of such contributions made for the Plan Year. 

(iii) Safe harbor method of allocating gap period income. The Administrator may use the safe harbor method in this paragraph to
determine “income” on Excess Contributions for the “gap period.” Under this safe harbor method, “income” on Excess Contributions for the “gap period” is equal to ten percent (10%) of the
“income” allocable to Excess Contributions for the Plan Year that would be determined under paragraph (ii) above, multiplied by the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the Plan Year. For purposes of
calculating the number of calendar months that have elapsed under the safe harbor method, a corrective distribution that is made on or before the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution
made after the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the month. 
 (iv) Alternative method for allocating Plan
Year and gap period income. The Administrator may determine the allocable gain or loss for the aggregate of the Plan Year and the “gap period” by applying the alternative method provided by paragraph (ii) above to this aggregate
period. This is accomplished by substituting the “income” for the Plan Year and the “gap period” for the “income” for the Plan Year and by substituting the contributions taken into account under this Section for the
Plan Year and the “gap period” for the contributions taken into account under this Section for the Plan Year in determining the fraction that is multiplied by that “income.” 

(5) Excess Contributions shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code §§404 and 415 even if distributed from the
Plan. 
 (c) Corrective contributions. Notwithstanding the above, if the current year testing method is used, then within twelve
(12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a special Qualified Nonelective Contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution in accordance with one of the following provisions which contribution shall be allocated to the
Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account or Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Nonhighly Compensated Participant eligible to share in the allocation in accordance with such provision. If the prior year testing method is used, then a
Qualified Nonelective Contribution and a Qualified Matching Contribution may not be made to correct the tests set forth in Section 12.4. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the contribution
being made and to which provision it relates. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 79 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (1) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to
the total 414(s) Compensation of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year. 
 (2) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be
made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s
414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the
Plan Year and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be
eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (3) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly
Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). 

(4) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year and, if
this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share
in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (5) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s)
Compensation, until the applicable ADP test set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4 or the maximum
that may be taken into account in the ADP test pursuant to Section 12.4(g) (Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied. 

(6) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.4 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4 or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ADP test pursuant to
Section 12.4(g) (Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end
of the Plan Year and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall
not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (7) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of
Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Nonhighly Compensated Participant in
the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants. 

(8) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the
tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Nonhighly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s Elective
Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year and, if this is a
standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the
allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (d) Excise tax after 2 1/2 months (or 6 months). Any Excess Contributions (and
“income”) which are distributed after 2 1/2 months, or 6 months with respect to a Plan Year in which the EACA requirements of Section 12.2 are met, after the end of the Plan Year are subject to a ten percent (10%) Employer excise
tax imposed by Code §4979. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 80 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 12.6 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS 

(a) ACP test. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Subsection applies if the prior year testing method is elected in the Adoption
Agreement. The “Actual Contribution Percentage” (hereinafter ACP) for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees (hereinafter “HCEs”) for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were Nonhighly
Compensated Employees (hereinafter “NHCEs”) for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: 
 (1) The ACP for a
Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or 

(2) The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ACP for
Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ACP for Participants who are “HCEs” does not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were “NHCEs” in the prior
Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points. 
 Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of applying the foregoing
tests with respect to the first Plan Year (as defined in Regulation §1.401(m)-2(c)(2)) in which the Plan permits any Participant to make “Employee contributions”, provides for “matching contributions”, or both, the ACP for
the prior year’s “NHCEs” shall be the greater of three percent (3%) or the current Plan Year’s ACP for these Participants. However, the provisions of this paragraph may not be used if the Plan is a successor plan or is
otherwise prohibited from using such provisions pursuant to Regulation §1.401(m)-2(c)(2). 
 (b) Current year testing method.
Notwithstanding the preceding, if the current year testing method is elected in the Adoption Agreement or if no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, and for any Plan Year for which the Employer has either reserved the right to make a
nonelective “ADP test safe harbor contribution” pursuant to Section 12.8 or amended the Plan to make an “ADP test safe harbor contribution,” the ACP tests in (a)(1) and (a)(2) above shall be applied by comparing the current
Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who are “HCEs” with the current Plan Year’s ACP (rather than the prior Plan Year’s ACP) for Participants who are “NHCEs” for the current Plan Year. Once made, the Employer can elect
prior year testing for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used current year testing for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described
in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the transition period described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(ii). 

(c) Determination of “HCEs” and “NHCEs.” A Participant is an “HCE” for a particular Plan Year if the
Participant meets the definition of an “HCE” in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is an “NHCE” for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the definition of an “HCE” in effect for that
Plan Year. 
 (d) Calculation of ACP. For the purposes of this Section and Section 12.7, ACP for a specific group of Participants
for a Plan Year means the average of the “contribution percentages” (calculated separately for each Participant in such group). For this purpose, “contribution percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the
Participant’s “contribution percentage amounts” to the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation. The actual contribution ratio for each Participant and the ACP for each group, shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one
percent of the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation. 
 (e) Amounts included in ACP. “Contribution percentage amounts”
means the sum of (1) after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, (2) Employer “matching contributions” made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2) (including Qualified Matching Contributions to the extent such Qualified Matching
Contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 12.4), (3) Excess Contributions recharacterized as nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 12.5, and (4) Qualified Nonelective
Contributions, to the extent the Qualified Nonelective Contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 12.4 and do not exceed the limitations of the targeted contribution limitation of Section 12.4(g). However,
“contribution percentage amounts” shall not include “matching contributions” that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or due to Code §401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder because the
contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions. In addition, “contribution percentage amounts” may include Elective Deferrals provided the ADP test in Section 12.4 is
met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP test. 

(f) Participants taken into account. For purposes of this Section and Section 12.7, a Highly Compensated Participant and a
Nonhighly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee eligible to have “matching contributions” made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2) (whether or not a salary deferral election was made or suspended pursuant to the Plan) allocated to
such Participant’s Account for the Plan Year or to make after-tax voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 4.8 (whether or not after-tax voluntary Employee contributions are made) allocated to the Participant’s Account for
the Plan Year. 
 (g) Allocations taken into account. For purposes of determining the ACP test, “Employee contributions” are
considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the Plan. “Matching contributions” and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the twelve
(12) month period beginning on the date after the close of the Plan Year. Excess Contributions recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 12.5(b)(2) are taken into account in the ACP for the Plan Year
in which the contribution would have been received in cash if there had not been a salary deferral election. A “matching contribution” will be taken into account in the ACP for a Plan Year only if (1) it is made on

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 81 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
account of the Participant’s nondeductible voluntary “employee contributions” or on account of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals under a plan maintained by the Employer for
that Plan Year and (2) it is allocated to the Participant’s Account as of any date within that Plan Year. 
 (h) Definition of
“matching contribution” and “employee contribution.” For purposes of this Section and Section 12.7, “matching contribution” means an Employer contribution made to the Plan, or to a contract described in Code
§403(b), on behalf of a Participant on account of a nondeductible voluntary “employee contribution” made by such Participant, or on account of a Participant’s elective deferrals under a plan maintained by the Employer.
“Employee contribution” means any contribution (other than Roth Elective Deferrals) made to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that is included in the Participant’s gross income in the year in which made and that is maintained
under separate account to which earnings and losses are allocated. 
 (i) Targeted matching contributions. Notwithstanding the
preceding, for Plan Years beginning in 2006 (or if earlier, the date the final 401(m) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan), a “matching contribution” with respect to an Elective Deferral for a year is not taken into account
in determining the ACP for “NHCEs” to the extent it exceeds the greatest of: 
 (1) five percent (5%) of the
Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year; 
 (2) the Employee’s Elective Deferrals for the year; or 

(3) the product of two (2) times the Plan’s “representative matching rate” and the Participant’s Elective Deferrals
for the year. 
 For purposes of this Subsection, the Plan’s “representative matching rate” is the lowest
“matching rate” for any eligible “NHCE” among a group of “NHCEs” that consists of half of all eligible “NHCEs” in the Plan for the Plan Year who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the
lowest “matching rate” for all eligible “NHCEs” in the Plan who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year). 

For purposes of this Subsection, the “matching rate” for an Employee generally is the “matching
contributions” made for such Employee divided by the Employee’s Elective Deferrals for the year. If the “matching rate” is not the same for all levels of Elective Deferrals for an Employee, the Employee’s “matching
rate” is determined assuming that an Employee’s Elective Deferrals are equal to six percent (6%) of 414(s) Compensation. 

If the Plan provides a match with respect to the sum of the Employee’s after-tax voluntary Employee contributions and
Elective Deferrals, then for purposes of this Subsection, that sum is substituted for the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals and Employees who make either after-tax voluntary Employee contributions or Elective Deferrals are taken into
account in determining the Plan’s “representative matching rate.” Similarly, if the Plan provides a match with respect to the Employee’s after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, but not Elective Deferrals, then for purposes of
this Subsection, the Employee’s after-tax voluntary Employee contributions are substituted for the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals and Employees who make after-tax voluntary Employee contributions are taken into account in
determining the Plan’s “representative matching rate.” 
 (j) Aggregation with other plans. In the event that this Plan
satisfies the requirements of Code §401(a)(4), 401(m), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this
Section shall be applied by determining the ACP of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than ten percent (10%) of the Employer’s “NHCEs” are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation
§1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the “NHCE’s” ACP for the prior year will be made in accordance with such Regulations, if the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the prior year testing method. Plans
may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code §401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method. 
 (k)
ACP if multiple plans. For the purposes of this Section, if an HCE is a Participant under two (2) or more plans (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7)) which are maintained by the Employer or an
Affiliated Employer to which “matching contributions,” nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions, or both, are made, all such contributions on behalf of such HCE shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such HCE’s actual
contribution ratio. However, if the plans have different plan years, then for purposes of Plan Years beginning prior to 2006 (or if earlier, the date the final 401(m) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan), this paragraph shall be
applied by treating all plans ending with or within the same calendar year as a single plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations under Code §401(m). 

(l) Disaggregation and otherwise excludable Employees. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this
Section and Section 12.7 may be applied separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each “plan” within the meaning of Regulation §1.401(m)-5. Furthermore, the provisions of Code
§401(m)(5)(C) may be used to exclude from consideration all Nonhighly Compensated Employees who have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code §410(a)(1)(A). For purposes of applying this provision, the Administrator
may use any effective date of participation that is permitted under Code §410(a) provided such date is applied on a consistent and uniform basis to all Participants. 

(m) “HCEs” as sole Eligible Employees. If, for the applicable year for determining the ACP of the “NHCEs” for a Plan
Year, there are no eligible “NHCEs,” then the Plan is deemed to satisfy the ACP test for the Plan Year. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 82 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 12.7 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS 

(a) Authority to correct. In the event the Plan does not satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6, the Administrator
shall adjust Excess Aggregate Contributions or, if the current year testing method is used, the Employer shall make contributions pursuant to the options set forth below or any combination thereof. 

(b) Corrective distribution or Forfeiture. On or before the close of the following Plan Year, the Highly Compensated Participant having
the largest allocation of “contribution percentage amounts” shall have a portion of such “contribution percentage amounts” (and “income” allocable to such amounts) distributed or, if non-Vested, Forfeited (including
“income” allocable to such Forfeitures) until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed, or until the amount of the Participant’s “contribution percentage amounts” equals the “contribution
percentage amounts” of the Highly Compensated Participant having the next largest amount of “contribution percentage amounts.” This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed
or forfeited. Any distribution and/or Forfeiture of “contribution percentage amounts” shall be made in the following order: 
 (1)
Employer “matching contributions” distributed and/or forfeited pursuant to Section 12.5(b)(1); 
 (2) After-tax voluntary
Employee contributions including Excess Contributions recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 12.5(b)(2); 

(3) Unmatched Elective Deferrals used in the ACP and, thereafter, simultaneously from such Elective Deferrals used in the 

ACP which are matched and “matching contributions” which relate to such Elective Deferrals (if the “matching contributions”
are used in the ACP). “Matching contributions” which are not used in the ACP but which relate to Elective Deferrals that are distributed to Highly Compensated Participants pursuant to this Subsection shall be forfeited unless the related
“matching contributions” are distributed as Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to this Subsection; 
 (4) To the extent
Elective Deferrals are distributed pursuant to the preceding paragraph, then the distribution shall be made, as operationally determined by the Administrator, from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account or the Participant’s
Roth Elective Deferral Account, to the extent both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the Plan Year, to the extent both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the Plan Year; and 

(5) Remaining Employer “matching contributions.” 

(c) Source of corrective distribution or Forfeiture. Any distribution or Forfeiture of less than the entire amount of Excess Aggregate
Contributions (and “income”) shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions and “income.” Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of
Excess Aggregate Contributions (and “income”). Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated in accordance with Section 4.3. However, no such Forfeiture may be allocated to a Highly Compensated Participant whose
contributions are reduced pursuant to this Section. 
 (d) Determination of income or loss. For the purpose of this Section,
“income” means the income or losses allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions, which amount shall be determined and allocated, at the discretion of the Administrator, using any of the methods set forth in Section 12.5(b)(4) with
respect to the calculation of “income” for Excess Contributions (applied by substituting Excess Contributions with Excess Aggregate Contributions and by substituting amounts taken into account under the ACP test for amounts taken into
account under the ADP test in Section 12.4). However, effective with respect to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007 the Administrator will not calculate and distribute “income” for the period between the end of the Plan
Year in which the Excess Aggregate Contribution and prior to the date of the distribution (the “gap period”). 
 (e) Treatment
of excess amounts. Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to amounts other than nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions, including forfeited “matching contributions,” shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes
of Code §§404 and 415 even if distributed from the Plan. 
 (f) Ordering of tests. The determination of the amount of Excess
Aggregate Contributions with respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first determining the Excess Contributions, if any, to be treated as nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization for the Plan Year of any other
qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code §401(k)) maintained by the Employer that ends with or within the Plan Year or which are treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to
Section 12.5. 
 (g) Corrective contributions. Notwithstanding the above, if the current year testing method is being used, then
within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a special Qualified Nonelective Contribution or Employer matching contribution in accordance with one of the following provisions which contribution shall be
allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account or with respect to Employer “matching contributions,” to the Participant’s Account of each Nonhighly Compensated Participant eligible to share in the allocation in accordance
with such provision. If the prior year testing method is used, then a Qualified Nonelective Contribution or an Employer “matching contribution” may not be made to correct the tests set forth in Section 12.6. The Employer shall provide
the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the contribution being made and to which provision it relates. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 83 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (1) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to
the total 414(s) Compensation of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year. 
 (2) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be
made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s
414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the
Plan Year and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be
eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (3) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly
Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). 

(4) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year and, if
this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share
in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (5) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s)
Compensation, until the applicable test set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4 or the maximum that
may be taken into account in the ACP test pursuant to Section 12.6(i) (Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied. 

(6) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until the applicable test set forth in
Section 12.6 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4 or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ACP test pursuant to
Section 12.6(i) (Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the
end of the Plan Year and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year,
shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (7) A “matching contribution” may be made on behalf
of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated on behalf of each Nonhighly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that each
Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants. The Employer shall designate, at the time the contribution is made, whether the contribution
made pursuant to this provision shall be a Qualified Matching Contribution or an Employer Nonelective Contribution. 
 (8) A “matching
contribution” may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated on behalf of each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants. The Employer shall designate, at the time the
contribution is made, whether the contribution made pursuant to this provision shall be a Qualified Matching Contribution or an Employer Nonelective Contribution. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are
not employed at the end of the Plan Year and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the elapsed time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement)
during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (h) Excise tax after 2 1/2 months (or
6 months). Any Excess Aggregate Contributions (and “income”) which are distributed after 2 1/2 months, or 6 months with respect to a Plan Year in which the EACA requirements of Section 12.2(b) are met, after the end of the Plan
Year shall be subject to the ten percent (10%) Employer excise tax imposed by Code §4979. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 84 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 12.8 401(k) ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS 

(a) Election of “ADP test safe harbor.” The provisions of this Section will apply if the Employer has elected, in the 401(k)
ADP Test Safe Harbor Provisions Section of the Adoption Agreement, to use the “ADP test safe harbor” or “ACP test safe harbor.” If the Employer has elected to use the “ADP test safe harbor” for a Plan Year, then the
provisions relating to the ADP test described in Section 12.4 and in Code §401(k)(3) do not apply for such Plan Year to the group of Participants subject to the “ADP test safe harbor” provisions. In addition, if the Employer has
also elected to use the “ACP test safe harbor” for a Plan Year, then the provisions relating to the ACP test described in Section 12.6 and in Code §401(m)(2) do not apply for such Plan Year to the group of Participants subject to
the “ACP test safe harbor” provisions. Furthermore, to the extent any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section, the provisions of this Section will govern. In accordance with Regulation
§1.401(k)-1(e)(7) and Regulation §1.401(m)-1(c)(2), it is impermissible for the Employer to use the ADP test or the ACP test for a Plan Year in which it is intended for the Plan, through its written terms, to use the “ADP test safe
harbor” or “ACP test safe harbor” and the Employer fails to satisfy the requirements of such safe harbors for the Plan Year. 

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this Section and Section 12.9, the following definitions apply: 

(1) “ACP test safe harbor” means the method described in Subsection (d) below for satisfying the ACP test of Code
§401(m)(2). 
 (2) “ACP test safe harbor matching contributions” means “matching contributions” described in
Subsection (d)(1). 
 (3) “ADP test safe harbor” means the method described in Subsection (c) for satisfying the ADP test of
Code §401(k)(3). 
 (4) “ADP test safe harbor contributions” means the contributions made pursuant to Subsection (c)(1)
below. 
 (5) “Compensation” means Compensation as defined in Section 1.18, except, for purposes of this Section, no dollar
limit, other than the limit imposed by Code §401(a)(17), applies to the Compensation of a Nonhighly Compensated Employee. 
 (6)
“Eligible Participant” means a Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferrals under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year (or who would be eligible to make Elective Deferrals but for a suspension due to a hardship distribution
described in Section 12.10 or to statutory limitations, such as Code §§402(g) and 415) and who is not excluded as an “eligible Participant” in the 401(k) ADP Test Safe Harbor Provisions Section of the Adoption Agreement.

 (7) “Matching contributions” means contributions made by the Employer on account of an “eligible Participant’s”
Elective Deferrals. 
 (c) Satisfying ADP safe harbor. The provisions of this Subsection apply for purposes of satisfying the
“ADP test safe harbor.” 
 (1) The “ADP test safe harbor contribution” is the contribution, elected by the Employer
in the 401(k) ADP Test Safe Harbor Provisions Section of the Adoption Agreement, to be used to satisfy the “ADP test safe harbor.” However, if no contribution is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will contribute to the Plan
for the Plan Year a “basic matching contribution” on behalf of each Eligible Employee. The “basic matching contribution” is equal to (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of an “eligible
Participant’s” Elective Deferrals that do not exceed three percent (3%) of the Participant’s “Compensation” for the Plan Year, plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the Participant’s Elective
Deferrals that exceed three percent (3%) of the Participant’s “Compensation” but do not exceed five percent (5%) of the Participant’s “Compensation.” However, if the contribution is being made pursuant to a
QACA as described in Section 12.9, then the “basic matching contribution” is equal to (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of an “eligible Participant’s” Elective Deferrals that do not exceed one
percent (1%) of the Participant’s “Compensation” for the Plan Year, plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that exceed one percent (1%) of the Participant’s
“Compensation” but do not exceed six percent (6%) of the Participant’s “Compensation.” If pursuant to this Section, the “ADP test safe harbor contribution” being made to the Plan (including a contribution
being made pursuant to a QACA as described in Section 12.9) is a matching contribution that is made on a basis other than the Plan Year, then the matching contributions must be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the Plan Year quarter
immediately following the Plan Year quarter to which the contributions relate. 
 (2) Except as provided in Subsection (e) below, for
purposes of the Plan, a “basic matching contribution” or an “enhanced matching contribution” will be treated as a Qualified Matching Contribution and a nonelective “ADP test safe harbor contribution” will be treated as
a Qualified Nonelective Contribution. Accordingly, “ADP test safe harbor contributions” will be fully Vested and subject to the distribution restrictions set forth in Section 12.2(e) other than on account of a hardship (i.e., may
generally not be distributed earlier than severance of employment, death, Total and Permanent Disability, an event described in Code §401(k)(10), or, in case of a profit sharing plan, the attainment of age 59 1/2.). In addition, such
contributions must satisfy the “ADP test safe harbor” without regard to permitted disparity under Code §401(l). An “enhanced matching contribution” is a matching contribution that, at rate of Elective Deferrals, is at least
equal to what the matching contribution would be if under the “basic matching contribution.” 
 (3) Notwithstanding the requirement
that the Employer make the “ADP test safe harbor contribution” to this Plan, if the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, the “ADP test safe harbor contribution” will be made to the defined contribution plan indicated in
the Adoption Agreement. However, such contributions will be made to this Plan unless (i) each Employee eligible under this Plan is also eligible under the other plan, and (ii) the other plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 85 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (4) Within a reasonable period before the beginning of the Plan Year (or, in the year an
Eligible Employee becomes a Participant, within a reasonable period before the Employee becomes eligible), the Employer will provide each “eligible Participant” a comprehensive notice of the Participant’s rights and obligations under
the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant. The determination of whether a notice satisfies the timing requirement of this paragraph is based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. However, the
timing requirement of the notice is deemed to be satisfied if at least thirty (30) days, but not more than ninety (90) days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer will provide each “eligible Participant” a
comprehensive notice of the Participant’s rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant. However, if an Employee becomes eligible after the 90th day before the beginning of the
Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than ninety ( 90) days before the Employee becomes eligible but not later than the date the Employee becomes eligible. 

(5) In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each “eligible Participant” may make or modify a salary
deferral election during the thirty (30) day period immediately following receipt of the notice described in Subsection (4) above. Furthermore, if the “ADP test safe harbor contribution” is a “matching contribution”
each Eligible Employee must be permitted to elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of “matching contributions” available to the Participant under the Plan. 

(d) Application of “ACP test safe harbor.” The provisions of this Subsection apply if the Employer has elected to satisfy the
“ACP test safe harbor.” 
 (1) In addition to the “ADP test safe harbor contributions,” the Employer will make any
“matching contributions” in accordance with elections made in the Adoption Agreement. Such additional “matching contributions” will be considered “ACP test safe harbor matching contributions.” “Matching
contributions” are taken into account for a Plan Year purposes of the “ACP test safe harbor” in accordance with the allocation and timing rules of Regulation §1.401(m) -2(a), which provides that a matching contribution will be
taken into account for a Plan Year only if (1) it is made on account of the Participant’s nondeductible voluntary “employee contributions” or elective deferrals under a plan maintained by the Employer for that Plan Year and
(2) it is allocated to the Participant’s account as of any date within that Plan Year, and (3) it is actually paid to the plan no later than twelve (12) months after the close of the Plan Year. 

(2) Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, an “eligible Participant’s” Elective Deferrals in
excess of six percent (6%) of “Compensation” may not be taken into account in applying “ACP test safe harbor matching contributions.” In addition, any portion of an “ACP test safe harbor matching contribution”
attributable to a discretionary “matching contribution” may not exceed four percent (4%) of an “eligible Participant’s” “Compensation.” 

(e) Application of ACP test. The Plan is required to satisfy the ACP test of Code §401(m)(2), using the current year testing
method, if the Plan permits after-tax voluntary Employee contributions or if matching contributions that do not satisfy the “ACP test safe harbor” may be made to the Plan. In such event, only “ADP test safe harbor contributions”
or “ACP test safe harbor contributions” that exceed the amount needed to satisfy the “ADP test safe harbor” or “ACP test safe harbor” (if the Employer has elected to use the “ACP test safe harbor”) may be
treated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions in applying the ACP test. In addition, in applying the ACP test, elective contributions may not be treated as “matching contributions” under Code
§401(m)(3). Furthermore, in applying the ACP test, the Employer may operationally elect to disregard with respect to all “eligible Participants” (1) all “matching contributions” if the Plan satisfies the “ACP test
safe harbor” and (2) “matching contributions” that do not exceed four percent (4%) (3 1/2% if a QACA) of each Participant’s “Compensation” if the Plan satisfies the “ADP test safe harbor” using
“matching contributions” (the “basic matching contribution” or the “enhanced matching contribution”) and the “ACP test safe harbor” is not satisfied. 

(f) Modification of top-heavy rules. The top-heavy requirements of Code §416 and the Plan shall not apply in any Plan Year in which
the Plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code §401(k)(12) and “matching contributions” with respect to which the requirements of Code §401(m)(11) are met. 

(g) Plan Year requirement. Except as provided in Regulation §1.401(k)-3(e), the Plan will fail to satisfy the requirements of Code
§401(k)(12) and this Section for a Plan Year unless such provisions remain in effect for an entire twelve (12) month Plan Year. 

(h) Discretionary safe harbor nonelective contribution. If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to either not use the
401(k) safe harbor provisions of this Section or to utilize the “maybe” election with respect to the nonelective “ADP test safe harbor contribution,” then the Employer may elect to utilize the “ADP test safe harbor”
provisions for a Plan Year after the Plan Year has commenced in accordance with the provisions of this Subsection. In order to utilize this Subsection, the Employer must provide a notice in accordance with Section 12.8(c)(4) above, except that
the notice must provide that the Employer may provide the nonelective “ADP test safe harbor contribution” and that a supplemental notice will be provided at least thirty (30) days prior to the last day of the Plan Year if the Employer
decides to make the nonelective “ADP test safe harbor contribution”. In order to implement the 401( k) safe harbor provisions of this Section for the Plan Year, the Employer must (1) amend the Adoption Agreement to provide for the
nonelective “ADP test safe harbor contribution” and, (2) provide a supplemental notice to Participants indicating its intention to 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 86 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 
provide such nonelective “ADP test safe harbor contribution”. The supplemental notice indicating the Employer’s intention to make the nonelective “ADP test safe harbor
contribution” must be provided no later than thirty (30) days prior to the last day of the Plan Year for the Plan in order for the provisions of this Section to apply. 

(i) Elimination of safe harbor contributions or matching contributions. The Employer may amend the Plan during a Plan Year to reduce or
eliminate “ADP test safe harbor contributions” or matching contributions for such Plan Year subject to the following provisions. 

(1) An amendment may be made during a Plan Year to reduce or eliminate prospectively any or all “ADP test safe harbor contributions”
provided a supplemental notice is given to all “eligible Participants” explaining the consequences and effective date of the amendment, and that such “eligible Participants” have a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable
period) to change their Elective Deferral (and if applicable, their Voluntary Employee Contribution) elections. An amendment reducing or eliminating an “ADP test safe harbor contribution” must be effective no earlier than the later of:
(i) thirty (30) days after “eligible Participants” are given the supplemental notice or (ii) the date the amendment is adopted. If the Employer amends the Plan to reduce or eliminate the “ADP test safe harbor
contributions,” then except as provided in Code §§401(k) and 401(m) and the Regulations thereunder, the Plan is subject to the ADP test set forth in Section 12.4 and the ACP test set forth in Section 12.6 for the entire Plan
Year using current year testing and the Employer must also satisfy the provisions of this Section 12.8 until the amendment becomes effective. 

(2) Notwithstanding the preceding, an amendment may be made during a Plan Year to eliminate a nonelective “ADP test safe harbor
contribution” for such Plan Year only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 1.401(k) -3(g) and, if applicable, Regulation §1.401(m)-3(h)). 

(3) If the Employer eliminates a matching contribution that is not an “ADP test safe harbor contribution,” then the “ADP test
safe harbor” provisions of this Section continue to apply (i.e., the provisions relating to the ADP test described in Section 12.4 and in Code §401(k)(3) do not apply for such Plan Year to the group of Participants subject to the
“ADP test safe harbor” provisions). 
 12.9 QUALIFIED AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT 

(a) Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA). If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer maintains a Plan with
Automatic Deferral provisions as a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) and the provisions of this Section will apply. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the Plan’s “ADP test safe harbor” and “ACP test
safe harbor” provisions set forth in Section 12.8 apply. The Employer will contribute on behalf of the Participants specified in the Adoption Agreement, “ADP test safe harbor contributions,” as elected in the Adoption Agreement.

 (b) Participants subject to the QACA. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect which Participants are subject to the QACA
Automatic Deferral on the “QACA Effective Date” thereof which may include some or all current Participants or may be limited to those Employees who become Participants after the “QACA Effective Date.” The “QACA Effective
Date” means the date on which the QACA goes into effect, either as to the overall Plan or as to an individual Participants as the context requires. A QACA becomes effective as to the Plan as of the date the Employer elects in the Adoption
Agreement. A Participant’s “QACA Effective Date” is as soon as practicable after the Participant is subject to Automatic Deferrals under the QACA, consistent with: (A) applicable law; and (B) the objective of affording the
Participant a reasonable period of time after receipt of the QACA notice to make an Affirmative Election (and, if applicable, an investment election). 

(c) QACA Automatic Deferral amount. Except as provided in Subsection (d) below (relating to uniformity requirements), the Plan must
apply to all Participants subject to the QACA, a uniform Automatic Deferral amount, as a percentage of each Participant’s Compensation, which does not exceed ten percent (10%), and which is at least the following minimum amount: 

(1) Initial period. 3% for the period that begins when the Participant first has contributions made pursuant to a default election under
the QACA and ends on the last day of the following Plan Year; 
 (2) Third Plan Year. 4% for the third Plan Year of the
Participant’s participation in the QACA; 
 (3) Fourth Plan Year. 5% for the fourth Plan Year of the Participant’s
participation in the QACA; and 
 (4) Fifth and later Plan Years. 6% for the fifth Plan Year of the Participant’s participation
in the QACA and for each subsequent Plan Year. 
 For purposes of the above, the Plan will treat an Employee who for an
entire Plan Year did not have contributions made pursuant to a default election under the QACA as not having made such contributions for any prior Plan Year. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 87 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (d) Uniformity. The “Automatic Deferral Percentage” must be a uniform
percentage of Compensation. The “Automatic Deferral Percentage” is the percentage of Automatic Deferral which the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement (including any scheduled increase to the “Automatic Deferral
Percentage”). However, the Plan does not violate the uniform “Automatic Deferral Percentage” merely because: 
 (1) Years
of participation. The “Automatic Deferral Percentage” varies based on the number of Plan Years the Participant has participated in the Plan while the Plan has applied the QACA provisions; 

(2) No reduction from prior default percentage. The Plan does not reduce an “Automatic Deferral Percentage” that, immediately
prior to the QACA’s effective date was higher (for any Participant) than the “Automatic Deferral Percentage.” 
 (3)
Applying statutory limits. The Plan limits the Automatic Deferral amount so as not to exceed the limits of Code §401(a)(17), 402(g) (determined without regard to Catch-Up Contributions), or 415; 

(4) No Automatic Deferrals during hardship suspension. The Plan does not apply the Automatic Deferral during a period of suspension,
under the Plan’s hardship distribution provisions, of Participant’s right to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan following a hardship distribution; or 

(5) Disaggregated groups. The Plan applies different default percentages to different groups if the groups can be disaggregated under
Regulation §1.401(k)-1(b)(4). 
 (e) Safe harbor notice. The Plan’s safe harbor notice provisions apply as set forth in
Section 12.8, except the Employer must provide the initial QACA safe harbor notice sufficiently early so that an Employee has a reasonable period after receiving the notice and before the first Automatic Deferral to make an Affirmative
Election. In addition, the notice must state: (1) the Automatic Deferral amount that will apply in absence of the Employee’s Affirmative Election; (2) the Employee’s right to elect not to have any Automatic Deferral amount made
on the Employee’s behalf or to elect to make Elective Deferrals in a different amount or percentage of Compensation; and (iii) how the Plan will invest the Automatic Deferrals. However, if it is not practicable for the notice to be
provided on or before the date an Employee becomes a Participant, then the notice nonetheless will be treated as provided timely if it is provided as soon as practicable after that date and the Employee is permitted to elect to defer from all types
of Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan earned beginning on that date. For this purpose, the Administrator is deemed to provide timely notice if the Administrator provides the notice at least thirty (30) days and not more than
ninety (90) days prior to the beginning of the QACA Plan Year. 
 (f) Distributions. A Participant’s Account balance
attributable to QACA “ADP test safe harbor contributions” is subject to the distribution restrictions set forth in Section 12.2(e) other than on account of a hardship (i.e., may generally not be distributed earlier than severance of
employment, death, Total and Permanent Disability, an event described in Code §401(k)(10), or, in case of a profit sharing plan, the attainment of age 59 1/2). 

(g) Vesting. A Participant’s Account balance attributable to QACA “ADP test safe harbor contributions” is Vested in
accordance with the vesting schedule, if any, elected in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (h) Compensation. Compensation for purposes of
determining the “Automatic Deferral Percentage” has the same meaning as Compensation with regard to Elective Deferrals. 
 (i)
Modification of top-heavy rules. The top-heavy requirements of Code §416 and the Plan shall not apply in any Plan Year in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code
§401(k)(13) and “matching contributions” with respect to which the requirements of Code §401(m)(12) is met. 
 12.10 ADVANCE
DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP 
 (a) Hardship events. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of a
Participant, shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer) to distribute to the Participant in any one Plan Year up to the lesser of (1) 100% of the Accounts as selected in the Adoption Agreement valued as of the last Valuation Date or (2) the
amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall include an Employee who has an Account balance in the Plan. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall
be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the Account from which the distribution is made shall be reduced accordingly. Effective with respect to
Plan Years beginning in 2006 (or if earlier, the date the final 401(k) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan), withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if the distribution is for one of the following or any other item
permitted under Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B) or any other federally enacted legislation: 
 (1) expenses for (or necessary to
obtain) medical care (as defined in Code §213(d)); 
 (2) costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a
principal residence for the Participant; 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 88 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (3) payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent,
Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code §152, and without regard to Code §152(d)(1)(B)); 
 (4) payment of tuition,
related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code §152, and without
regard to Code §152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)); 
 (5) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the
Participant’s principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence; or 
 (6) expenses for the repair of damage to the
Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code §165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income). 

(b) Beneficiary-based distribution. If elected in Adoption Agreement, then effective as of the date specified in the Adoption Agreement,
but no earlier than August 17, 2006, a Participant’s hardship event includes an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant’s “primary Beneficiary under the Plan,” that would constitute a hardship event if it
occurred with respect to the Participant’s Spouse or dependent as defined under Code §152 (such hardship events being limited to educational expenses, funeral expenses and certain medical expenses). For purposes of this Section, a
Participant’s “primary Beneficiary under the Plan” is an individual who is named as a Beneficiary under the Plan (by the Participant or pursuant to Section 6.2(d)) and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the
Participant’s Account balance under the Plan upon the Participant’s death. 
 (c) Other limits and conditions. No
distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section unless the Administrator, based upon the Participant’s representation and such other facts as are known to the Administrator, determines that all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 (1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant (including any amounts
necessary to pay any federal, state, or local taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution); 
 (2) The
Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer (to the extent the loan would not increase the hardship); and 

(3) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant’s Elective Deferrals and nondeductible
voluntary Employee contributions will be suspended, for at least six (6) months after receipt of the hardship distribution. 
 (d)
Limitation on Account withdrawals. Notwithstanding the above, distributions from the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account pursuant to this Section
shall be limited solely to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals and any income attributable thereto credited to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account as of December 31, 1988. 

(e) Other limits and conditions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, no distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section from the
Participant’s Account until such Account has become fully Vested. Furthermore, if a hardship distribution is permitted from more than one Account, the Administrator may determine any ordering of a Participant’s hardship distribution from
such Accounts. 
 (f) Distribution rules apply. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner which is
consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code §§411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. 

12.11 IN-PLAN ROTH ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS 

(a) Right to elect In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, then effective as of the date specified in
the Adoption Agreement, but no earlier than September 28, 2010, a Participant may elect to roll over a distribution directly to an In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution Account in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, this Section and the
elections made in the Adoption Agreement. “In-Plan Roth rollover contributions” will be subject to the Plan rules related to designated Roth accounts. 

(b) Eligibility for distribution and rollover. A Participant must be eligible for a distribution in order to roll over a distribution to
an In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution Account in accordance with this Section. A Participant may not make an “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution” with regard to an amount which is not an “eligible rollover distribution” as
defined in Section 6.15. 
 (c) Form of rollover. The Administrator may permit an “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution”
either by converting to cash any non-cash investments prior to rolling over the Participant’s distribution election amount to the In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution Account, or by rolling over the Participant’s current investments to the
In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution Account. A Plan loan so transferred in a direct rollover (if such transfer is permitted) without changing the repayment schedule is not treated as a new loan . 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 89 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (d) Treatment of In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions. 

(1) Amount of In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution. If specified in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may take an in-service
distribution only for purposes of electing a direct rollover to an In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution Account. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a portion of the amount that is eligible to be rolled over to an In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution
Account may be distributed solely for the purpose of federal or state income tax withholding for the Participant’s anticipated tax obligations regarding the amount includible in the Participant’s gross income by reason of the In-Plan Roth
Rollover Contribution (and the amount withheld for income taxes). The Administrator may limit the amount of the 100% withholding distribution to the amount the Administrator reasonably determines is sufficient to satisfy the Participant’s
federal and/or state income tax liability relating to the Plan distribution. 
 (2) No rollover or distribution treatment.
Notwithstanding any other Plan provision, a direct In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution is not a rollover contribution for purposes of the Plan. Accordingly, the Plan will take into account the amounts attributable to an “in-Plan Roth
rollover contribution” in determining whether a Participant’s Vested Account balance exceeds $5,000 for purposes of Code §411(a)(11). In addition, an “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution” is not a distribution for purposes of
Code §§401(a)(11) (relating to spousal consent) and 3405(c) (relating to mandatory income tax withholding). Furthermore, it is not a distribution for purposes of applying any limitations that a Plan may impose with respect to the number of
in-service distributions permitted by the Plan. 
 (3) Withdrawal of In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions. A Participant may withdraw
amounts from the Participant’s In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution Account only when the Participant is eligible for a distribution from the Plan account that is the source of the “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution.” This Section does
not expand (except, if elected, for distributions for withholding) or eliminate any distribution rights on amounts that a Participant elects to treat as an “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution.” 

(e) Definitions and other rules. 

(1) In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution. An “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution” means a rollover contribution to the Plan that
consists of a distribution from a Participant’s Plan account, other than a designated Roth account, that the Participant rolls over to the Participant’s designated In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution Account in the Plan, in accordance with
Code §402(c)(4). An “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution” may occur only by a direct rollover. 
 (2) Participant includes
spousal Beneficiary/Alternate Payee. For purposes of eligibility for an “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution,” the Plan will treat a Participant’s surviving Spouse Beneficiary or Alternate Payee Spouse or former Spouse as a
Participant (unless the right to elect an “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution” is limited to Employees). A non-Spouse Beneficiary may not make an “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution.” 

(3) Distribution from partially Vested account. Distributions (i.e., the source of the “in-Plan Roth rollover contribution”
amounts) are permitted only from Vested amounts allocated to a qualifying source as identified in the Adoption Agreement. If a distribution is made to a Participant who has not severed employment and who is not fully Vested in the Participant’s
Account from which the rollover is to be made, and the Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such account, then at any relevant time the Participant’s Vested portion of the account will be determined in the manner set forth in
Section 6.5(h). 
 ARTICLE XIII 

SIMPLE 401(K) PROVISIONS 
 13.1 SIMPLE
401(k) PROVISIONS 
 (a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, this Plan is intended to be a SIMPLE 401(k) plan which satisfies the
requirements of Code §§401(k)(11) and 401(m)(10). 
 (b) The provisions of this Article apply for a “year” only if the
following conditions are met: 
 (1) The Employer adopting this Plan is an “eligible employer.” An “eligible employer”
means, with respect to any “year,” an Employer that had no more than 100 Employees who received at least $5,000 of “compensation” from the Employer for the preceding “year.” In applying the preceding sentence, all
employees of an Affiliated Employer and Leased Employees are taken into account. 
 An “eligible employer” that has
elected to use the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions but fails to be an “eligible employer” for any subsequent “year,” is treated as an “eligible employer” for the two (2) “years” following the last
“year” the Employer was an “eligible employer.” If the failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction involving an “ eligible employer,” the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of
Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i) are satisfied. 
 (2) No contributions are made, or benefits accrued for services during the “year,” on
behalf of any “eligible employee” under any other plan, contract, pension, or trust described in Code §219(g)(5)(A) or (B), maintained by the Employer. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 90 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (c) To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of
this Article, the provisions of this Article govern. 
 13.2 DEFINITIONS 

(a) “Compensation” means, for purposes of this Article, the sum of the wages, tips, and other compensation from the Employer subject
to federal income tax withholding (as described in Code §6051(a)(3)) and the Employee’s salary deferral contributions made under this or any other 401(k) plan, and, if applicable, elective deferrals under a Code §408(p) SIMPLE plan, a
SARSEP, or a Code §403(b) annuity contract and compensation deferred under a Code §457 plan, required to be reported by the Employer on Form W-2 (as described in Code §6051(a)(8)). For Self-Employed Individuals,
“compensation” means net earnings from self-employment determined under Code §1402(a) prior to subtracting any contributions made under this Plan on behalf of the individual. “Compensation” also includes amounts paid for
domestic service (as described in Code §3401(a)(3)). The provisions of the Plan implementing the limit on Compensation under Code §401(a)(17) apply to the “compensation” under this Article. 

(b) “Eligible employee” means, for purposes of this Article, any Participant who is entitled to make Elective Deferrals described in
Code §402(g) under the terms of the Plan. 
 (c) “Year” means the calendar year. 

13.3 CONTRIBUTIONS 
 (a) Salary
deferral contributions 
 (1) Each “eligible employee” may make a salary deferral election to have “compensation”
reduced for the “year” in any amount selected by the Employee subject to the limitation in Subsection (c) below. The Employer will make a salary deferral contribution to the Plan, as an Elective Deferral, in the amount by which the
Employee’s “compensation” has been reduced. 
 (2) The total salary deferral contribution for the “year” for any
Employee cannot exceed the limitation on salary deferral contributions in effect for the “year” pursuant to Code §408(p)(2). The limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of living increases under Code
§408(p)(2)(E). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. The amount of an Employee’s salary deferral contributions permitted for a “year” is increased for Employees aged 50 or over by the end of the “year” by
the amount of allowable Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to Code §414(v)(2). The limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code §414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of
$500. Catch-Up Contributions are otherwise treated the same as other salary deferral contributions. 
 (b) Other contributions 

(1) Matching contributions. Unless (2) below is elected, each “year” the Employer will make a matching contribution to the Plan
on behalf of each Employee who makes a salary deferral election under Section 13.3(a). The amount of the matching contribution will be equal to the Employee’s salary deferral contribution up to a limit of three percent (3%) of the
Employee’s “compensation” for the full “year.” 
 (2) Nonelective Contributions. For any “year,” instead
of a matching contribution, the Employer may elect to contribute a Nonelective Contribution of two percent (2%) of “compensation” for the full “year” for each “eligible employee” who received at least $5,000 of
“compensation” from the Employer for the “year.” 
 (c) Limitation on Other Contributions 

No Employer or Employee contributions may be made to this Plan for the “year” other than salary deferral
contributions described in Section 13.3(a), matching or Nonelective Contributions described in Section 13.3(b) and rollover contributions described in Regulation §1.402(c)-2, Q&A-1(a). Furthermore, the provisions of
Section 4.4 which implement the limitations of Code §415 apply to contributions made pursuant to this Section (other than Catch-Up Contributions). 

13.4 ELECTION AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS 

(a) Election period 
 (1)
In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each “eligible employee” may make or modify a salary deferral election during the 60-day period immediately preceding each January 1st. 

(2) For the “year” an Employee becomes eligible to make salary deferral contributions under this Article, the 60-day election period
requirement of Subsection (a)(1) is deemed satisfied if the Employee may make or modify a salary deferral election during a 60-day period that includes either the date the Employee becomes eligible or the day before. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 91 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (3) Each “eligible employee” may terminate a salary deferral election at any time
during the “year.” 
 (b) Notice requirements 

(1) The Employer will notify each “eligible employee” prior to the 60-day election period described in Section 13.4(a) that a
salary deferral election or a modification to a prior election may be made during that period. 
 (2) The notification described in
(1) above will indicate whether the Employer will provide a matching contribution described in Section 13.3(b)(1) or a two percent (2%) Nonelective Contribution described in Section 13.3(b)(2) for that “year.” 

13.5 VESTING REQUIREMENTS 
 All benefits
attributable to contributions made pursuant to this Article are nonforfeitable at all times, and all previous contributions made under the Plan are nonforfeitable as of the beginning of the Plan Year that the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions apply. 

13.6 TOP-HEAVY RULES 
 The Plan is not
treated as a top-heavy plan under Code §416 for any “year” for which the provisions of this Article are effective and satisfied. 
 13.7
NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS 
 The Plan is treated as meeting the requirements of Code §§401(k)(3)(A)(ii) and 401(m)(2) for any
“year” for which the provisions of this Article are effective and satisfied. Accordingly, Sections 12.4, 12.5, 12.6 and 12.7 shall not apply to the Plan for any “year” for which this Article applies. 

ARTICLE XIV 
 MULTIPLE
EMPLOYER PROVISIONS 
 14.1 ELECTION AND OVERRIDING EFFECT 

If a Participating Employer that is not an Affiliated Employer adopts this Plan, then the provisions of this Article XIV shall apply to such
Participating Employer as of the Effective Date specified in its participation agreement and supersede any contrary provisions in the basic Plan document or the Adoption Agreement. If this Article XIV applies, then the Plan shall be a multiple
employer plan as described in Code §413(c). In this case, the Employer and each Participating Employer acknowledge that the Plan is a multiple employer plan subject to the rules of Code §413(c) and the Regulations thereunder, which are
hereby incorporated by reference, and specific annual reporting requirements. 
 14.2 DEFINITIONS 

The following definitions shall apply to this Article XIV and shall supersede any conflicting definitions in the Plan: 

(a) Employee. “Employee” means any common law employee, Self-Employed Individual, Leased Employee or other person the Code
treats as an employee of a Participating Employer for purposes of the Participating Employer’s qualified plan. Either the Adoption Agreement or a participation agreement to the Adoption Agreement may designate any Employee, or class of
Employees, as not eligible to participate in the Plan. 
 (b) Lead Employer. “Lead Employer” means the signatory Employer to
the Adoption Agreement execution page, and does not include any Affiliated Employer or Participating Employer. The “lead Employer” has the same meaning as the Employer for purposes of making Plan amendments and other purposes regardless of
whether the “lead Employer” is also a Participating Employer under this Article XIV. 
 14.3 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER ELECTIONS 

The participation agreement must identify the Participating Employer and the covered Employees and provide for the Participating
Employer’s signature. In addition, in the participation agreement, the “lead Employer” shall specify which elections, if any, the Participating Employer can modify, and any restrictions on the modifications. Any such modification
shall apply only to the employees of that Participating Employer. The Participating Employer shall make any such modification by selecting the appropriate option on its participation agreement to the “lead Employer’s” Adoption
Agreement. To the extent that the Adoption Agreement does not permit modification of an election, any attempt by a Participating Employer to modify the election shall have no effect on the Plan and the Participating Employer is bound by the Plan
terms as selected by the “lead Employer.” If a Participating Employer does not make any permissible participation agreement election modifications, then with regard to any election, the Participating Employer is bound by the Adoption
Agreement terms as completed by the “lead Employer.” Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, if a Standardized Plan is being used, then the elections available to Participating Employers must be limited to the elections
available to the “lead Employer” that ensure the Plan, by design, satisfies the minimum coverage requirements of Code §410(b) and the nondiscrimination requirements of Code §401(a)(4). 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 92 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 14.4 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE STATUS 

Status as a Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined separately with respect to each Participating Employer. 

14.5 TESTING 
 (a) Separate status.
The Administrator shall perform the tests listed below separately for each Participating Employer, with respect to the Employees of that Participating Employer. For this purpose, the Employees of a Participating Employer, and their allocations
and accounts, shall be treated as though they were in separate plan. Any correction action, such as additional contributions or corrective distributions, shall only affect the Employees of the Participating Employer. The tests subject to this
separate treatment are: 
 (1) The ADP test in Section 12.4. 

(2) The ACP test in Section 12.6. 

(3) Nondiscrimination testing as described in Code §401(a)(4) and the applicable Regulations. 

(4) Coverage testing as described in Code §410(b) and the applicable Regulations. 

(b) Joint status. The Administrator shall perform the following tests for the Plan as whole, without regard to employment by a
particular Participating Employer: 
 (1) Applying the Code §415 limitation in Section 4.4. 

(2) Applying the Code §402(g) limitation in Section 12.2. 

(3) Applying the limit on Catch-Up Contributions in Section 12.2. 

14.6 TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS 
 The Plan will
apply the provisions of Article IX separately to each Participating Employer. The Plan will be considered separate plans for each Participating Employer and its Employees for purposes of determining whether such a separate plan is top-heavy under
Section 9.1 or is entitled to the exemption described in Section 12.8(f) or 12.9(i). For purposes of applying this Article to a Participating Employer, the Participating Employer and any business which is related to that Participating
Employer shall be the “Employer” for purposes of Section 9.1, and the terms “Key Employee” and “Non-Key Employee” shall refer only to the Employees of that Participating Employer. If such a Participating Employer’s
separate plan is top-heavy, then: 
 (a) Highest contribution rate. The Administrator shall determine the highest Key Employee
contribution rate under Section 4.3(g) by reference to the Key Employees and their allocations in the separate plan of that Participating Employer; 

(b) Top-heavy minimum allocation. The Administrator shall determine the amount of any required top-heavy minimum allocation separately
for that separate plan under Section 4.3(f); and 
 (c) Plan Which Will Satisfy. The Participating Employer shall make any
additional contributions Section 4.3(k) requires. 
 14.7 COMPENSATION 

(a) Separate determination. For the following purposes, a Participant’s Compensation shall be determined separately for each
Participating Employer: 
 (1) Nondiscrimination and coverage. All of the separate tests listed in Section 14.5(a). 

(2) Top-heavy. Application of the top-heavy rules in Article IX. 

(3) Allocations. Application of allocations under Article IV. 

(4) HCE determination. The determination of an Employee’s status as a Highly Compensated Employee. 

(b) Joint status. For all Plan purposes other than those described in Section 14.7(a), including but not limited to determining the
Code §415 limits in Section 4.4, Compensation includes all Compensation paid by or for any Participating Employer. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 93 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 14.8 SERVICE 

An Employee’s service includes all Hours of Service and Years of Service with any and all Participating Employers. An Employee who
terminates employment with one Participating Employer and immediately commences employment with another Participating Employer has not separated from service or had a severance from employment. 

14.9 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS 
 If a
Participant is a more than 5% Owner (under Code §416(i) and Section 6.8(e)(6)) of any Participating Employer for which the Participant is an Employee in the Plan Year the Participant attains age 70 1/2, then the Participant’s
“required beginning date” under Section 6.8(e)(5) shall be the April 1 following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2. 

14.10 COOPERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION 

(a) Cooperation. Each Participating Employer agrees to timely provide all information the Administrator deems necessary to insure the
Plan is operated in accordance with the requirements of the Code and the Act and will cooperate fully with the “lead Employer,” the Plan, the Plan fiduciaries and other proper representatives in maintaining the qualified status of the
Plan. Such cooperation will include payment of such amounts into the Plan, to be allocated to employees of the Participating Employer, which are reasonably required to maintain the tax-qualified status of the Plan. 

(b) Indemnity. Each Participating Employer will indemnify and hold harmless the Administrator, the “lead Employer” and its
subsidiaries; officers, directors, shareholders, employees, and agents of the “lead Employer”; the Plan; the Trustees, Fiduciaries, Participants and Beneficiaries of the Plan, as well as their respective successors and assigns, against any
cause of action, loss, liability, damage, cost, or expense of any nature whatsoever (including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees and costs, whether or not suit is brought, as well as IRS plan disqualifications, other sanctions or compliance
fees or DOL fiduciary breach sanctions and penalties) arising out of or relating to the Participating Employer’s noncompliance with any of the Plan’s terms or requirements; any intentional or negligent act or omission the Participating
Employer commits with regard to the Plan; and any omission or provision of incorrect information with regard to the Plan which causes the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of a tax-qualified plan. 

14.11 INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION 
 Unless the
“lead Employer” provides otherwise in an addendum hereto, the “lead Employer” shall have the power to terminate the participation of any Participating Employer (hereafter “Terminated Employer”) in this Plan. If and when
the “lead Employer” wishes to exercise this power, the following shall occur: 
 (a) Notice. The “lead Employer”
shall give the “Terminated Employer” a notice of the “lead Employer’s” intent to terminate the “Terminated Employer’s” status as a Participating Employer of the Plan. The “lead Employer” will provide
such notice not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of termination unless the “lead Employer” determines that the interest of Plan Participants requires earlier termination. 

(b) Spin-off. The “lead Employer” shall establish a new defined contribution plan, using the provisions of this Plan with any
modifications contained in the “Terminated Employer’s” participation agreement, as a guide to establish a new defined contribution plan (the “spin-off plan”). The “lead Employer” will direct the Trustee to transfer
(in accordance with the rules of Code §414(l) and the provisions of Section 8.3) the Accounts of the Employees of the “Terminated Employer” to the “spin-off plan.” The “Terminated Employer” shall be the
Employer, Administrator, and sponsor of the “spin-off plan.” The Trustee of the “spin-off plan” shall be the person or entity designated by the “Terminated Employer,” or, in the absence of any such designation, the
chief executive officer of the “Terminated Employer.” If state law prohibits the “Terminated Employer” from serving as Trustee, the Trustee is the president of a corporate “Terminated Employer,” the managing partner of
a partnership “Terminated Employer,” the managing member of a limited liability company “Terminated Employer,” the sole proprietor of a proprietorship “Terminated Employer,” or in the case of any other entity type, such
other person with title and responsibilities similar to the foregoing. However, the “lead Employer” shall have the option to designate an appropriate financial institution as Trustee instead if necessary to protect the interest of the
Participants. The “lead Employer” shall have the authority to charge the “Terminated Employer” or the Accounts of the Employees of the “Terminated Employer” a reasonable fee to pay the expenses of establishing the
“spin-off plan.” 
 (c) Alternative. The “Terminated Employer,” in lieu of creation of the “spin-off
plan” under (b) above, has the option to elect a transfer alternative in accordance with this Subsection (c). 
 (1) Election.
To exercise the option described in this Subsection, the “Terminated Employer” must inform the “lead Employer” of its choice, and must supply any reasonably required documentation as soon as practical. If the “lead
Employer” has not received notice of a “Terminated Employer’s” exercise of this option within ten (10) days prior to the stated date of termination, the “lead Employer” can choose to disregard the exercise and
proceed with the Spin-off. 
 (2) Transfer. If the “Terminated Employer” selects this option, the Administrator shall
transfer (in accordance with the rules of Code §414(l) and the provisions of Section 8.3) the Accounts of the Employees of the “Terminated Employer” to a qualified plan the “Terminated Employer” maintains. To exercise
this option, the “Terminated Employer” must deliver to the “lead Employer” or Administrator in writing the name and other relevant information of the transferee plan and must provide such assurances that the Administrator shall
reasonable require to demonstrate that the transferee plan is a qualified plan. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 94 

 Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan 

 

 (d) Participants. The Employees of the “Terminated Employer” shall cease to
be eligible to accrue additional benefits under the Plan with respect to Compensation paid by the “Terminated Employer,” effective as of the date of termination. To the extent that these Employees have accrued but unpaid contributions as
of the date of termination, the “Terminated Employer” shall pay such amounts to the Plan or the “spin-off plan” no later than thirty (30) days after the date of termination, unless the “Terminated Employer”
effectively selects the Transfer option under Subsection (c)(2) above. 
 (e) Consent. By its signature on the participation
agreement, the Terminated Employer specifically consents to the provisions of this Article and agrees to perform its responsibilities with regard to the “spin-off plan,” if necessary. 

14.12 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION 
 A
Participating Employer (hereafter “withdrawing employer”) may voluntarily withdraw from participation in this Plan at any time. If and when a “withdrawing employer” wishes to withdraw, the following shall occur: 

(a) Notice. The “withdrawing employer” shall inform the “lead Employer” and the Administrator of its intention to
withdraw from the Plan. The Withdrawing Employer must give the notice not less than thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of its withdrawal. 

(b) Procedure. The “withdrawing employer” and the “lead Employer” shall agree upon procedures for the orderly
withdrawal of the “withdrawing employer” from the plan. Such procedures may include any of the optional spin-off or transfer options described in Section 14.11. 

(c) Costs. The “withdrawing employer” shall bear all reasonable costs associated with withdrawal and transfer under this
Section. 
 (d) Participants. The Employees of the “withdrawing employer” shall cease to be eligible to accrue
additional benefits under the Plan as to Compensation paid by the “withdrawing employer,” effective as of the effective date of withdrawal. To the extent that such Employees have accrued but unpaid contributions as of the effective date of
withdrawal, the “withdrawing employer” shall contribute such amounts to the Plan or the “spin-off plan” promptly after the effective date of withdrawal, unless the accounts are transferred to a qualified plan the
“withdrawing employer” maintains. 

  
 © 2014 The Vanguard Group or its
suppliers 
 95

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00264-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00264-of-00352.parquet"}]]